ML062060220: Difference between revisions

From kanterella
Jump to navigation Jump to search
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
(StriderTol Bot change)
 
(2 intermediate revisions by the same user not shown)
Line 17: Line 17:


=Text=
=Text=
{{#Wiki_filter:Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam28-Jun-06QID:0571System NumberE02System Title:Reactor Trip RecoveryK/A:EK3.43.2Lic Level:RTaxonomy:2Question:The control room operators are implementing 2202.002 Reactor Trip Recovery following a trip from full power.The following conditions are observed by the ATCO:
{{#Wiki_filter:Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam                                                                  28-Jun-06 QID: 0571      Rev:      0    Rev Date: 03-May-06      Lic Level:    R                    RO            SRO Sample Plan Q#        Source:            New 2006        10CFR55.41.5          Tier #      1 1                                                10CFR55.            Group #      1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2        2 = Comprehension or Analysis                    Importance Rating      3.2 System
 
==Title:==
Reactor Trip Recovery                            System Number E02        K/A:   EK3.4 Question:
The control room operators are implementing 2202.002 Reactor Trip Recovery following a trip from full power.
The following conditions are observed by the ATCO:
* RCS pressure is 2150 psia and slowly rising
* RCS pressure is 2150 psia and slowly rising
* RCS Tave is 546 °F and stable
* RCS Tave is 546 °F and stable
* Pressurizer level is 32% and loweringWhat action is required for this condition?A. Take manual control of SDBCS.B. Take manual control of charging and letdown.C. Enter 2202.009, Functional Recovery EOP.D. Enter 2202.003, Loss of Coolant Accident EOP.Answer:B. Take manual control of charging and letdown.Notes:The given RCS temp/press show that there is not another event in progress.The lowering level is indication that there may be a problem with the automatic operation of CVCS.
* Pressurizer level is 32% and lowering What action is required for this condition?
A. Take manual control of SDBCS.
B. Take manual control of charging and letdown.
C. Enter 2202.009, Functional Recovery EOP.
D. Enter 2202.003, Loss of Coolant Accident EOP.
Answer:
B. Take manual control of charging and letdown.
Notes:
The given RCS temp/press show that there is not another event in progress.
The lowering level is indication that there may be a problem with the automatic operation of CVCS.


==References:==
==References:==
2202.002 step 6Source:New 2006Rev:0Rev Date:03-May-0610CFR55.41.510CFR55.Historical Comments:11Sample Plan Q#1SROROTier #Group #Importance Rating1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge2 = Comprehension or AnalysisForm ES-401-5 Written Exam Question WorksheetPage 1 of 100 Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam28-Jun-06QID:0594System Number008System Title:Pressurizer Vapor Space AccidentK/A:AA2.193.4Lic Level:RTaxonomy:2Question:Unit 2 is in Mode 3, NOP/NOT.The ATCO is attempting to establish boron equilization for reactor startup when PZR 'A' Spray Valve 2CV-4651fails full open. PZR 'B' Spray Valve 2CV-4652 remains closed. The ATCO attemps to isolate the 'A' spray valvewith the following results:
 
2202.002 step 6 Historical Comments:
Form ES-401-5                         Written Exam Question Worksheet                          Page 1 of 100
 
Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam                                                                  28-Jun-06 QID: 0594      Rev:      0    Rev Date: 10-May-06      Lic Level:    R                RO              SRO Sample Plan Q#        Source:            New 2006        10CFR55.41.3            Tier #  1 2                                              10CFR55.              Group #  1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2        2 = Comprehension or Analysis                    Importance Rating    3.4 System
 
==Title:==
Pressurizer Vapor Space Accident                  System Number 008        K/A: AA2.19 Question:
Unit 2 is in Mode 3, NOP/NOT.
The ATCO is attempting to establish boron equilization for reactor startup when PZR 'A' Spray Valve 2CV-4651 fails full open. PZR 'B' Spray Valve 2CV-4652 remains closed. The ATCO attemps to isolate the 'A' spray valve with the following results:
* Downstream isolation 2CV-4655 both indicating lights de-energize
* Downstream isolation 2CV-4655 both indicating lights de-energize
* Upstream isolation 2CV-4656 indicates intermediateWhat would be alternate indication that at least one block valve is fully closed?A. RCS pressure lowering.B. Pressurizer Water Phase temperature lowering.C. 'A' Spray Line temperature lowering.D. Pressurizer Surge Line temperature lowering.Answer:C. 'A' Spray Line temperature lowering.Notes:All indications listed are on 2C04.Closing the block valves will isolate the minimum spray throttled valve 2RC-8A stopping all flow and the sprayline will no longer remain at Tc value.Surge line temperature will only change if the water phase temperature changes or both spray valves areisolated.Water phase temperature will follow the saturation conditions of the PZR.
* Upstream isolation 2CV-4656 indicates intermediate What would be alternate indication that at least one block valve is fully closed?
A. RCS pressure lowering.
B. Pressurizer Water Phase temperature lowering.
C. 'A' Spray Line temperature lowering.
D. Pressurizer Surge Line temperature lowering.
Answer:
C. 'A' Spray Line temperature lowering.
Notes:
All indications listed are on 2C04.
Closing the block valves will isolate the minimum spray throttled valve 2RC-8A stopping all flow and the spray line will no longer remain at Tc value.
Surge line temperature will only change if the water phase temperature changes or both spray valves are isolated.
Water phase temperature will follow the saturation conditions of the PZR.


==References:==
==References:==
M-2230 sheet 22203.012J ACA for G-4, E-5Source:New 2006Rev:0Rev Date:10-May-0610CFR55.41.310CFR55.Historical Comments:De-selected from 2006 exam after initial review. ClayS 6-5-0611Sample Plan Q#2SROROTier #Group #Importance Rating1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge2 = Comprehension or AnalysisForm ES-401-5 Written Exam Question WorksheetPage 2 of 100 Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam28-Jun-06QID:0593System Number009System Title:Small Break LOCAK/A:EK2.033.0Lic Level:RTaxonomy:2Question:The control room operators have just completed a rapid shutdown due to a 12 gpm RCS leak insidecontainment. No other failures have occurred. During implementation of the Excess RCS Leakage AOP post-trip, the ATCO begins steaming both SGs using SDBCS in manual to _______________.A. maintain adequate margin to saturationB. minimize SG tubesheet differential pressureC. initiate natural circulation flowD. prepare for isolating one of the SGsAnswer:A. maintain adequate margin to saturationNotes:RCS pressure is reduced to minimize break flow which challenges MTS. RCS cooldown is initiated to maintainmargin during the depressurization.B. RCS/SG D/P is minimized during ESD eventsC. The given condition implies that RCP forced circ cooldown will be performed.D. SGs are isolated during tube leak events not a LOCA.
 
M-2230 sheet 2 2203.012J ACA for G-4, E-5 Historical Comments:
De-selected from 2006 exam after initial review. ClayS 6-5-06 Form ES-401-5                           Written Exam Question Worksheet                        Page 2 of 100
 
Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam                                                                28-Jun-06 QID: 0593      Rev:    0    Rev Date: 09-May-06      Lic Level: R                  RO              SRO Sample Plan Q#        Source:            New 2006        10CFR55.41.5        Tier #    1 3                                              10CFR55.          Group #    1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2        2 = Comprehension or Analysis                  Importance Rating    3.0 System
 
==Title:==
Small Break LOCA                                System Number 009      K/A: EK2.03 Question:
The control room operators have just completed a rapid shutdown due to a 12 gpm RCS leak inside containment. No other failures have occurred. During implementation of the Excess RCS Leakage AOP post-trip, the ATCO begins steaming both SGs using SDBCS in manual to _______________.
A. maintain adequate margin to saturation B. minimize SG tubesheet differential pressure C. initiate natural circulation flow D. prepare for isolating one of the SGs Answer:
A. maintain adequate margin to saturation Notes:
RCS pressure is reduced to minimize break flow which challenges MTS. RCS cooldown is initiated to maintain margin during the depressurization.
B. RCS/SG D/P is minimized during ESD events C. The given condition implies that RCP forced circ cooldown will be performed.
D. SGs are isolated during tube leak events not a LOCA.


==References:==
==References:==
2203.016 and Tech Guide, floating step 28Source:New 2006Rev:0Rev Date:09-May-0610CFR55.41.510CFR55.Historical Comments:11Sample Plan Q#3SROROTier #Group #Importance Rating1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge2 = Comprehension or AnalysisForm ES-401-5 Written Exam Question WorksheetPage 3 of 100 Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam28-Jun-06QID:0553System Number011System Title:Large Break LOCAK/A:EA2.023.3*Lic Level:RTaxonomy:2Question:Recovery is in progress for a large break LOCA with the following conditions:
 
2203.016 and Tech Guide, floating step 28 Historical Comments:
Form ES-401-5                         Written Exam Question Worksheet                      Page 3 of 100
 
Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam                                                                  28-Jun-06 QID: 0553      Rev:    0    Rev Date: 03-May-06      Lic Level:  R                    RO              SRO Sample Plan Q#        Source:           New 2006        10CFR55.41.10        Tier #      1 4                                              10CFR55.            Group #      1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2        2 = Comprehension or Analysis                  Importance Rating      3.3*
System
 
==Title:==
Large Break LOCA                                System Number 011          K/A: EA2.02 Question:
Recovery is in progress for a large break LOCA with the following conditions:
* LOCA occured 2.5 hours ago
* LOCA occured 2.5 hours ago
* RCS pressure is 260 psia and stable
* RCS pressure is 260 psia and stable
* RWT level 12% and lowering
* RWT level 12% and lowering
* Preparation for initiating SDC is in progress
* Preparation for initiating SDC is in progress
* SDC entry conditions have been verifiedPlacing the operating bypass for Low RWT Level/Low PZR Pressure in BYPASS onthe PPS Inserts will _________________________.A. allow opening of the SDC Suction IsolationsB. allow securing the Spray pumpsC. cause the LPSI pumps to tripD. cause the eventual loss of HPSI pump suction sourceAnswer:D. cause the eventual loss of HPSI pump suction sourceNotes:A: SDC suction permissive interlock is 300 psia RCS pressure, not related to RAS/SIASB: Spray pumps can be placed in pull-to-lock as needed. Their actuations will not be reset by this bypass.C. The operating bypasses are placed in service when applicable to prevent the LPSI (SDC) pumps fromtripping.
* SDC entry conditions have been verified Placing the operating bypass for Low RWT Level/Low PZR Pressure in BYPASS on the PPS Inserts will _________________________.
A. allow opening of the SDC Suction Isolations B. allow securing the Spray pumps C. cause the LPSI pumps to trip D. cause the eventual loss of HPSI pump suction source Answer:
D. cause the eventual loss of HPSI pump suction source Notes:
A: SDC suction permissive interlock is 300 psia RCS pressure, not related to RAS/SIAS B: Spray pumps can be placed in pull-to-lock as needed. Their actuations will not be reset by this bypass.
C. The operating bypasses are placed in service when applicable to prevent the LPSI (SDC) pumps from tripping.


==References:==
==References:==
2202.003 Section 3 step 32 CAUTIONSource:New 2006Rev:0Rev Date:03-May-0610CFR55.41.1010CFR55.Historical Comments:11Sample Plan Q#4SROROTier #Group #Importance Rating1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge2 = Comprehension or AnalysisForm ES-401-5 Written Exam Question WorksheetPage 4 of 100 Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam28-Jun-06QID:0011System Number015System Title:Reactor Coolant Pump MalfunctionsK/A:AA2.102.6Lic Level:RTaxonomy:1Question:Which one (1) of the following conditions requires the plant to be tripped and the affected Reactor Coolant Pump(RCP) to be stopped as soon as the condition is met?     A. Seal Bleedoff flow greater than 3.0 gpm. B. Motor Winding Temperature reaches 180°F and stabilizes. C. Vapor Seal Pressure reaches 750 psia. D. Component Cooling Water Flow is lost for over 10 minutes.Answer:     D. Component Cooling Water Flow is lost for over 10 minutes.Notes:Answer "A" is incorrect because seal bleedoff greater than 3.0 gpm requires plant shutdown, not a                   trip.Answer "B" is incorrect because motor winding temperature must reach 194F before action is                   required.Answer "C" is incorrect because vapor seal pressure must be 1500 psia to require a trip.
 
2202.003 Section 3 step 32 CAUTION Historical Comments:
Form ES-401-5                         Written Exam Question Worksheet                          Page 4 of 100
 
Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam                                                                    28-Jun-06 QID: 0011      Rev: 000      Rev Date: 29-Jun-98      Lic Level:    R                    RO              SRO Sample Plan Q#      Source:          NRC BANK            10CFR55.41.10          Tier #      1 5                                                10CFR55.              Group #    1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 1      2 = Comprehension or Analysis                      Importance Rating      2.6 System
 
==Title:==
Reactor Coolant Pump Malfunctions                  System Number 015          K/A: AA2.10 Question:
Which one (1) of the following conditions requires the plant to be tripped and the affected Reactor Coolant Pump (RCP) to be stopped as soon as the condition is met?
A. Seal Bleedoff flow greater than 3.0 gpm.
B. Motor Winding Temperature reaches 180°F and stabilizes.
C. Vapor Seal Pressure reaches 750 psia.
D. Component Cooling Water Flow is lost for over 10 minutes.
Answer:
D. Component Cooling Water Flow is lost for over 10 minutes.
Notes:
Answer "A" is incorrect because seal bleedoff greater than 3.0 gpm requires plant shutdown, not a trip.
Answer "B" is incorrect because motor winding temperature must reach 194F before action is required.
Answer "C" is incorrect because vapor seal pressure must be 1500 psia to require a trip.


==References:==
==References:==
2203.025 Attachment D (RCP Emergencies)Source:NRC BANKRev:000Rev Date:29-Jun-9810CFR55.41.1010CFR55.Historical Comments:Used on 1998 NRC Exam. Has not been used on the last two NRC exams BNC 10/12/2004Used on 2005 exam ClayS.11Sample Plan Q#5SROROTier #Group #Importance Rating1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge2 = Comprehension or AnalysisForm ES-401-5 Written Exam Question WorksheetPage 5 of 100 Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam28-Jun-06QID:0453System Number022System Title:Loss of Reactor Coolant MakeupK/A:AK1.033.0Lic Level:RTaxonomy:2Question:With the plant at full power steady state operation, the following occurs:(Reference Provided)
 
2203.025 Attachment D (RCP Emergencies)
Historical Comments:
Used on 1998 NRC Exam. Has not been used on the last two NRC exams BNC 10/12/2004 Used on 2005 exam ClayS.
Form ES-401-5                         Written Exam Question Worksheet                            Page 5 of 100
 
Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam                                                                      28-Jun-06 QID: 0453      Rev:      0    Rev Date: 04-Oct-04      Lic Level:  R                    RO              SRO Sample Plan Q#        Source:          NEW 2005          10CFR55.41.8, 10        Tier #      1 6                                                10CFR55.              Group #    1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2        2 = Comprehension or Analysis                    Importance Rating      3.0 System
 
==Title:==
Loss of Reactor Coolant Makeup                      System Number 022        K/A: AK1.03 Question:
With the plant at full power steady state operation, the following occurs:
(Reference Provided)
* The "Charging Low Flow" alarm comes in
* The "Charging Low Flow" alarm comes in
* Charging Header Flow indicates 0 gpm on 2FIS-4865
* Charging Header Flow indicates 0 gpm on 2FIS-4865
Line 48: Line 137:
* RCS Pressure is 2200 psia
* RCS Pressure is 2200 psia
* Pressurizer Level is 60%
* Pressurizer Level is 60%
* All Charging Pumps are secured and Letdown is isolated. If no operator action is taken, what would pressurizer level be 13 minutes after Letdown is isolated?     A. 60%     B. 59%     C. 58%     D. 56%Answer:     B. 59%Notes:The pressurizer is 53.5 gal/%. With Letdown isolated the RCS inventory would still be reduced by 4 gpm fromthe RCP controlled bleed-off. After 13 minutes, the RCS would have been reduced by 52 gallons or ~ 1%.NOP 2305.002 Exhibit 1 should be provided as a reference for this question.
* All Charging Pumps are secured and Letdown is isolated.
If no operator action is taken, what would pressurizer level be 13 minutes after Letdown is isolated?
A. 60%
B. 59%
C. 58%
D. 56%
Answer:
B. 59%
Notes:
The pressurizer is 53.5 gal/%. With Letdown isolated the RCS inventory would still be reduced by 4 gpm from the RCP controlled bleed-off. After 13 minutes, the RCS would have been reduced by 52 gallons or ~ 1%.
NOP 2305.002 Exhibit 1 should be provided as a reference for this question.


==References:==
==References:==
NOP 2305.002 Exhibit 1 (provided to student)AOP 2203.036 Step 3 ContingencySource:NEW 2005Rev:0Rev Date:04-Oct-0410CFR55.41.8, 1010CFR55.Historical Comments:This question has not been used on any previous NRC exams. BNC 10/12/2004.This question was used on the 2005 exam. ClayS 5-19-06.11Sample Plan Q#6SROROTier #Group #Importance Rating1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge2 = Comprehension or AnalysisForm ES-401-5 Written Exam Question WorksheetPage 6 of 100 Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam28-Jun-06QID:0160System Number025System Title:Loss of Residual Heat Removal SystemK/A:AK1.013.9Lic Level:RTaxonomy:2Question:Given the following plant conditions:
 
NOP 2305.002 Exhibit 1 (provided to student)
AOP 2203.036 Step 3 Contingency Historical Comments:
This question has not been used on any previous NRC exams. BNC 10/12/2004.
This question was used on the 2005 exam. ClayS 5-19-06.
Form ES-401-5                           Written Exam Question Worksheet                            Page 6 of 100
 
Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam                                                            28-Jun-06 QID: 0160      Rev: 000      Rev Date: 29-Jun-98      Lic Level:  R                RO            SRO Sample Plan Q#      Source:            New 1998        10CFR55.41.8, 10  Tier #  1 7                                              10CFR55.          Group #  1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2      2 = Comprehension or Analysis                  Importance Rating  3.9 System
 
==Title:==
Loss of Residual Heat Removal System            System Number 025    K/A: AK1.01 Question:
Given the following plant conditions:
* Plant shutdown and cooldown just completed from 100% power.
* Plant shutdown and cooldown just completed from 100% power.
* Shutdown Cooling has JUST been established.
* Shutdown Cooling has JUST been established.
* A Loss of Instrument Air occurs.Which of the following describes the Shutdown Cooling System response?     A. All SDC flow is lost. B. SDC heat removal is degraded. C. SDC flow is degraded. D. No significant effect.Answer:     B. SDC heat removal is degraded.Notes:
* A Loss of Instrument Air occurs.
Which of the following describes the Shutdown Cooling System response?
A. All SDC flow is lost.
B. SDC heat removal is degraded.
C. SDC flow is degraded.
D. No significant effect.
Answer:
B. SDC heat removal is degraded.
Notes:


==References:==
==References:==
2203.029, Steps 8 and 9 (Loss of Shutdown Cooling)Source:New 1998Rev:000Rev Date:29-Jun-9810CFR55.41.8, 1010CFR55.Historical Comments:Used on 1998 Exam.11Sample Plan Q#7SROROTier #Group #Importance Rating1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge2 = Comprehension or AnalysisForm ES-401-5 Written Exam Question WorksheetPage 7 of 100 Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam28-Jun-06QID:0228System Number026System Title:Loss of Component Cooling Water (CCW)K/A:AK3.034.0Lic Level:RTaxonomy:1Question:Procedure 2202.007, Loss of Offsite Power, directs the operator to verify Component Cooling Water (CCW)isolated to Containment. What is the reason for this action?     A. To prevent thermal shocking the CEDM Coolers upon restart of the CCW Pumps. B. To prevent water hammer in Containment Building piping upon restart of CCW Pumps. C. To prevent thermal shocking the RCPs upon restart of CCW Pumps. D. To prevent runout of the CCW Pumps upon restart.Answer:     C. To prevent thermal shocking the RCPs upon restart of CCW Pumps.Notes:
 
2203.029, Steps 8 and 9 (Loss of Shutdown Cooling)
Historical Comments:
Used on 1998 Exam.
Form ES-401-5                         Written Exam Question Worksheet                    Page 7 of 100
 
Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam                                                                28-Jun-06 QID: 0228      Rev: 000        Rev Date: 06-Feb-00      Lic Level:    R                  RO            SRO Sample Plan Q#        Source:           New 2000        10CFR55.41.5, 10      Tier #    1 8                                              10CFR55.            Group #    1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 1        2 = Comprehension or Analysis                    Importance Rating    4.0 System
 
==Title:==
Loss of Component Cooling Water (CCW)             System Number 026        K/A: AK3.03 Question:
Procedure 2202.007, Loss of Offsite Power, directs the operator to verify Component Cooling Water (CCW) isolated to Containment. What is the reason for this action?
A. To prevent thermal shocking the CEDM Coolers upon restart of the CCW Pumps.
B. To prevent water hammer in Containment Building piping upon restart of CCW Pumps.
C. To prevent thermal shocking the RCPs upon restart of CCW Pumps.
D. To prevent runout of the CCW Pumps upon restart.
Answer:
C. To prevent thermal shocking the RCPs upon restart of CCW Pumps.
Notes:


==References:==
==References:==
: 1. 2202.007, Loss of Offsite Power, Step 252. 2202.007, Loss of Offsite Power Tech Guidelines, Step 25.3. 2202.010, Standard Attachment 21, Restoration of CCW to RCPsSource:New 2000Rev:000Rev Date:06-Feb-0010CFR55.41.5, 1010CFR55.Historical Comments:Used on 2000 exam11Sample Plan Q#8SROROTier #Group #Importance Rating1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge2 = Comprehension or AnalysisForm ES-401-5 Written Exam Question WorksheetPage 8 of 100 Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam28-Jun-06QID:0436System Number027System Title:Pressurizer Pressure Control System MalfunctK/A:2.4.113.4Lic Level:RTaxonomy:1Question:Given the following:
: 1. 2202.007, Loss of Offsite Power, Step 25
: 2. 2202.007, Loss of Offsite Power Tech Guidelines, Step 25.
: 3. 2202.010, Standard Attachment 21, Restoration of CCW to RCPs Historical Comments:
Used on 2000 exam Form ES-401-5                         Written Exam Question Worksheet                        Page 8 of 100
 
Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam                                                                    28-Jun-06 QID: 0436        Rev: 000      Rev Date: 15-Jan-02        Lic Level:   R                  RO              SRO Sample Plan Q#        Source:            New 2002          10CFR55.41.5, 10      Tier #    1 9                                                  10CFR55.            Group #    1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 1        2 = Comprehension or Analysis                      Importance Rating    3.4 System
 
==Title:==
Pressurizer Pressure Control System Malfunct System Number 027              K/A:     2.4.11 Question:
Given the following:
* Plant is at 100% Power.
* Plant is at 100% Power.
* A Pressurizer (PZR) Pressure malfunction has occurred.
* A Pressurizer (PZR) Pressure malfunction has occurred.
* Procedure 2203.028, PZR Systems Malfunction, has been enteredIf both Pressurizer Pressure Control Channels have failed, the procedure directs the following actions:
* Procedure 2203.028, PZR Systems Malfunction, has been entered If both Pressurizer Pressure Control Channels have failed, the procedure directs the following actions:
* Place the Steam Dump Bypass Control System, SDBCS, Master controller in AUTO LOCAL       and adjust setpoint to 1000 psia.
* Place the Steam Dump Bypass Control System, SDBCS, Master controller in AUTO LOCAL and adjust setpoint to 1000 psia.
* Verify a maximum of one 11.5% SDBCS Bypass or Downstream Atmospheric Dump Valves,       ADV, Permissive switch in MANUAL.
* Verify a maximum of one 11.5% SDBCS Bypass or Downstream Atmospheric Dump Valves, ADV, Permissive switch in MANUAL.
* Verify all other SDBCS Bypass and ADV Permissive switches in OFFThe reason for the actions above are to:     A. Prevent spurious Quick Open signals to ALL SDBCS Bypass and ADV valves due to the         failed PZR pressure bias input to the SDBCS Main calculator setpoint. B. Limit the plant effects of any spurious open signals to the SDBCS Bypass and ADV valves         due to failed PZR pressure bias input to the SDBCS Main AND Permissive calculator setpoint. C. Prevent spurious Modulation Open signals to ALL SDBCS Bypass and ADV valves due to         failed PZR pressure bias input to the SDBCS Permissive calculator setpoint. D. Limit the plant effects of any spurious open signals to the SDBCS Bypass and ADV valves           due to failed PZR pressure bias input to the SDBCS Main calculator setpoint.Answer:     B. Limit the plant effects of any spurious open signals to the SDBCS Bypass and ADV valves due         to the failed PZR pressure bias input to the SDBCS Main and Permissive calculator setpoint.Notes:Pressurizer Pressure Control Channel 1 inputs a bias to the SDBCS Main calculator while Pressurizer PressureControl Channel 2 inputs to the SDBCS Permissive calculator. Since both Pressurizer Pressure Controlchannels have failed, all the ADVs and Bypass dump valves have the potential to open spuriously either byquick opening or modulating due to incorrectly calculated setpoints on the Main and Permissive calculators. Bytaking these actions the effect to the plant will be limited to one SDBCS or ADV valve with a 11.5% steam flowcapacity due to the permissive for the selected valve in manual with a setpoint from the master at 1000 psiasetpoint. This makes answer C correct and the others wrong.
* Verify all other SDBCS Bypass and ADV Permissive switches in OFF The reason for the actions above are to:
A. Prevent spurious Quick Open signals to ALL SDBCS Bypass and ADV valves due to the failed PZR pressure bias input to the SDBCS Main calculator setpoint.
B. Limit the plant effects of any spurious open signals to the SDBCS Bypass and ADV valves due to failed PZR pressure bias input to the SDBCS Main AND Permissive calculator setpoint.
C. Prevent spurious Modulation Open signals to ALL SDBCS Bypass and ADV valves due to failed PZR pressure bias input to the SDBCS Permissive calculator setpoint.
D. Limit the plant effects of any spurious open signals to the SDBCS Bypass and ADV valves due to failed PZR pressure bias input to the SDBCS Main calculator setpoint.
Answer:
B. Limit the plant effects of any spurious open signals to the SDBCS Bypass and ADV valves due to the failed PZR pressure bias input to the SDBCS Main and Permissive calculator setpoint.
Notes:
Pressurizer Pressure Control Channel 1 inputs a bias to the SDBCS Main calculator while Pressurizer Pressure Control Channel 2 inputs to the SDBCS Permissive calculator. Since both Pressurizer Pressure Control channels have failed, all the ADVs and Bypass dump valves have the potential to open spuriously either by quick opening or modulating due to incorrectly calculated setpoints on the Main and Permissive calculators. By taking these actions the effect to the plant will be limited to one SDBCS or ADV valve with a 11.5% steam flow capacity due to the permissive for the selected valve in manual with a setpoint from the master at 1000 psia setpoint. This makes answer C correct and the others wrong.


==References:==
==References:==
AN0-2-LP-RO-EAOP, Objective 21OP 2203.028, PZR System Malfunction, Step 5AOPP 2203.028, PZR System Malfunction Technical Guide, Step 5STM 2-23, SDBCS STM, Section 6.2Source:New 2002Rev:000Rev Date:15-Jan-0210CFR55.41.5, 1010CFR55.11Sample Plan Q#9SROROTier #Group #Importance Rating1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge2 = Comprehension or AnalysisForm ES-401-5 Written Exam Question WorksheetPage 9 of 100 Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam28-Jun-06Historical Comments:1/10/2002. Reworded distracter D due to NRC feedback because of D was not credible answer and cues answer.BNCQID:0554System Number029System Title:ATWSK/A:EA1.013.4*Lic Level:RTaxonomy:1Question:Consider the following:     *Reactor trip from full power     *3 CEAs fail to insert     *The ATCO performs 2202.010 Exhibit 1, Emergency BorationWhich of the following represents adequate boration alignment?A. 2 charging pumps indicate running, charging header flow 85 gpm, VCT level loweringB. 1 charging pump indicates running, charging header flow 45 gpm, VCT level loweringC. 2 charging pumps indicate running, charging header flow 37 gpm, VCT level risingD. 1 charging pump indicates running, charging header flow 42 gpm, VCT level risingAnswer:D. 1 charging pump indicates running, charging header flow 42 gpm, VCT level risingNotes:VCT level rising is proper indication that the VCT outlet valve is closed and is not diluting the boration flow.Number of pumps is not relevant, boration verification is based on charging flowrate.
 
AN0-2-LP-RO-EAOP, Objective 21 OP 2203.028, PZR System Malfunction, Step 5 AOPP 2203.028, PZR System Malfunction Technical Guide, Step 5 STM 2-23, SDBCS STM, Section 6.2 Form ES-401-5                           Written Exam Question Worksheet                          Page 9 of 100
 
Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam                                                                      28-Jun-06 Historical Comments:
1/10/2002. Reworded distracter D due to NRC feedback because of D was not credible answer and cues answer.
BNC QID: 0554      Rev:      0    Rev Date: 03-May-06      Lic Level:     R                    RO              SRO Sample Plan Q#        Source:           New 2006        10CFR55.41.6            Tier #      1 10                                                10CFR55.               Group #      1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 1        2 = Comprehension or Analysis                    Importance Rating        3.4*
System
 
==Title:==
ATWS                                              System Number 029            K/A: EA1.01 Question:
Consider the following:
  *Reactor trip from full power
  *3 CEAs fail to insert
  *The ATCO performs 2202.010 Exhibit 1, Emergency Boration Which of the following represents adequate boration alignment?
A. 2 charging pumps indicate running, charging header flow 85 gpm, VCT level lowering B. 1 charging pump indicates running, charging header flow 45 gpm, VCT level lowering C. 2 charging pumps indicate running, charging header flow 37 gpm, VCT level rising D. 1 charging pump indicates running, charging header flow 42 gpm, VCT level rising Answer:
D. 1 charging pump indicates running, charging header flow 42 gpm, VCT level rising Notes:
VCT level rising is proper indication that the VCT outlet valve is closed and is not diluting the boration flow.
Number of pumps is not relevant, boration verification is based on charging flowrate.


==References:==
==References:==
2202.010 Exhibit 1Source:New 2006Rev:0Rev Date:03-May-0610CFR55.41.610CFR55.Historical Comments:11Sample Plan Q#10SROROTier #Group #Importance Rating1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge2 = Comprehension or AnalysisForm ES-401-5 Written Exam Question WorksheetPage 10 of 100 Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam28-Jun-06QID:0572System Number040System Title:Steam Line RuptureK/A:AK1.043.2Lic Level:RTaxonomy:1Question:During a cooldown due to an Excess Steam Demand event, the pressure and temperature stresses on the ReactorVessel inner wall are _________. This causes the total stress to be ____________ the total allowable stess.A. tensile; closer toB. compressive; closer toC. tensile; further fromD. compressive; further fromAnswer:A. tensile; closer toNotes:
 
2202.010 Exhibit 1 Historical Comments:
Form ES-401-5                         Written Exam Question Worksheet                            Page 10 of 100
 
Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam                                                                  28-Jun-06 QID: 0572      Rev:      0    Rev Date: 04-May-06      Lic Level:   R                  RO              SRO Sample Plan Q#        Source: ANO-OPS2-12599              10CFR55.41.2        Tier #      1 11                                                10CFR55.            Group #      1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 1        2 = Comprehension or Analysis                    Importance Rating    3.2 System
 
==Title:==
Steam Line Rupture                                System Number 040        K/A: AK1.04 Question:
During a cooldown due to an Excess Steam Demand event, the pressure and temperature stresses on the Reactor Vessel inner wall are _________. This causes the total stress to be ____________ the total allowable stess.
A. tensile; closer to B. compressive; closer to C. tensile; further from D. compressive; further from Answer:
A. tensile; closer to Notes:


==References:==
==References:==
GFES ASLPRO-TM010A2LP-RO-EESD obj 8Source:ANO-OPS2-12599Rev:0Rev Date:04-May-0610CFR55.41.210CFR55.Historical Comments:New 200611Sample Plan Q#11SROROTier #Group #Importance Rating1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge2 = Comprehension or AnalysisForm ES-401-5 Written Exam Question WorksheetPage 11 of 100 Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam28-Jun-06QID:0635System NumberE05System Title:Steam Line RuptureK/A:EA1.13.9Lic Level:RTaxonomy:2Question:Consider the following for an ESD event in progress:
 
GFES ASLPRO-TM010 A2LP-RO-EESD obj 8 Historical Comments:
New 2006 Form ES-401-5                         Written Exam Question Worksheet                          Page 11 of 100
 
Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam                                                                    28-Jun-06 QID: 0635      Rev:      0    Rev Date: 04-May-06      Lic Level:    R                    RO            SRO Sample Plan Q#        Source:           New 2006        10CFR55.41.5            Tier #    1 12                                                  10CFR55.                Group #    1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2        2 = Comprehension or Analysis                    Importance Rating      3.9 System
 
==Title:==
Steam Line Rupture                                  System Number E05        K/A:   EA1.1 Question:
Consider the following for an ESD event in progress:
* SG 'A' Main Steam Line break inside containment
* SG 'A' Main Steam Line break inside containment
* All 4 RCPs are secured
* All 4 RCPs are secured
* SG 'A' level is 105 " wide range and lowering rapidlyWhich of the following component manipulations should be used to maintain post blowdown conditions whenSG 'A' has completely blown down?A. Lower RCS pressure using Main Spray valves.B. Commence steaming SG 'B' using the upstream ADV.C. Isolate SG 'A' by closing the upstream ADV and MSIV.D. Secure both Spray Pumps and start one RCP.Answer:B. Commence steaming SG 'B' using the upstream ADV.Notes:The recovery strategy for this question is maintain post blowdown temperature and pressure. After the affectedSG (B) blows down, RCS heat removal has to be shifted to the intact SG to prevent repressurization and heatup.A. Main Spray is not available with all RCPs securedC. SG "A" will be isolated but NOT for controlling RCS pressure/tempD. This is a long term action for cooldown that will occur later if conditions allow. Controlling post blowdowntemp/press requires steaming the intact SG.
* SG 'A' level is 105 " wide range and lowering rapidly Which of the following component manipulations should be used to maintain post blowdown conditions when SG 'A' has completely blown down?
A. Lower RCS pressure using Main Spray valves.
B. Commence steaming SG 'B' using the upstream ADV.
C. Isolate SG 'A' by closing the upstream ADV and MSIV.
D. Secure both Spray Pumps and start one RCP.
Answer:
B. Commence steaming SG 'B' using the upstream ADV.
Notes:
The recovery strategy for this question is maintain post blowdown temperature and pressure. After the affected SG (B) blows down, RCS heat removal has to be shifted to the intact SG to prevent repressurization and heatup.
A. Main Spray is not available with all RCPs secured C. SG "A" will be isolated but NOT for controlling RCS pressure/temp D. This is a long term action for cooldown that will occur later if conditions allow. Controlling post blowdown temp/press requires steaming the intact SG.


==References:==
==References:==
2202.005 step 18Source:New 2006Rev:0Rev Date:04-May-0610CFR55.41.510CFR55.Historical Comments:New 200611Sample Plan Q#12SROROTier #Group #Importance Rating1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge2 = Comprehension or AnalysisForm ES-401-5 Written Exam Question WorksheetPage 12 of 100 Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam28-Jun-06QID:0555System Number054System Title:Loss of Main FeedwaterK/A:AA2.014.3Lic Level:RTaxonomy:2Question:Plant is at 85% power with online repair of Main Feed Pump 2P-1B in progress.An electrical fault causes Main Feed Pump 2P-1A to trip and cannot be reset.Which of the following represents the plant response with no further operator action?A. RPS trip due to low SG levelB. MTG setback due to loss of both MFPsC. MTG lockout relay trip due to selected preferred pump tripD. RPS trip due to CPC Asymetric Steam Generator (ASGT) Aux TripAnswer:A. RPS trip due to low SG levelNotes:Setback circuit is no longer usedPreferred pump trip works in reverse, MTG trip causes pump tripASGT only occurs when there is a delta between SGs, a loss of feed would have the same effect on both SGs.RPS trip setpoint is 22.2% SG level
 
2202.005 step 18 Historical Comments:
New 2006 Form ES-401-5                           Written Exam Question Worksheet                          Page 12 of 100
 
Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam                                                                  28-Jun-06 QID: 0555      Rev:     0    Rev Date: 03-May-06      Lic Level:  R                  RO            SRO Sample Plan Q#        Source:            New 2006        10CFR55.41.7          Tier #  1 13                                                10CFR55.            Group #  1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2        2 = Comprehension or Analysis                  Importance Rating    4.3 System
 
==Title:==
Loss of Main Feedwater                            System Number 054      K/A: AA2.01 Question:
Plant is at 85% power with online repair of Main Feed Pump 2P-1B in progress.
An electrical fault causes Main Feed Pump 2P-1A to trip and cannot be reset.
Which of the following represents the plant response with no further operator action?
A. RPS trip due to low SG level B. MTG setback due to loss of both MFPs C. MTG lockout relay trip due to selected preferred pump trip D. RPS trip due to CPC Asymetric Steam Generator (ASGT) Aux Trip Answer:
A. RPS trip due to low SG level Notes:
Setback circuit is no longer used Preferred pump trip works in reverse, MTG trip causes pump trip ASGT only occurs when there is a delta between SGs, a loss of feed would have the same effect on both SGs.
RPS trip setpoint is 22.2% SG level


==References:==
==References:==
STM 2-63Source:New 2006Rev:0Rev Date:03-May-0610CFR55.41.710CFR55.Historical Comments:11Sample Plan Q#13SROROTier #Group #Importance Rating1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge2 = Comprehension or AnalysisForm ES-401-5 Written Exam Question WorksheetPage 13 of 100 Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam28-Jun-06QID:0574System NumberE06System Title:Loss of FeedwaterK/A:EK2.23.5Lic Level:RTaxonomy:1Question:During a Loss of Feedwater event, feed flow cannot be established to the Steam Generators. With regard to theReactor Coolant Pumps (RCPs), which of the following statements is correct?A. Leave all RCPs running to raise the heat removal rate from the Reactor Coolant System.B. Trip one RCP in each loop to balance Steam Generator heat removal.C. Trip all RCPs to minimize heat input into the Reactor Coolant System.D. Trip all but one RCP and use only one Steam Generator for heat removal.Answer:C. Trip all RCPs to minimize heat input into the Reactor Coolant System.Notes:
 
STM 2-63 Historical Comments:
Form ES-401-5                           Written Exam Question Worksheet                        Page 13 of 100
 
Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam                                                                  28-Jun-06 QID: 0574      Rev:    0    Rev Date: 04-May-06      Lic Level:    R                  RO            SRO Sample Plan Q#      Source:        ANO-OPS2-78          10CFR55.41.10          Tier #    1 14                                                10CFR55.              Group #    1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 1      2 = Comprehension or Analysis                    Importance Rating      3.5 System
 
==Title:==
Loss of Feedwater                                System Number E06        K/A:   EK2.2 Question:
During a Loss of Feedwater event, feed flow cannot be established to the Steam Generators. With regard to the Reactor Coolant Pumps (RCPs), which of the following statements is correct?
A. Leave all RCPs running to raise the heat removal rate from the Reactor Coolant System.
B. Trip one RCP in each loop to balance Steam Generator heat removal.
C. Trip all RCPs to minimize heat input into the Reactor Coolant System.
D. Trip all but one RCP and use only one Steam Generator for heat removal.
Answer:
C. Trip all RCPs to minimize heat input into the Reactor Coolant System.
Notes:


==References:==
==References:==
2202.006 step 5Source:ANO-OPS2-78Rev:0Rev Date:04-May-0610CFR55.41.1010CFR55.Historical Comments:New 200611Sample Plan Q#14SROROTier #Group #Importance Rating1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge2 = Comprehension or AnalysisForm ES-401-5 Written Exam Question WorksheetPage 14 of 100 Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam28-Jun-06QID:0575System Number056System Title:Loss of Off-site PowerK/A:AK3.013.5Lic Level:RTaxonomy:1Question:The following conditions exist:
 
2202.006 step 5 Historical Comments:
New 2006 Form ES-401-5                        Written Exam Question Worksheet                          Page 14 of 100
 
Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam                                                                28-Jun-06 QID: 0575      Rev:     0    Rev Date: 04-May-06      Lic Level: R                  RO            SRO Sample Plan Q#         Source:            New 2006        10CFR55.41.7        Tier #   1 15                                                10CFR55.          Group #   1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 1        2 = Comprehension or Analysis                  Importance Rating    3.5 System
 
==Title:==
Loss of Off-site Power                            System Number 056      K/A: AK3.01 Question:
The following conditions exist:
* 100% power
* 100% power
* 2DG2 out of service for maintenance
* 2DG2 out of service for maintenance
* SIAS actuates concurrent with loss of off-site power
* SIAS actuates concurrent with loss of off-site power
* 2A4 has just been energized using the AACGWhich of the following describes the sequence of green train ECCS response?A. Injection valves open automatically, HPSI pump automatically starts, then LPSI pump     automatically starts.B. HPSI pump automatically starts, LPSI pump automatically starts, then manually open injection     valves.C. Manually start HPSI and LPSI pumps, then manually open injection valves.D. Injection valves open automatically, then manually start HPSI and LPSI pumps.Answer:D. Injection valves open automatically, then manually start HPSI and LPSI pumps.Notes:SIAS start of ECCS pumps requires bus normal feed or EDG output breaker closed. The AACG uses the cross-tie breakers to energize the ESF bus. The MOVs auto-open regardless of power source.
* 2A4 has just been energized using the AACG Which of the following describes the sequence of green train ECCS response?
A. Injection valves open automatically, HPSI pump automatically starts, then LPSI pump automatically starts.
B. HPSI pump automatically starts, LPSI pump automatically starts, then manually open injection valves.
C. Manually start HPSI and LPSI pumps, then manually open injection valves.
D. Injection valves open automatically, then manually start HPSI and LPSI pumps.
Answer:
D. Injection valves open automatically, then manually start HPSI and LPSI pumps.
Notes:
SIAS start of ECCS pumps requires bus normal feed or EDG output breaker closed. The AACG uses the cross-tie breakers to energize the ESF bus. The MOVs auto-open regardless of power source.


==References:==
==References:==
E-2196E-2204Source:New 2006Rev:0Rev Date:04-May-0610CFR55.41.710CFR55.Historical Comments:11Sample Plan Q#15SROROTier #Group #Importance Rating1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge2 = Comprehension or AnalysisForm ES-401-5 Written Exam Question WorksheetPage 15 of 100 Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam28-Jun-06QID:0605System Number057System Title:Loss of vital AC Intrument BusK/A:AK3.014.1Lic Level:RTaxonomy:2Question:Given the following:
 
E-2196 E-2204 Historical Comments:
Form ES-401-5                           Written Exam Question Worksheet                      Page 15 of 100
 
Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam                                                                      28-Jun-06 QID: 0605      Rev:      0    Rev Date: 15-May-06        Lic Level:  R                    RO            SRO Sample Plan Q#        Source:            New 2006          10CFR55.41.7          Tier #    1 16                                                  10CFR55.              Group #    1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2        2 = Comprehension or Analysis                      Importance Rating      4.1 System
 
==Title:==
Loss of vital AC Intrument Bus                      System Number 057        K/A: AK3.01 Question:
Given the following:
* The plant is at full power.
* The plant is at full power.
* Annunciator 2K09 A3 LOADCENTER 2B6 UNDERVOLT comes in.
* Annunciator 2K09 A3 LOADCENTER 2B6 UNDERVOLT comes in.
* AOP 2203.045, Loss of 480 Volt Vital Bus is enteredIf this condition will last for greater than 2 hours, then the ________ inverter should be securedto ___________________.A. 2RS-3; to limit the load on the Red Train Emergency Diesel Generator.B. 2RS-4; to limit the load on the Green Train Vital DC Battery.C. 2RS-3; to limit the load on the Red Train Vital DC Battery.D. 2RS-4; to limit the load on the Green Train Emergency Diesel Generator.Answer:B. 2RS-4; to limit the load on the Green Train Vital DC Battery.Notes:Distracter A is incorrect because 2RS 3 is powered from 2B5 powered battery charger not 2B6 and the REDEDG is not running.Distracter C is incorrect because 2RS 3 is powered from 2B5 powered battery charger not 2B6 so there is nodrain on the Red Train Battery.Distracter D is incorrect because the Green EDG is not feeding 2B6 with this alarm in.
* AOP 2203.045, Loss of 480 Volt Vital Bus is entered If this condition will last for greater than 2 hours, then the ________ inverter should be secured to ___________________.
A. 2RS-3; to limit the load on the Red Train Emergency Diesel Generator.
B. 2RS-4; to limit the load on the Green Train Vital DC Battery.
C. 2RS-3; to limit the load on the Red Train Vital DC Battery.
D. 2RS-4; to limit the load on the Green Train Emergency Diesel Generator.
Answer:
B. 2RS-4; to limit the load on the Green Train Vital DC Battery.
Notes:
Distracter A is incorrect because 2RS 3 is powered from 2B5 powered battery charger not 2B6 and the RED EDG is not running.
Distracter C is incorrect because 2RS 3 is powered from 2B5 powered battery charger not 2B6 so there is no drain on the Red Train Battery.
Distracter D is incorrect because the Green EDG is not feeding 2B6 with this alarm in.


==References:==
==References:==
OP 2203.012I ANNUNCIATOR 2K09 CORRECTIVE ACTION for 2K09 A3AOP 2203.045 LOSS OF 480 VOLT VITAL BUS Step 35.Source:New 2006Rev:0Rev Date:15-May-0610CFR55.41.710CFR55.Historical Comments:11Sample Plan Q#16SROROTier #Group #Importance Rating1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge2 = Comprehension or AnalysisForm ES-401-5 Written Exam Question WorksheetPage 16 of 100 Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam28-Jun-06QID:0589System Number058System Title:Loss of DC PowerK/A:AA1.023.1*Lic Level:RTaxonomy:1Question:Inverter 2Y11 is supplying 2RS1 in a normal lineup. 2Y11 DC supply breaker 2D01-13 now trips.Considering local indication at 2Y11 after the breaker trip, the status of power to 2RS1 could be determinedbecause "2Y11 120 VAC Output" (V2) would be ____________, and "2Y11 Inverter Output Amps" (A1) would be ____________.A. ~ 120 V;     ~50 ampsB. ~ 120 V;     0 ampsC. 0 V;     0 ampsD. 0 V;   ~50 ampsAnswer:A. ~ 120 V; ~50 ampsNotes:0 V with 50 amps is viable in that the student has to know remember that the AC output meter is downstream ofthe static switch and Not on the inverter output (as is the frequency meter)
 
OP 2203.012I ANNUNCIATOR 2K09 CORRECTIVE ACTION for 2K09 A3 AOP 2203.045 LOSS OF 480 VOLT VITAL BUS Step 35.
Historical Comments:
Form ES-401-5                           Written Exam Question Worksheet                            Page 16 of 100
 
Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam                                                                    28-Jun-06 QID: 0589      Rev:      0    Rev Date: 09-May-06      Lic Level:    R                  RO            SRO Sample Plan Q#        Source:            New 2006          10CFR55.41.7          Tier #    1 17                                                  10CFR55.            Group #    1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 1        2 = Comprehension or Analysis                    Importance Rating      3.1*
System
 
==Title:==
Loss of DC Power                                    System Number 058        K/A: AA1.02 Question:
Inverter 2Y11 is supplying 2RS1 in a normal lineup. 2Y11 DC supply breaker 2D01-13 now trips.
Considering local indication at 2Y11 after the breaker trip, the status of power to 2RS1 could be determined because "2Y11 120 VAC Output" (V2) would be ____________, and "2Y11 Inverter Output Amps" (A1) would be ____________.
A. ~ 120 V;     ~50 amps B. ~ 120 V;     0 amps C. 0 V;     0 amps D. 0 V;     ~50 amps Answer:
A. ~ 120 V; ~50 amps Notes:
0 V with 50 amps is viable in that the student has to know remember that the AC output meter is downstream of the static switch and Not on the inverter output (as is the frequency meter)


==References:==
==References:==
STM 2-32 inverter drawings on pages 18 and 25.Source:New 2006Rev:0Rev Date:09-May-0610CFR55.41.710CFR55.Historical Comments:11Sample Plan Q#17SROROTier #Group #Importance Rating1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge2 = Comprehension or AnalysisForm ES-401-5 Written Exam Question WorksheetPage 17 of 100 Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam28-Jun-06QID:0636System NumberGSystem Title:Loss of Nuclear Service WaterK/A:2.1.283.2Lic Level:RTaxonomy:1Question:Unit 2 is at 100% in a normal lineup when the Loss of Service Water AOP, 2203.022 is entered due to a SWpipe rupture in the Aux Bldg.Which of the following components would be used to determine which SW header has ruptured?A. Loop cross-over valves.B. ACW supply isolation valves.C. Cooling Tower level control valve (Squeeze Valve).D. CCW/Main Chiller supply isolation valves.Answer:D. CCW/Main Chiller supply isolation valves.Notes:Normal system lineup has the loops cross-connected at the supply to CCW/Main Chiller and possibly throughthe SFP HX depending on return path lineup.A. One set of loop cross-over valves are normally closedB. ACW isolations would only be closed if the rupture is known to be in ACW. The stem states the rupture ison a SW line which can be distinguished in the control room with pressure indications.C. The squeeze valve is common to both loops.
 
STM 2-32 inverter drawings on pages 18 and 25.
Historical Comments:
Form ES-401-5                           Written Exam Question Worksheet                          Page 17 of 100
 
Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam                                                                28-Jun-06 QID: 0636      Rev:    0    Rev Date: 04-May-06      Lic Level:  R                  RO            SRO Sample Plan Q#        Source:            New 2006        10CFR55.41.4        Tier #    1 18                                                10CFR55.            Group #    1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 1        2 = Comprehension or Analysis                  Importance Rating    3.2 System
 
==Title:==
Loss of Nuclear Service Water                    System Number      G  K/A:   2.1.28 Question:
Unit 2 is at 100% in a normal lineup when the Loss of Service Water AOP, 2203.022 is entered due to a SW pipe rupture in the Aux Bldg.
Which of the following components would be used to determine which SW header has ruptured?
A. Loop cross-over valves.
B. ACW supply isolation valves.
C. Cooling Tower level control valve (Squeeze Valve).
D. CCW/Main Chiller supply isolation valves.
Answer:
D. CCW/Main Chiller supply isolation valves.
Notes:
Normal system lineup has the loops cross-connected at the supply to CCW/Main Chiller and possibly through the SFP HX depending on return path lineup.
A. One set of loop cross-over valves are normally closed B. ACW isolations would only be closed if the rupture is known to be in ACW. The stem states the rupture is on a SW line which can be distinguished in the control room with pressure indications.
C. The squeeze valve is common to both loops.


==References:==
==References:==
2203.022 step 3Source:New 2006Rev:0Rev Date:04-May-0610CFR55.41.410CFR55.Historical Comments:New 200611Sample Plan Q#18SROROTier #Group #Importance Rating1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge2 = Comprehension or AnalysisForm ES-401-5 Written Exam Question WorksheetPage 18 of 100 Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam28-Jun-06QID:0601System Number001System Title:Continuous Rod WithdrawalK/A:AK2.063.0*Lic Level:RTaxonomy:2Question:A plant startup is in progress and the following conditions exist:
 
2203.022 step 3 Historical Comments:
New 2006 Form ES-401-5                         Written Exam Question Worksheet                      Page 18 of 100
 
Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam                                                                    28-Jun-06 QID: 0601        Rev:      0    Rev Date: 28-Jun-06      Lic Level:  R                    RO            SRO Sample Plan Q#          Source:            New 2006        10CFR55.41.5, 6      Tier #      1 19                                                  10CFR55.            Group #      2 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2          2 = Comprehension or Analysis                  Importance Rating      3.0*
System
 
==Title:==
Continuous Rod Withdrawal                          System Number 001          K/A: AK2.06 Question:
A plant startup is in progress and the following conditions exist:
* The reactor is critical at 5E-5% power.
* The reactor is critical at 5E-5% power.
* Tave is at 545 °F.
* Tave is at 545 °F.
* A CEDMCS failure causes the selected bank of rods to step out ten (10) steps before         being stopped by the operator.
* A CEDMCS failure causes the selected bank of rods to step out ten (10) steps before being stopped by the operator.
* No reactor trip occurs.Considering the effect that this event will have on reactor parameters over the next minute,startup rate (SUR) will ___________ and a Tave/Tref mismatch __________ expected?A. stabilize at a positive value; isB. return to zero; isC. return to zero; is NOTD. stabilize at a positive value; is NOTAnswer:D. is; is NOTNotes:The power level is well below the point of adding heat. As such, the contribution of fission to heat productionis negligible. Temperature is controlled by SDBCS settings. The CEAs do, however, add positive reactivitywhich will cause reactor power to rise resulting in a positive SUR. Since the Rx is below POAH, SUR willstabilize at a positive value.
* No reactor trip occurs.
Considering the effect that this event will have on reactor parameters over the next minute, startup rate (SUR) will ___________ and a Tave/Tref mismatch __________ expected?
A. stabilize at a positive value; is B. return to zero; is C. return to zero; is NOT D. stabilize at a positive value; is NOT Answer:
D. is; is NOT Notes:
The power level is well below the point of adding heat. As such, the contribution of fission to heat production is negligible. Temperature is controlled by SDBCS settings. The CEAs do, however, add positive reactivity which will cause reactor power to rise resulting in a positive SUR. Since the Rx is below POAH, SUR will stabilize at a positive value.


==References:==
==References:==
Source:New 2006Rev:0Rev Date:28-Jun-0610CFR55.41.5, 610CFR55.Historical Comments:12Sample Plan Q#19SROROTier #Group #Importance Rating1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge2 = Comprehension or AnalysisForm ES-401-5 Written Exam Question WorksheetPage 19 of 100 Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam28-Jun-06QID:0569System Number005System Title:Inop/Stuck Control RodK/A:AA1.053.4Lic Level:RTaxonomy:2Question:Unit 2 reactor startup is in progress. The operator performing the startup is withdrawing S/D Bank 'A' and CEA#50 becomes mechanically bound and does not move with the rest of the group.If this condition were to go unnoticed by the startup operator, which of the following alarms would be the first towarn of this condition?A. 2K04 J6 CEAC #2 CEA DeviationB. 2K10 B2 CPC AZTILT ExceededC. 2K10 D1 CEDMCS Minor CEA DeviationD. 2K04 H5 CEAC #1 Sensor FailureAnswer:A. 2K04 J6 CEAC #2 CEA DeviationNotes:Although the CEDMCS deviation is smaller for an alarm, CEDMCS would not see the condition because thepulse counter would still be working without the CEA movement. CEAC would see the actual condition basedon reed switch rod indication.AZTILT may be affected but the incore response is very slow.
 
Historical Comments:
Form ES-401-5                           Written Exam Question Worksheet                          Page 19 of 100
 
Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam                                                                    28-Jun-06 QID: 0569      Rev:      0    Rev Date: 03-May-06      Lic Level:    R                    RO              SRO Sample Plan Q#        Source:           New 2006        10CFR55.41.6            Tier #    1 20                                                10CFR55.              Group #    2 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2        2 = Comprehension or Analysis                    Importance Rating      3.4 System
 
==Title:==
Inop/Stuck Control Rod                            System Number 005          K/A: AA1.05 Question:
Unit 2 reactor startup is in progress. The operator performing the startup is withdrawing S/D Bank 'A' and CEA
#50 becomes mechanically bound and does not move with the rest of the group.
If this condition were to go unnoticed by the startup operator, which of the following alarms would be the first to warn of this condition?
A. 2K04 J6 CEAC #2 CEA Deviation B. 2K10 B2 CPC AZTILT Exceeded C. 2K10 D1 CEDMCS Minor CEA Deviation D. 2K04 H5 CEAC #1 Sensor Failure Answer:
A. 2K04 J6 CEAC #2 CEA Deviation Notes:
Although the CEDMCS deviation is smaller for an alarm, CEDMCS would not see the condition because the pulse counter would still be working without the CEA movement. CEAC would see the actual condition based on reed switch rod indication.
AZTILT may be affected but the incore response is very slow.


==References:==
==References:==
2203.012D2203.012JSource:New 2006Rev:0Rev Date:03-May-0610CFR55.41.610CFR55.Historical Comments:12Sample Plan Q#20SROROTier #Group #Importance Rating1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge2 = Comprehension or AnalysisForm ES-401-5 Written Exam Question WorksheetPage 20 of 100 Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam28-Jun-06QID:0566System Number036System Title:Fuel Handling AccidentK/A:AK3.033.7Lic Level:RTaxonomy:1Question:Unit 2 is in Mode 6 with a fuel off-load in progress. The SRO in charge of refueling notifies the SM that anincident has caused damage to a spent fuel assembly in the reactor building upender.The Refueling Accident procedure directs evacuating the reactor building for this event because:A. Reactor building purge will be secured.B. Damage to the fuel assembly could cause inadvertent criticality.C. Rupture of the cladding could result in release of fission product gases.D. Reactor building spray system will be actuated for iodine removal.Answer:C. Rupture of the cladding could result in release of fission product gases.Notes:
 
2203.012D 2203.012J Historical Comments:
Form ES-401-5                           Written Exam Question Worksheet                          Page 20 of 100
 
Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam                                                                    28-Jun-06 QID: 0566      Rev:    0    Rev Date: 03-May-06        Lic Level:  R                    RO            SRO Sample Plan Q#      Source:            New 2006            10CFR55.41.12        Tier #      1 21                                                  10CFR55.          Group #      2 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 1      2 = Comprehension or Analysis                      Importance Rating      3.7 System
 
==Title:==
Fuel Handling Accident                            System Number 036        K/A: AK3.03 Question:
Unit 2 is in Mode 6 with a fuel off-load in progress. The SRO in charge of refueling notifies the SM that an incident has caused damage to a spent fuel assembly in the reactor building upender.
The Refueling Accident procedure directs evacuating the reactor building for this event because:
A. Reactor building purge will be secured.
B. Damage to the fuel assembly could cause inadvertent criticality.
C. Rupture of the cladding could result in release of fission product gases.
D. Reactor building spray system will be actuated for iodine removal.
Answer:
C. Rupture of the cladding could result in release of fission product gases.
Notes:


==References:==
==References:==
2502.001 Attachment M section 2 & 3Source:New 2006Rev:0Rev Date:03-May-0610CFR55.41.1210CFR55.Historical Comments:12Sample Plan Q#21SROROTier #Group #Importance Rating1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge2 = Comprehension or AnalysisForm ES-401-5 Written Exam Question WorksheetPage 21 of 100 Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam28-Jun-06QID:0607System Number037System Title:Steam Generator Tube LeakK/A:2.2.223.4Lic Level:RTaxonomy:2Question:Consider the following:
 
2502.001 Attachment M section 2 & 3 Historical Comments:
Form ES-401-5                         Written Exam Question Worksheet                            Page 21 of 100
 
Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam                                                                    28-Jun-06 QID: 0607      Rev:    0    Rev Date: 15-May-06      Lic Level:    R                  RO              SRO Sample Plan Q#        Source:            New 2006          10CFR55.            Tier #      1 22                                                  10CFR55.            Group #      2 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2        2 = Comprehension or Analysis                    Importance Rating      3.4 System
 
==Title:==
Steam Generator Tube Leak                          System Number 037        K/A:     2.2.22 Question:
Consider the following:
* Plant power is 30% and lowering
* Plant power is 30% and lowering
* A plant shutdown is in progress due to a tube leak on 'B' SG
* A plant shutdown is in progress due to a tube leak on 'B' SG
* Leak rate has been confirmed by chemistry to be 125 GPD
* Leak rate has been confirmed by chemistry to be 125 GPD
* Actions of 2203.038 Primary to Secondary Leakage AOP have been completed         up to the point of tripping the reactorConsidering the event in progress and actions taken in the AOP, which of the following LCOs would beapplicable?A. Reactor Coolant System Leakage, 3.4.6.2B. Reactor Coolant System Pressure/Temperature Limits, 3.4.9.1C. Steam Generator Pressure/Temperature Limitation, 3.7.2.1D. Emergency Feedwater System, 3.7.1.2Answer:D. Emergency Feedwater System, 3.7.1.2Notes:A. Confirmed leakage of greater than 150 GPD required for this LCOB. Cooldown has not been started. P/T limits not challenged until rx tripped with a leak this small (< 0.1 gpm)C. SG P/T limits, although applicable at all times, are related more to CSD conditions during initial heatup andpressurization.
* Actions of 2203.038 Primary to Secondary Leakage AOP have been completed up to the point of tripping the reactor Considering the event in progress and actions taken in the AOP, which of the following LCOs would be applicable?
A. Reactor Coolant System Leakage, 3.4.6.2 B. Reactor Coolant System Pressure/Temperature Limits, 3.4.9.1 C. Steam Generator Pressure/Temperature Limitation, 3.7.2.1 D. Emergency Feedwater System, 3.7.1.2 Answer:
D. Emergency Feedwater System, 3.7.1.2 Notes:
A. Confirmed leakage of greater than 150 GPD required for this LCO B. Cooldown has not been started. P/T limits not challenged until rx tripped with a leak this small (< 0.1 gpm)
C. SG P/T limits, although applicable at all times, are related more to CSD conditions during initial heatup and pressurization.


==References:==
==References:==
2203.038 Floating Step 13.TS 3.4.6.2, 3.4.9.1, 3.7.2.1, 3.7.1.2Source:New 2006Rev:0Rev Date:15-May-0610CFR55.10CFR55.Historical Comments:12Sample Plan Q#22SROROTier #Group #Importance Rating1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge2 = Comprehension or AnalysisForm ES-401-5 Written Exam Question WorksheetPage 22 of 100 Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam28-Jun-06QID:0637System Number051System Title:Loss of Condenser VacuumK/A:2.1.323.4Lic Level:RTaxonomy:1Question:Per the Limits and Precautions of 2104.010 Circulating Water System Operation, during normal full poweroperation, if circulating water capacity is reduced, what should be done to maintain condenser pressure withinlimits?A. Isolate nitrogen purge to condenser.B. Place both vacuum pumps in the 'Hogging' mode.C. Reduce plant power.D. Shift turbine load to SDBCS bypass valves.Answer:C. Reduce plant power.Notes:The bases behind this L&P is to reduce heat load on the condenser tubes since a reduced circ water capacityrepresents a reduced heat removal capacity.A. The N2 purge is a very small flow rate (scfh).B. Hogging mode will not help much for a loss of heat sink issue.D. Shifting steam flow from the turbine to the SDBCS bypass valves does not reduce heat load on the condensertubes.
 
2203.038 Floating Step 13.
TS 3.4.6.2, 3.4.9.1, 3.7.2.1, 3.7.1.2 Historical Comments:
Form ES-401-5                         Written Exam Question Worksheet                          Page 22 of 100
 
Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam                                                                    28-Jun-06 QID: 0637      Rev:      0    Rev Date: 03-May-06      Lic Level:  R                  RO              SRO Sample Plan Q#        Source:            New 2006        10CFR55.41.4          Tier #    1 23                                                10CFR55.              Group #    2 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 1        2 = Comprehension or Analysis                    Importance Rating    3.4 System
 
==Title:==
Loss of Condenser Vacuum                          System Number 051        K/A:   2.1.32 Question:
Per the Limits and Precautions of 2104.010 Circulating Water System Operation, during normal full power operation, if circulating water capacity is reduced, what should be done to maintain condenser pressure within limits?
A. Isolate nitrogen purge to condenser.
B. Place both vacuum pumps in the 'Hogging' mode.
C. Reduce plant power.
D. Shift turbine load to SDBCS bypass valves.
Answer:
C. Reduce plant power.
Notes:
The bases behind this L&P is to reduce heat load on the condenser tubes since a reduced circ water capacity represents a reduced heat removal capacity.
A. The N2 purge is a very small flow rate (scfh).
B. Hogging mode will not help much for a loss of heat sink issue.
D. Shifting steam flow from the turbine to the SDBCS bypass valves does not reduce heat load on the condenser tubes.


==References:==
==References:==
2104.010 L&P 5.4Source:New 2006Rev:0Rev Date:03-May-0610CFR55.41.410CFR55.Historical Comments:12Sample Plan Q#23SROROTier #Group #Importance Rating1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge2 = Comprehension or AnalysisForm ES-401-5 Written Exam Question WorksheetPage 23 of 100 Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam28-Jun-06QID:0638System Number061System Title:ARM system alarmsK/A:AK1.012.5*Lic Level:RTaxonomy:2Question:______________________ in containment causes a false signal to be induced on the coaxial cables for thecontainment high range radiation monitors making them have similar trends for multiple events.A. Spray actuationB. Dense steam environmentC. Rapid temperature changesD. Released fission product radiationAnswer:C. Rapid temperature changesNotes:Containment high range rad monitor signal will rise for any large energy release in containment. It becomesmore reliable as containment temperature stabilizes.A & B. Detector output not affected by moisture or steam.D. Detector function is to detect FP radiation due to RCS/fuel boundary release.
 
2104.010 L&P 5.4 Historical Comments:
Form ES-401-5                           Written Exam Question Worksheet                          Page 23 of 100
 
Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam                                                                  28-Jun-06 QID: 0638      Rev:      0    Rev Date: 03-May-06      Lic Level:  R                    RO            SRO Sample Plan Q#        Source:           New 2006        10CFR55.41.11          Tier #    1 24                                                10CFR55.              Group #    2 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2        2 = Comprehension or Analysis                    Importance Rating      2.5*
System
 
==Title:==
ARM system alarms                                System Number 061        K/A: AK1.01 Question:
______________________ in containment causes a false signal to be induced on the coaxial cables for the containment high range radiation monitors making them have similar trends for multiple events.
A. Spray actuation B. Dense steam environment C. Rapid temperature changes D. Released fission product radiation Answer:
C. Rapid temperature changes Notes:
Containment high range rad monitor signal will rise for any large energy release in containment. It becomes more reliable as containment temperature stabilizes.
A & B. Detector output not affected by moisture or steam.
D. Detector function is to detect FP radiation due to RCS/fuel boundary release.


==References:==
==References:==
STM 2-62 section 2.1.2ER-ANO-2001-0743Source:New 2006Rev:0Rev Date:03-May-0610CFR55.41.1110CFR55.Historical Comments:12Sample Plan Q#24SROROTier #Group #Importance Rating1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge2 = Comprehension or AnalysisForm ES-401-5 Written Exam Question WorksheetPage 24 of 100 Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam28-Jun-06QID:0323System Number076System Title:High Reactor Coolant ActivityK/A:AA2.022.8Lic Level:RTaxonomy:2Question:Given the following plant conditions:
 
STM 2-62 section 2.1.2 ER-ANO-2001-0743 Historical Comments:
Form ES-401-5                         Written Exam Question Worksheet                          Page 24 of 100
 
Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam                                                                    28-Jun-06 QID: 0323        Rev: 000      Rev Date: 04-Dec-01      Lic Level:    R                    RO              SRO Sample Plan Q#        Source:           New 2002        10CFR55.41.5          Tier #      1 25                                                10CFR55.              Group #      2 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2        2 = Comprehension or Analysis                    Importance Rating      2.8 System
 
==Title:==
High Reactor Coolant Activity                      System Number 076        K/A: AA2.02 Question:
Given the following plant conditions:
* Unit is operating at 100% power following a Plant Startup from a Refueling Outage.
* Unit is operating at 100% power following a Plant Startup from a Refueling Outage.
* RCS Letdown Gross Rad Monitor (2RITS-4806A) reads 1E5 CPM and is slowly rising.
* RCS Letdown Gross Rad Monitor (2RITS-4806A) reads 1E5 CPM and is slowly rising.
* Chemistry samples indicate that RCS activity is approaching the Technical Specification limits.Which ONE of the following actions should be taken due to the rising RCS activity?     A. Bypass Letdown Demineralizers and swap the VCT inlet to the Hold Up Tanks. B. Minimize Letdown to allow more dilution inventory from Charging into the RCS. C. Raise Letdown flow to maximize RCS activity cleanup using demineralizers. D. Isolate RCS Letdown Gross Rad Monitor (2RITS-4806A) to prevent over-ranging.Answer:     C. Raise Letdown flow to maximize RCS activity cleanup using demineralizers.Notes:Tech Guide for High Activity in the RCS, AOP 2203.020 Step 3, states that raising Letdown flow will raise therate of fission product removal and should offset any the raised dose seen by personnel due to the raised flowrate. This makes answer C correct. Answer A is wrong because it would only move the fission products toanother tank which would have to be processed later. B is incorrect because too much inventory added to theRCS would violate Technical Specifications. D is incorrect because we want to continue to monitor RCSactivity with this monitor.
* Chemistry samples indicate that RCS activity is approaching the Technical Specification limits.
Which ONE of the following actions should be taken due to the rising RCS activity?
A. Bypass Letdown Demineralizers and swap the VCT inlet to the Hold Up Tanks.
B. Minimize Letdown to allow more dilution inventory from Charging into the RCS.
C. Raise Letdown flow to maximize RCS activity cleanup using demineralizers.
D. Isolate RCS Letdown Gross Rad Monitor (2RITS-4806A) to prevent over-ranging.
Answer:
C. Raise Letdown flow to maximize RCS activity cleanup using demineralizers.
Notes:
Tech Guide for High Activity in the RCS, AOP 2203.020 Step 3, states that raising Letdown flow will raise the rate of fission product removal and should offset any the raised dose seen by personnel due to the raised flow rate. This makes answer C correct. Answer A is wrong because it would only move the fission products to another tank which would have to be processed later. B is incorrect because too much inventory added to the RCS would violate Technical Specifications. D is incorrect because we want to continue to monitor RCS activity with this monitor.


==References:==
==References:==
2203.020, High Activity in RCS, Step 32203.020, High Activity in RCS Tech Guidelines, Step 3ANO-2-LP-RO-EAOP, Abnormal Operating Procedures, Objective 15.0Source:New 2002Rev:000Rev Date:04-Dec-0110CFR55.41.510CFR55.Historical Comments:12Sample Plan Q#25SROROTier #Group #Importance Rating1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge2 = Comprehension or AnalysisForm ES-401-5 Written Exam Question WorksheetPage 25 of 100 Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam28-Jun-06QID:0639System NumberA11System Title:RCS OvercoolingK/A:AK1.12.8Lic Level:RTaxonomy:2Question:Unit 2 is in Mode 3 with a cooldown in progress for refueling with the following conditions:
 
2203.020, High Activity in RCS, Step 3 2203.020, High Activity in RCS Tech Guidelines, Step 3 ANO-2-LP-RO-EAOP, Abnormal Operating Procedures, Objective 15.0 Historical Comments:
Form ES-401-5                           Written Exam Question Worksheet                          Page 25 of 100
 
Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam                                                                    28-Jun-06 QID: 0639      Rev:      0    Rev Date: 28-Jun-06      Lic Level:   R                    RO            SRO Sample Plan Q#        Source:            New 2006        10CFR55.41.7          Tier #      1 26                                                10CFR55.            Group #      2 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2        2 = Comprehension or Analysis                  Importance Rating        2.8 System
 
==Title:==
RCS Overcooling                                  System Number A11        K/A:     AK1.1 Question:
Unit 2 is in Mode 3 with a cooldown in progress for refueling with the following conditions:
* SG pressures 850 psia controlled by SDBCS in manual for cooldown
* SG pressures 850 psia controlled by SDBCS in manual for cooldown
* SG 'A' main steam safety 2PSV-1002 starts simmering
* SG 'A' main steam safety 2PSV-1002 starts simmering
* 2PSV-1002 now opens and will NOT re-seat
* 2PSV-1002 now opens and will NOT re-seat
* RCS Overcooling AOP is enteredManual actuation of MSIS will ___________________________________.A. isolate the lifted main steam safety valveB. NOT be beneficial for this conditionC. isolate EFW to the affected SGD. minimize the cooldown on the RCSAnswer:D. minimize the cooldown on the RCSNotes:The cooldown will be limited/minimized by stopping all steaming and isolating MFW to the affected SG. Thisshould be recognized as a function of MSIS even when the starting point is below NOP/NOT.A. The MSSVs are upstream of the MSIVs and will not be isolatedB. MSIS actuation is required by the AOP for an un-isolated steam leakC. MFW isolates with MFWIS actuation (subset of MSIS). EFW valves are actuated from EFAS and SGpressure NOT MSIS.
* RCS Overcooling AOP is entered Manual actuation of MSIS will ___________________________________.
A. isolate the lifted main steam safety valve B. NOT be beneficial for this condition C. isolate EFW to the affected SG D. minimize the cooldown on the RCS Answer:
D. minimize the cooldown on the RCS Notes:
The cooldown will be limited/minimized by stopping all steaming and isolating MFW to the affected SG. This should be recognized as a function of MSIS even when the starting point is below NOP/NOT.
A. The MSSVs are upstream of the MSIVs and will not be isolated B. MSIS actuation is required by the AOP for an un-isolated steam leak C. MFW isolates with MFWIS actuation (subset of MSIS). EFW valves are actuated from EFAS and SG pressure NOT MSIS.


==References:==
==References:==
2203.011 and Tech Guide step 8Source:New 2006Rev:0Rev Date:28-Jun-0610CFR55.41.710CFR55.Historical Comments:12Sample Plan Q#26SROROTier #Group #Importance Rating1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge2 = Comprehension or AnalysisForm ES-401-5 Written Exam Question WorksheetPage 26 of 100 Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam28-Jun-06QID:0595System NumberA16System Title:Excess RCS LeakageK/A:AK3.22.8Lic Level:RTaxonomy:1Question:The Excess RCS Leakage AOP is being implemented for an unidentified leak in containment. The CRS directsthe ATCO to isolate Letdown due to pressurizer level deviating from setpoint.When isolating Letdown, ______________ is the LEAST preferred isolation to usebecause ________________________________.A. Letdown Isolation 2CV-4820-2; it is inside containment and may not fully close in this high     moisture environmentB. Regen HX Outlet 2CV-4823-2; it will cause the Regen Heat Exchanger to overpressurizeC. Letdown Isolation 2CV-4820-2; it is powered from non-vital MCC 2B81 and will likely     trip its breakerD. Regen HX Outlet 2CV-4823-2; it is NOT designed to isolate letdown at normal pressure and flowAnswer:D. Regen HX Outlet 2CV-4823-2; it is NOT designed to isolate letdown at normal pressure and flowNotes:2CV-4820-2 is prefered for leak determination since it is the first valve in the letdown flowpath.The regen HX is design for full RCS pressure.
 
2203.011 and Tech Guide step 8 Historical Comments:
Form ES-401-5                           Written Exam Question Worksheet                          Page 26 of 100
 
Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam                                                                      28-Jun-06 QID: 0595      Rev:      0    Rev Date: 11-May-06      Lic Level:     R                    RO            SRO Sample Plan Q#        Source:            New 2006        10CFR55.41.10            Tier #    1 27                                                10CFR55.                Group #    2 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 1        2 = Comprehension or Analysis                    Importance Rating      2.8 System
 
==Title:==
Excess RCS Leakage                                System Number A16          K/A:   AK3.2 Question:
The Excess RCS Leakage AOP is being implemented for an unidentified leak in containment. The CRS directs the ATCO to isolate Letdown due to pressurizer level deviating from setpoint.
When isolating Letdown, ______________ is the LEAST preferred isolation to use because ________________________________.
A. Letdown Isolation 2CV-4820-2; it is inside containment and may not fully close in this high moisture environment B. Regen HX Outlet 2CV-4823-2; it will cause the Regen Heat Exchanger to overpressurize C. Letdown Isolation 2CV-4820-2; it is powered from non-vital MCC 2B81 and will likely trip its breaker D. Regen HX Outlet 2CV-4823-2; it is NOT designed to isolate letdown at normal pressure and flow Answer:
D. Regen HX Outlet 2CV-4823-2; it is NOT designed to isolate letdown at normal pressure and flow Notes:
2CV-4820-2 is prefered for leak determination since it is the first valve in the letdown flowpath.
The regen HX is design for full RCS pressure.


==References:==
==References:==
2203.016 and Tech Guide, step 3Source:New 2006Rev:0Rev Date:11-May-0610CFR55.41.1010CFR55.Historical Comments:12Sample Plan Q#27SROROTier #Group #Importance Rating1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge2 = Comprehension or AnalysisForm ES-401-5 Written Exam Question WorksheetPage 27 of 100 Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam28-Jun-06QID:0557System Number003System Title:Reactor Coolant PumpK/A:K4.042.8Lic Level:RTaxonomy:1Question:The RCP Control Bleedoff (CBO) Relief Valve 2PSV-4836 prevents damage to the RCP seals by:A. Relieving pressure buildup in the event there is excessive CBO flow from a RCP failed seal.B. Relieving an overpressure condition to the containment sump in the event a CBO containment     isolation is closed.C. Maintain RCP CBO flow in the event a CBO containment isolation is closed.D. Maintain RCP CBO flow from the unaffected RCPs in the event the excess flow check valve     for a RCP closes.Answer:C. Maintain RCP CBO flow in the event a CBO containment isolation is closed.Notes:
 
2203.016 and Tech Guide, step 3 Historical Comments:
Form ES-401-5                           Written Exam Question Worksheet                            Page 27 of 100
 
Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam                                                                  28-Jun-06 QID: 0557      Rev:      0    Rev Date: 03-May-06      Lic Level:  R                  RO            SRO Sample Plan Q#        Source:            New 2006        10CFR55.41.3        Tier #      2 28                                                10CFR55.            Group #      1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 1        2 = Comprehension or Analysis                    Importance Rating    2.8 System
 
==Title:==
Reactor Coolant Pump                              System Number 003      K/A:     K4.04 Question:
The RCP Control Bleedoff (CBO) Relief Valve 2PSV-4836 prevents damage to the RCP seals by:
A. Relieving pressure buildup in the event there is excessive CBO flow from a RCP failed seal.
B. Relieving an overpressure condition to the containment sump in the event a CBO containment isolation is closed.
C. Maintain RCP CBO flow in the event a CBO containment isolation is closed.
D. Maintain RCP CBO flow from the unaffected RCPs in the event the excess flow check valve for a RCP closes.
Answer:
C. Maintain RCP CBO flow in the event a CBO containment isolation is closed.
Notes:


==References:==
==References:==
M-2231 sheet 1STM 2-03-2 page 4Source:New 2006Rev:0Rev Date:03-May-0610CFR55.41.310CFR55.Historical Comments:21Sample Plan Q#28SROROTier #Group #Importance Rating1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge2 = Comprehension or AnalysisForm ES-401-5 Written Exam Question WorksheetPage 28 of 100 Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam28-Jun-06QID:0596System Number004System Title:Chemical & Volume ControlK/A:A1.063.0Lic Level:RTaxonomy:2Question:Unit 2 is at full power operation. Consider the following:
 
M-2231 sheet 1 STM 2-03-2 page 4 Historical Comments:
Form ES-401-5                         Written Exam Question Worksheet                        Page 28 of 100
 
Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam                                                                28-Jun-06 QID: 0596        Rev:     0    Rev Date: 11-May-06      Lic Level:    R                RO            SRO Sample Plan Q#        Source:      ANO-OPS2-9909          10CFR55.41.7          Tier #  2 29                                                10CFR55.            Group #  1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2        2 = Comprehension or Analysis                    Importance Rating    3.0 System
 
==Title:==
Chemical & Volume Control                        System Number 004        K/A:   A1.06 Question:
Unit 2 is at full power operation. Consider the following:
* An inadvertent Containment Isolation Actuation (CIAS) occurs
* An inadvertent Containment Isolation Actuation (CIAS) occurs
* All containment parameters are normal
* All containment parameters are normal
Line 157: Line 604:
* Only the lead charging pump is operating
* Only the lead charging pump is operating
* Component Cooling Water (CCW) is being restored to the RCPs
* Component Cooling Water (CCW) is being restored to the RCPs
* Assume that no other operator action is takenWith these conditions in mind, Pressurizer Level is going up at a rate of _________ and VCTLevel is going down at a rate of ___________.A. 44 gpm; 44 gpmB. 44 gpm; 40 gpmC. 40 gpm; 44 gpmD. 40 gpm; 40 gpmAnswer:C. 40 gpm; 44 gpmNotes:The key is that RCP CBO (4 gpm) will be directed to the QT vs VCT and letdown will be isolated due to theCIAS actuation.
* Assume that no other operator action is taken With these conditions in mind, Pressurizer Level is going up at a rate of _________ and VCT Level is going down at a rate of ___________.
A. 44 gpm; 44 gpm B. 44 gpm; 40 gpm C. 40 gpm; 44 gpm D. 40 gpm; 40 gpm Answer:
C. 40 gpm; 44 gpm Notes:
The key is that RCP CBO (4 gpm) will be directed to the QT vs VCT and letdown will be isolated due to the CIAS actuation.


==References:==
==References:==
2203.039STM 2-04; 2.21.3STM 2-04; 2.3A2LP-RO-CVCS Objective: 6, 17Source:ANO-OPS2-9909Rev:0Rev Date:11-May-0610CFR55.41.710CFR55.Historical Comments:New 200621Sample Plan Q#29SROROTier #Group #Importance Rating1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge2 = Comprehension or AnalysisForm ES-401-5 Written Exam Question WorksheetPage 29 of 100 Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam28-Jun-06QID:0558System Number005System Title:RHRK/A:K2.032.7*Lic Level:RTaxonomy:1Question:The motive power for the inside containment SDC Suction Isolations 2CV-5084-1 and 2CV-5086-2 is from____________________ and the outside isolation 2CV-5038-1 is from ______________.A. Vital 480 VAC; Instrument AirB. Non-Vital 480 VAC;   Instrument AirC. Non-Vital 480 VAC;   Non-Vital 480 VACD. Vital 480 VAC; Vital 480 VACAnswer:D. Vital 480 VAC; Vital 480 VACNotes:Some penetration (outside) valves are air operated but none of these.2CV-5038 does not have any interlocks or actuations but is still vital powered.
 
2203.039 STM 2-04; 2.21.3 STM 2-04; 2.3 A2LP-RO-CVCS Objective: 6, 17 Historical Comments:
New 2006 Form ES-401-5                           Written Exam Question Worksheet                      Page 29 of 100
 
Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam                                                                28-Jun-06 QID: 0558    Rev:      0    Rev Date: 03-May-06      Lic Level:     R              RO            SRO Sample Plan Q#      Source:           New 2006          10CFR55.41.7          Tier #  2 30                                                10CFR55.              Group #  1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 1      2 = Comprehension or Analysis                      Importance Rating  2.7*
System
 
==Title:==
RHR                                                System Number 005      K/A:   K2.03 Question:
The motive power for the inside containment SDC Suction Isolations 2CV-5084-1 and 2CV-5086-2 is from
____________________ and the outside isolation 2CV-5038-1 is from ______________.
A. Vital 480 VAC; Instrument Air B. Non-Vital 480 VAC; Instrument Air C. Non-Vital 480 VAC; Non-Vital 480 VAC D. Vital 480 VAC; Vital 480 VAC Answer:
D. Vital 480 VAC; Vital 480 VAC Notes:
Some penetration (outside) valves are air operated but none of these.
2CV-5038 does not have any interlocks or actuations but is still vital powered.


==References:==
==References:==
2107.002 Attachments C & DSource:New 2006Rev:0Rev Date:03-May-0610CFR55.41.710CFR55.Historical Comments:21Sample Plan Q#30SROROTier #Group #Importance Rating1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge2 = Comprehension or AnalysisForm ES-401-5 Written Exam Question WorksheetPage 30 of 100 Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam28-Jun-06QID:0570System Number005System Title:RHRK/A:A4.032.8*Lic Level:RTaxonomy:1Question:Consider the following:
 
2107.002 Attachments C & D Historical Comments:
Form ES-401-5                         Written Exam Question Worksheet                        Page 30 of 100
 
Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam                                                                28-Jun-06 QID: 0570      Rev:      0    Rev Date: 03-May-06      Lic Level:   R                RO              SRO Sample Plan Q#        Source:           New 2006        10CFR55.41.10        Tier #    2 31                                                10CFR55.           Group #    1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 1        2 = Comprehension or Analysis                    Importance Rating  2.8*
System
 
==Title:==
RHR                                              System Number 005      K/A:   A4.03 Question:
Consider the following:
* Mode 4, 220&deg;F
* Mode 4, 220&deg;F
* Cooldown to Mode 5 in progress
* Cooldown to Mode 5 in progress
* SDC system (red train) is in service
* SDC system (red train) is in service
* RCPs are securedIn this condition, ___________ is used for determining RCS temperature to verify cooldown rates are withinlimits.A. Wide range TcoldB. SDC Return TemperatureC. Average CET from SPDSD. SDC Heat Exchanger OutletAnswer:B. SDC Return TemperatureNotes:Wide range Tc is used when RCPs are running.CETs can be used for trending and are also required for natural circ cooldowns (EOP/AOP).SDC HX outlet is only a portion of the total SDC flow.
* RCPs are secured In this condition, ___________ is used for determining RCS temperature to verify cooldown rates are within limits.
A. Wide range Tcold B. SDC Return Temperature C. Average CET from SPDS D. SDC Heat Exchanger Outlet Answer:
B. SDC Return Temperature Notes:
Wide range Tc is used when RCPs are running.
CETs can be used for trending and are also required for natural circ cooldowns (EOP/AOP).
SDC HX outlet is only a portion of the total SDC flow.


==References:==
==References:==
2102.010 step 5.11015.016 step 5.1form 1015.016Iform 1015.016HSource:New 2006Rev:0Rev Date:03-May-0610CFR55.41.1010CFR55.Historical Comments:21Sample Plan Q#31SROROTier #Group #Importance Rating1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge2 = Comprehension or AnalysisForm ES-401-5 Written Exam Question WorksheetPage 31 of 100 Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam28-Jun-06QID:0278System Number006System Title:Emergency Core Cooling System (ECCS)K/A:A3.084.2Lic Level:RTaxonomy:1Question:Given the following plant conditions:
 
2102.010 step 5.1 1015.016 step 5.1 form 1015.016I form 1015.016H Historical Comments:
Form ES-401-5                           Written Exam Question Worksheet                      Page 31 of 100
 
Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam                                                                  28-Jun-06 QID: 0278      Rev: 001        Rev Date: 07-Feb-00      Lic Level:  R                  RO              SRO Sample Plan Q#        Source:            New 2000        10CFR55.41.7        Tier #      2 32                                                10CFR55.          Group #      1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 1        2 = Comprehension or Analysis                  Importance Rating      4.2 System
 
==Title:==
Emergency Core Cooling System (ECCS)             System Number 006        K/A:     A3.08 Question:
Given the following plant conditions:
* Large Break LOCA in progress.
* Large Break LOCA in progress.
* RAS actuates with the Refueling Water Tank (RWT) level at 6%.Which of the following over-rides will be removed for the given conditions?A. HPSI Injection Isolation 2CV-5015-1 over-ridden closed.B. ACW Supply Isolation 2CV-1425-1 over-ridden open.C. CAMS Supply Isolation 2SV-8263-2 over-ridden open.D. CCW Supply Isolation 2CV-5255-1 over-ridden open.Answer:B. ACW Supply Isolation 2CV-1425-1 over-ridden openNotes:RAS actuation blocks the overrides for SW valves to ensure adequate SW pressure available to the SDC HX(Spray). All other choices are non-SW components
* RAS actuates with the Refueling Water Tank (RWT) level at 6%.
Which of the following over-rides will be removed for the given conditions?
A. HPSI Injection Isolation 2CV-5015-1 over-ridden closed.
B. ACW Supply Isolation 2CV-1425-1 over-ridden open.
C. CAMS Supply Isolation 2SV-8263-2 over-ridden open.
D. CCW Supply Isolation 2CV-5255-1 over-ridden open.
Answer:
B. ACW Supply Isolation 2CV-1425-1 over-ridden open Notes:
RAS actuation blocks the overrides for SW valves to ensure adequate SW pressure available to the SDC HX (Spray). All other choices are non-SW components


==References:==
==References:==
STM 2-70, RAS Actuation TableSTM 2-42, Service Water and Auxiliary Cooling Water Systems, Rev 11 Chg 1, Section 4.0.Source:New 2000Rev:001Rev Date:07-Feb-0010CFR55.41.710CFR55.Historical Comments:Added notes and added RAS actuation to stem. 5-18-06 ClayS21Sample Plan Q#32SROROTier #Group #Importance Rating1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge2 = Comprehension or AnalysisForm ES-401-5 Written Exam Question WorksheetPage 32 of 100 Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam28-Jun-06QID:0559System Number007System Title:Pressurizer Relief/Quench TankK/A:K5.023.1Lic Level:RTaxonomy:2Question:When forming a pressurizer steam bubble, level is maintained 80-90% using a ___________ to raise level and______________ to lower level.A. LPSI pump;   LetdownB. LPSI pump;   LPSI mini-recircC. Charging pump; LPSI mini-recircD. Charging pump; LetdownAnswer:C. Charging pump; LPSI mini-recircNotes:A & D: With RCS at atmospheric (no bubble) there is not enough D/P across the letdown valves to reduceinventory in the RCS.A & B: LPSI pump(s) will be aligned for SDC so suctions are not aligned to RWT for makeup to RCS.
 
STM 2-70, RAS Actuation Table STM 2-42, Service Water and Auxiliary Cooling Water Systems, Rev 11 Chg 1, Section 4.0.
Historical Comments:
Added notes and added RAS actuation to stem. 5-18-06 ClayS Form ES-401-5                         Written Exam Question Worksheet                        Page 32 of 100
 
Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam                                                              28-Jun-06 QID: 0559      Rev:    0    Rev Date: 03-May-06      Lic Level:  R                  RO              SRO Sample Plan Q#      Source:            New 2006        10CFR55.41.10        Tier #    2 33                                                10CFR55.            Group #    1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2      2 = Comprehension or Analysis                  Importance Rating    3.1 System
 
==Title:==
Pressurizer Relief/Quench Tank                  System Number 007      K/A:     K5.02 Question:
When forming a pressurizer steam bubble, level is maintained 80-90% using a ___________ to raise level and
______________ to lower level.
A. LPSI pump; Letdown B. LPSI pump; LPSI mini-recirc C. Charging pump; LPSI mini-recirc D. Charging pump; Letdown Answer:
C. Charging pump; LPSI mini-recirc Notes:
A & D: With RCS at atmospheric (no bubble) there is not enough D/P across the letdown valves to reduce inventory in the RCS.
A & B: LPSI pump(s) will be aligned for SDC so suctions are not aligned to RWT for makeup to RCS.


==References:==
==References:==
2103.002 step 9.12Source:New 2006Rev:0Rev Date:03-May-0610CFR55.41.1010CFR55.Historical Comments:21Sample Plan Q#33SROROTier #Group #Importance Rating1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge2 = Comprehension or AnalysisForm ES-401-5 Written Exam Question WorksheetPage 33 of 100 Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam28-Jun-06QID:0602System Number008System Title:Component Cooling WaterK/A:A2.053.3*Lic Level:RTaxonomy:1Question:Which of the following would be the affect of a loss of Instrument Air on Component Cooling Water (CCW)components?A. Surge Tank vent would be unable to be shifted to a monitored release path.B. CCW containment isolation valves fail closed, reactor must be tripped     if not restored.C. Crossover valves will shift to align 2P-33B to supply Loop II CCW.D. Letdown will isolate on high Letdown Heat Exchanger outlet temperature.Answer:A. Surge Tank vent would be unable to be shifted to a monitored release path.Notes:CCW containment isolations are MOVs.Loop crossover valves fail as-is.LD HX temperature control valve fails open on loss of air.
 
2103.002 step 9.12 Historical Comments:
Form ES-401-5                         Written Exam Question Worksheet                      Page 33 of 100
 
Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam                                                                28-Jun-06 QID: 0602      Rev:      0    Rev Date: 12-May-06      Lic Level:  R                  RO            SRO Sample Plan Q#        Source:      ANO-OPS2-6705          10CFR55.41.4        Tier #    2 34                                                  10CFR55.          Group #    1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 1        2 = Comprehension or Analysis                  Importance Rating    3.3*
System
 
==Title:==
Component Cooling Water                          System Number 008      K/A:   A2.05 Question:
Which of the following would be the affect of a loss of Instrument Air on Component Cooling Water (CCW) components?
A. Surge Tank vent would be unable to be shifted to a monitored release path.
B. CCW containment isolation valves fail closed, reactor must be tripped if not restored.
C. Crossover valves will shift to align 2P-33B to supply Loop II CCW.
D. Letdown will isolate on high Letdown Heat Exchanger outlet temperature.
Answer:
A. Surge Tank vent would be unable to be shifted to a monitored release path.
Notes:
CCW containment isolations are MOVs.
Loop crossover valves fail as-is.
LD HX temperature control valve fails open on loss of air.


==References:==
==References:==
2203.021 Attachment A table for CCW systemSource:ANO-OPS2-6705Rev:0Rev Date:12-May-0610CFR55.41.410CFR55.Historical Comments:New 200621Sample Plan Q#34SROROTier #Group #Importance Rating1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge2 = Comprehension or AnalysisForm ES-401-5 Written Exam Question WorksheetPage 34 of 100 Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam28-Jun-06QID:0159System Number010System Title:Pressurizer Pressure Control SystemK/A:K2.013.0Lic Level:RTaxonomy:1Question:Which of the following pressurizer heater banks are powered by 480V Vital Power?     A. Proportional heaters banks #1 and #2, backup heaters #1 and #2. B. Backup heaters banks #1, #2, #3, #4. C. Proportional heater banks #1 and #2. D. Backup heaters banks #1 and #2.Answer:     C. Proportional heater banks #1 and #2.Notes:
 
2203.021 Attachment A table for CCW system Historical Comments:
New 2006 Form ES-401-5                           Written Exam Question Worksheet                      Page 34 of 100
 
Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam                                                              28-Jun-06 QID: 0159      Rev: 001      Rev Date: 11-Aug-98      Lic Level:    R                RO            SRO Sample Plan Q#      Source:            New 1998        10CFR55.41.7        Tier #    2 35                                                10CFR55. NA        Group #    1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 1      2 = Comprehension or Analysis                    Importance Rating    3.0 System
 
==Title:==
Pressurizer Pressure Control System            System Number 010      K/A:     K2.01 Question:
Which of the following pressurizer heater banks are powered by 480V Vital Power?
A. Proportional heaters banks #1 and #2, backup heaters #1 and #2.
B. Backup heaters banks #1, #2, #3, #4.
C. Proportional heater banks #1 and #2.
D. Backup heaters banks #1 and #2.
Answer:
C. Proportional heater banks #1 and #2.
Notes:


==References:==
==References:==
2107.002, Attachment B, (ESF Electrical System Operation)STM2-3-1, Section 2.4 Table (Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control)ANO-2-LP-RO-RCS, Obj 10.0Source:New 1998Rev:001Rev Date:11-Aug-9810CFR55.41.710CFR55.NAHistorical Comments:Rev 001 - 08/11/98 - Added procedure 2107.002 to reference list per NRC review comment.21Sample Plan Q#35SROROTier #Group #Importance Rating1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge2 = Comprehension or AnalysisForm ES-401-5 Written Exam Question WorksheetPage 35 of 100 Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam28-Jun-06QID:0597System Number012System Title:Reactor ProtectionK/A:K3.033.1*Lic Level:RTaxonomy:2Question:A Unit 2 startup after a refueling outage is in progress with plant power at 25%. The main turbine is manuallytripped due to high vibes. No other manual actions have been taken.Given these conditions, the SDBCS valves _________ have a quick open BLOCKsignal because ____________________.A. would; RCS Tave as calculated by the Reactor Reg system would be elevatedB. would NOT; CEDMCS buses 2C70 and 2C71 are still energizedC. would; the Main Turbine lockout relay would initiate a reactor tripD. would NOT; Turbine Power is <20% as calculated by the Reactor Reg systemAnswer:B. would NOT; CEDMCS buses 2C70 and 2C71 are still energizedNotes:CEDMCS undervoltage relays provide the Reactor Trip input to SDBCS for the quick open block signal.
 
2107.002, Attachment B, (ESF Electrical System Operation)
STM2-3-1, Section 2.4 Table (Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control)
ANO-2-LP-RO-RCS, Obj 10.0 Historical Comments:
Rev 001 - 08/11/98 - Added procedure 2107.002 to reference list per NRC review comment.
Form ES-401-5                         Written Exam Question Worksheet                      Page 35 of 100
 
Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam                                                                  28-Jun-06 QID: 0597      Rev:      0    Rev Date: 11-May-06        Lic Level:   R                  RO            SRO Sample Plan Q#        Source:            New 2006          10CFR55.41.6          Tier #    2 36                                                  10CFR55.            Group #    1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2        2 = Comprehension or Analysis                      Importance Rating    3.1*
System
 
==Title:==
Reactor Protection                                  System Number 012      K/A:   K3.03 Question:
A Unit 2 startup after a refueling outage is in progress with plant power at 25%. The main turbine is manually tripped due to high vibes. No other manual actions have been taken.
Given these conditions, the SDBCS valves _________ have a quick open BLOCK signal because ____________________.
A. would; RCS Tave as calculated by the Reactor Reg system would be elevated B. would NOT; CEDMCS buses 2C70 and 2C71 are still energized C. would; the Main Turbine lockout relay would initiate a reactor trip D. would NOT; Turbine Power is <20% as calculated by the Reactor Reg system Answer:
B. would NOT; CEDMCS buses 2C70 and 2C71 are still energized Notes:
CEDMCS undervoltage relays provide the Reactor Trip input to SDBCS for the quick open block signal.


==References:==
==References:==
2105.008 step 6.1 setpointsSTM 2-02 section 5.8Source:New 2006Rev:0Rev Date:11-May-0610CFR55.41.610CFR55.Historical Comments:21Sample Plan Q#36SROROTier #Group #Importance Rating1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge2 = Comprehension or AnalysisForm ES-401-5 Written Exam Question WorksheetPage 36 of 100 Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam28-Jun-06QID:0608System Number013System Title:Engineered Safety Features ActuationK/A:K1.183.7Lic Level:RTaxonomy:1Question:The plant is in Mode 3 following a manual actuation of MSIS from full power due to a large steam leak.Consider the following conditions:
 
2105.008 step 6.1 setpoints STM 2-02 section 5.8 Historical Comments:
Form ES-401-5                         Written Exam Question Worksheet                          Page 36 of 100
 
Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam                                                                  28-Jun-06 QID: 0608      Rev:    0    Rev Date: 15-May-06      Lic Level:    R                RO              SRO Sample Plan Q#        Source:            New 2006        10CFR55.41.7        Tier #      2 37                                                10CFR55.            Group #    1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 1        2 = Comprehension or Analysis                    Importance Rating    3.7 System
 
==Title:==
Engineered Safety Features Actuation              System Number 013        K/A:   K1.18 Question:
The plant is in Mode 3 following a manual actuation of MSIS from full power due to a large steam leak.
Consider the following conditions:
* The steam leak was determined to be in the turbine building
* The steam leak was determined to be in the turbine building
* SG pressures have returned to normal post trip values
* SG pressures have returned to normal post trip values
* All four MSIV handswitches remain in the OPEN position
* All four MSIV handswitches remain in the OPEN position
* The MSIS signal in PPS is now resetGiven these conditions, the MSIVs will _____________ because ____________.A. open; SG pressure is above MSIS setpointB. open; the anti-flyback relay is de-energizedC. remain closed; SG pressure is below MSIS setpointD. remain closed; the anti-flyback relay is energizedAnswer:D. remain closed; the anti-flyback relay is energizedNotes:A. Pressure return to normal does not affect MSIV reset logicB. The anti-flyback relay prevents re-opening. The handswitches must be taken to closed after an actuation toallow re-opening.C. SG pressures at normal post trip value (~950 psia) is above trip setpoint
* The MSIS signal in PPS is now reset Given these conditions, the MSIVs will _____________ because ____________.
A. open; SG pressure is above MSIS setpoint B. open; the anti-flyback relay is de-energized C. remain closed; SG pressure is below MSIS setpoint D. remain closed; the anti-flyback relay is energized Answer:
D. remain closed; the anti-flyback relay is energized Notes:
A. Pressure return to normal does not affect MSIV reset logic B. The anti-flyback relay prevents re-opening. The handswitches must be taken to closed after an actuation to allow re-opening.
C. SG pressures at normal post trip value (~950 psia) is above trip setpoint


==References:==
==References:==
E-2160 sh 1 (interlock relay 94/10xx-x)Source:New 2006Rev:0Rev Date:15-May-0610CFR55.41.710CFR55.Historical Comments:21Sample Plan Q#37SROROTier #Group #Importance Rating1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge2 = Comprehension or AnalysisForm ES-401-5 Written Exam Question WorksheetPage 37 of 100 Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam28-Jun-06QID:0610System Number013System Title:Engineered Safety Features ActuationK/A:2.1.252.8Lic Level:RTaxonomy:2Question:Recovery actions for a large break LOCA on Unit 2 are in progress using 2202.003 Unisolated LOCA sectionwith the following conditions:
 
E-2160 sh 1 (interlock relay 94/10xx-x)
Historical Comments:
Form ES-401-5                         Written Exam Question Worksheet                        Page 37 of 100
 
Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam                                                                28-Jun-06 QID: 0610      Rev:      0    Rev Date: 15-May-06      Lic Level:   R                RO            SRO Sample Plan Q#        Source:            New 2006        10CFR55.41.10        Tier #    2 38                                                10CFR55.            Group #  1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2        2 = Comprehension or Analysis                    Importance Rating  2.8 System
 
==Title:==
Engineered Safety Features Actuation              System Number 013    K/A:   2.1.25 Question:
Recovery actions for a large break LOCA on Unit 2 are in progress using 2202.003 Unisolated LOCA section with the following conditions:
* RCS pressure steady at 240 psia
* RCS pressure steady at 240 psia
* RVLMS level 03 indicates WET
* RVLMS level 03 indicates WET
* SIAS components actuated one hour ago
* SIAS components actuated one hour ago
* RAS actuates with RWT level at 6%
* RAS actuates with RWT level at 6%
* CET temperature indication starts to slowly rise after the RASGiven these conditions, adequate core heat removal could be verified using _______________ .A. EOP Attachment 16, RAS VerificationB. EOP Exhibit 2, HPSI Flow CurveC. EOP Attachment 2, SIAS VerificationD. EOP Exhibit 3, LPSI Flow CurveAnswer:B. EOP Exhibit 2, HPSI Flow CurveNotes:LPSI pumps trip with a RAS therefore LPSI flow should be zero. The RAS and SIAS verification attachmentsonly check valve/component positions. Only Exhibit 2 & 3 shows the expected flow for given RCS pressurethat is required for Inventory/Heat Removal.
* CET temperature indication starts to slowly rise after the RAS Given these conditions, adequate core heat removal could be verified using _______________ .
A. EOP Attachment 16, RAS Verification B. EOP Exhibit 2, HPSI Flow Curve C. EOP Attachment 2, SIAS Verification D. EOP Exhibit 3, LPSI Flow Curve Answer:
B. EOP Exhibit 2, HPSI Flow Curve Notes:
LPSI pumps trip with a RAS therefore LPSI flow should be zero. The RAS and SIAS verification attachments only check valve/component positions. Only Exhibit 2 & 3 shows the expected flow for given RCS pressure that is required for Inventory/Heat Removal.


==References:==
==References:==
EOP Exh 2Source:New 2006Rev:0Rev Date:15-May-0610CFR55.41.1010CFR55.Historical Comments:21Sample Plan Q#38SROROTier #Group #Importance Rating1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge2 = Comprehension or AnalysisForm ES-401-5 Written Exam Question WorksheetPage 38 of 100 Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam28-Jun-06QID:0577System Number022System Title:Containment CoolingK/A:A4.023.2*Lic Level:RTaxonomy:1Question:Which of the following control room indications represents the CORRECT response of the Main Chill WaterSystem to an SIAS actuation?A. Both Main Chiller breakers, 2A-108 and 2A-208, indicate OPEN on 2C22.B. Both Main Chill Water Pumps indicate idle on 2C22.C. SW to chiller supply valves on 2C16 and 2C17 indicate OPEN.D. Chill Water to Containment isolations on 2C16 and 2C17 indicate CLOSED.Answer:A. Both Main Chiller breakers, 2A-108 and 2A-208, indicate OPEN on 2C22.Notes:SIAS causes SW supply valves to CLOSE and the chiller breakers to OPEN. SIAS does NOT impact chillwater pumps or containment isolations.
 
EOP Exh 2 Historical Comments:
Form ES-401-5                           Written Exam Question Worksheet                      Page 38 of 100
 
Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam                                                              28-Jun-06 QID: 0577      Rev:    0    Rev Date: 04-May-06      Lic Level:   R                  RO            SRO Sample Plan Q#      Source:            New 2006        10CFR55.41.7        Tier #    2 39                                                10CFR55.          Group #    1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 1      2 = Comprehension or Analysis                    Importance Rating  3.2*
System
 
==Title:==
Containment Cooling                              System Number 022      K/A:   A4.02 Question:
Which of the following control room indications represents the CORRECT response of the Main Chill Water System to an SIAS actuation?
A. Both Main Chiller breakers, 2A-108 and 2A-208, indicate OPEN on 2C22.
B. Both Main Chill Water Pumps indicate idle on 2C22.
C. SW to chiller supply valves on 2C16 and 2C17 indicate OPEN.
D. Chill Water to Containment isolations on 2C16 and 2C17 indicate CLOSED.
Answer:
A. Both Main Chiller breakers, 2A-108 and 2A-208, indicate OPEN on 2C22.
Notes:
SIAS causes SW supply valves to CLOSE and the chiller breakers to OPEN. SIAS does NOT impact chill water pumps or containment isolations.


==References:==
==References:==
STM 2-45, section 2.1E-2371Source:New 2006Rev:0Rev Date:04-May-0610CFR55.41.710CFR55.Historical Comments:21Sample Plan Q#39SROROTier #Group #Importance Rating1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge2 = Comprehension or AnalysisForm ES-401-5 Written Exam Question WorksheetPage 39 of 100 Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam28-Jun-06QID:0561System Number022System Title:Containment CoolingK/A:A4.043.1*Lic Level:RTaxonomy:1Question:The Containment Cooler 14 Day Test is in progress.Which of the following describes the sequence for aligning Service Water to the coolers for this test?A. Open the inlet bypass solenoid valve to fill cooler, open the cooler outlet, then open the cooler inlet.B. Open cooler inlet valve, open the cooler outlet valve, cycle the inlet bypass valve to verify operation.C. Open the inlet bypass solenoid valve to fill cooler, open the cooler inlet valve, open the cooler outlet valve.D. Open the cooler outlet valve, open the cooler inlet valve, then cycle the inlet bypass valve to verify operation.Answer:B. Open cooler inlet valve, open the cooler outlet valve, cycle the inlet bypass valve to verify operation.Notes:
 
STM 2-45, section 2.1 E-2371 Historical Comments:
Form ES-401-5                         Written Exam Question Worksheet                      Page 39 of 100
 
Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam                                                                      28-Jun-06 QID: 0561      Rev:    0    Rev Date: 03-May-06        Lic Level:    R                    RO              SRO Sample Plan Q#      Source:            New 2006          10CFR55.41.10            Tier #      2 40                                                  10CFR55.                Group #      1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 1      2 = Comprehension or Analysis                      Importance Rating        3.1*
System
 
==Title:==
Containment Cooling                                System Number 022          K/A:   A4.04 Question:
The Containment Cooler 14 Day Test is in progress.
Which of the following describes the sequence for aligning Service Water to the coolers for this test?
A. Open the inlet bypass solenoid valve to fill cooler, open the cooler outlet, then open the cooler inlet.
B. Open cooler inlet valve, open the cooler outlet valve, cycle the inlet bypass valve to verify operation.
C. Open the inlet bypass solenoid valve to fill cooler, open the cooler inlet valve, open the cooler outlet valve.
D. Open the cooler outlet valve, open the cooler inlet valve, then cycle the inlet bypass valve to verify operation.
Answer:
B. Open cooler inlet valve, open the cooler outlet valve, cycle the inlet bypass valve to verify operation.
Notes:


==References:==
==References:==
2104.033 Suplement 3Source:New 2006Rev:0Rev Date:03-May-0610CFR55.41.1010CFR55.Historical Comments:21Sample Plan Q#40SROROTier #Group #Importance Rating1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge2 = Comprehension or AnalysisForm ES-401-5 Written Exam Question WorksheetPage 40 of 100 Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam28-Jun-06QID:0562System Number026System Title:Containment SprayK/A:A3.023.9*Lic Level:RTaxonomy:2Question:A Recirc Actuation (RAS) will cause Service Water header pressure to ______________________ due to__________________________.A. rise; aligning Service Water returns to the ECPB. rise; aligning Service Water to the Shutdown Cooling Heat ExchangerC. lower; aligning Service Water returns to the ECPD. lower; aligning Service Water to the Shutdown Cooling Heat ExchangerAnswer:D. lower; aligning Service Water to the Shutdown Cooling Heat ExchangerNotes:Service water returns are aligned to the ECP by SIAS or MSIS. RAS aligns SW to SDC (spray) HX which willlower SW header pressure due to the increased load.
 
2104.033 Suplement 3 Historical Comments:
Form ES-401-5                         Written Exam Question Worksheet                              Page 40 of 100
 
Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam                                                              28-Jun-06 QID: 0562      Rev:      0    Rev Date: 03-May-06      Lic Level:  R                RO            SRO Sample Plan Q#        Source:            New 2006        10CFR55.41.14      Tier #    2 41                                                10CFR55.          Group #    1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2        2 = Comprehension or Analysis                  Importance Rating  3.9*
System
 
==Title:==
Containment Spray                                System Number 026    K/A:   A3.02 Question:
A Recirc Actuation (RAS) will cause Service Water header pressure to ______________________ due to A. rise; aligning Service Water returns to the ECP B. rise; aligning Service Water to the Shutdown Cooling Heat Exchanger C. lower; aligning Service Water returns to the ECP D. lower; aligning Service Water to the Shutdown Cooling Heat Exchanger Answer:
D. lower; aligning Service Water to the Shutdown Cooling Heat Exchanger Notes:
Service water returns are aligned to the ECP by SIAS or MSIS. RAS aligns SW to SDC (spray) HX which will lower SW header pressure due to the increased load.


==References:==
==References:==
STM 2-70 RAS actuation table (page 58/59)Source:New 2006Rev:0Rev Date:03-May-0610CFR55.41.1410CFR55.Historical Comments:21Sample Plan Q#41SROROTier #Group #Importance Rating1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge2 = Comprehension or AnalysisForm ES-401-5 Written Exam Question WorksheetPage 41 of 100 Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam28-Jun-06QID:0563System Number039System Title:Main and Reheat SteamK/A:K3.042.5*Lic Level:RTaxonomy:1Question:Consider the following:     *100% power     *2HS-0352 Pump Turbine Pref Trip Sel switch is selected to "2K2A"     *Main Turbine trips due to low lube oil pressure.Considering the status of BOTH MFPs following the trip, the 'A' MFPT Low Pressure STOP valvewill be _____________ and the 'B' MFPT High Pressure CONTROL valve will be ______________.A. open; openB. open; closedC. closed; openD. closed; closedAnswer:C. closed; openNotes:A MFP will trip causing both HP & LP stop valves to close.B MFP stays on line, however, since the turbine has tripped there is no low pressure steam available from theMSR so the HP control valve has to open to apply main steam to the turbine.
 
STM 2-70 RAS actuation table (page 58/59)
Historical Comments:
Form ES-401-5                         Written Exam Question Worksheet                    Page 41 of 100
 
Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam                                                                    28-Jun-06 QID: 0563      Rev:    0    Rev Date: 03-May-06      Lic Level:    R                    RO              SRO Sample Plan Q#      Source:            New 2006        10CFR55.41.4            Tier #      2 42                                              10CFR55.              Group #      1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 1      2 = Comprehension or Analysis                      Importance Rating      2.5*
System
 
==Title:==
Main and Reheat Steam                            System Number 039        K/A:     K3.04 Question:
Consider the following:
  *100% power
  *2HS-0352 Pump Turbine Pref Trip Sel switch is selected to "2K2A"
  *Main Turbine trips due to low lube oil pressure.
Considering the status of BOTH MFPs following the trip, the 'A' MFPT Low Pressure STOP valve will be _____________ and the 'B' MFPT High Pressure CONTROL valve will be ______________.
A. open; open B. open; closed C. closed; open D. closed; closed Answer:
C. closed; open Notes:
A MFP will trip causing both HP & LP stop valves to close.
B MFP stays on line, however, since the turbine has tripped there is no low pressure steam available from the MSR so the HP control valve has to open to apply main steam to the turbine.


==References:==
==References:==
STM 2-19-1 sections 1.5.1 through 1.5.4Source:New 2006Rev:0Rev Date:03-May-0610CFR55.41.410CFR55.Historical Comments:21Sample Plan Q#42SROROTier #Group #Importance Rating1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge2 = Comprehension or AnalysisForm ES-401-5 Written Exam Question WorksheetPage 42 of 100 Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam28-Jun-06QID:0615System Number059System Title:Main FeedwaterK/A:K3.023.6Lic Level:RTaxonomy:2Question:Unit 2 tripped from 100% due to a main turbine malfunction. While performing SPTAs the following occur:
 
STM 2-19-1 sections 1.5.1 through 1.5.4 Historical Comments:
Form ES-401-5                         Written Exam Question Worksheet                            Page 42 of 100
 
Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam                                                                  28-Jun-06 QID: 0615      Rev:      0    Rev Date: 16-May-06      Lic Level:    R                  RO            SRO Sample Plan Q#        Source:           New 2006        10CFR55.41.4, 10      Tier #    2 43                                                10CFR55.              Group #    1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2        2 = Comprehension or Analysis                    Importance Rating      3.6 System
 
==Title:==
Main Feedwater                                  System Number 059        K/A:   K3.02 Question:
Unit 2 tripped from 100% due to a main turbine malfunction. While performing SPTAs the following occur:
* CBOT reports indications of a break on the feedwater line to 'A' SG inside containment
* CBOT reports indications of a break on the feedwater line to 'A' SG inside containment
* Rupture is determined to be downstream of Main Feedwater check valve 2FW-5A
* Rupture is determined to be downstream of Main Feedwater check valve 2FW-5A
* Both MFW pumps are tripped and all MFW block valves are closed by the CBOTGiven these conditions, 'A' EFW pump ____________ capable of feeding 'A' SGand ________________ capable of feeding 'B' SG.A. is; isB. is; is NOTC. is NOT; isD. is NOT; is NOTAnswer:C. is NOT; isNotes:Leak location downstream of the check valve will preclude any FW (main or EFW) from getting to 'A' SG,however, due to block valve redundancy on the EFW header, 'B' SG can still be fed from either EFW pump.
* Both MFW pumps are tripped and all MFW block valves are closed by the CBOT Given these conditions, 'A' EFW pump ____________ capable of feeding 'A' SG and ________________ capable of feeding 'B' SG.
A. is; is B. is; is NOT C. is NOT; is D. is NOT; is NOT Answer:
C. is NOT; is Notes:
Leak location downstream of the check valve will preclude any FW (main or EFW) from getting to 'A' SG, however, due to block valve redundancy on the EFW header, 'B' SG can still be fed from either EFW pump.


==References:==
==References:==
2202.001 SPTA Tech Guide for step 8.CSource:New 2006Rev:0Rev Date:16-May-0610CFR55.41.4, 1010CFR55.Historical Comments:21Sample Plan Q#43SROROTier #Group #Importance Rating1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge2 = Comprehension or AnalysisForm ES-401-5 Written Exam Question WorksheetPage 43 of 100 Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam28-Jun-06QID:0640System Number059System Title:Main FeedwaterK/A:2.4.143.0Lic Level:RTaxonomy:1Question:The RCS Heat Removal Safety Function is being verified using 2202.001 Standard Post Trip Actions (SPTAs)following a trip from full power. Verifying both MFPs tripped will satisfy the safety function criteria for whichof the following conditions?(reference provided)A. 'B' SG level is 95%.B. MFW system is NOT in RTO.C. MFW line indicates ruptured.D. RCS Tc is 538 &deg;F.Answer:B. MFW system is NOT in RTO.Notes:SPTA step 8 will be provided.Usage of the 2 column format for SPTAs provides a contingency action for abnrmal conditions that need to beaddressed during SPTA. Additionally, guidance in the EOP/AOP users guide describes the use of the check-offlines next to selected actions. These check-offs are the minimum requirement to satisfy the applicable safetyfunction.Each of the above distractors could lead to the given condition of BOTH MFPs tripped in the contingencyaction, however, only the RTO contingency has a check-off line next to it.
 
2202.001 SPTA Tech Guide for step 8.C Historical Comments:
Form ES-401-5                         Written Exam Question Worksheet                        Page 43 of 100
 
Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam                                                                    28-Jun-06 QID: 0640      Rev:      0    Rev Date: 28-Jun-06      Lic Level:  R                    RO              SRO Sample Plan Q#        Source:            New 2006        10CFR55.8, 10        Tier #      2 44                                                10CFR55.            Group #      1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 1        2 = Comprehension or Analysis                    Importance Rating      3.0 System
 
==Title:==
Main Feedwater                                    System Number 059          K/A:     2.4.14 Question:
The RCS Heat Removal Safety Function is being verified using 2202.001 Standard Post Trip Actions (SPTAs) following a trip from full power. Verifying both MFPs tripped will satisfy the safety function criteria for which of the following conditions?
(reference provided)
A. 'B' SG level is 95%.
B. MFW system is NOT in RTO.
C. MFW line indicates ruptured.
D. RCS Tc is 538 &deg;F.
Answer:
B. MFW system is NOT in RTO.
Notes:
SPTA step 8 will be provided.
Usage of the 2 column format for SPTAs provides a contingency action for abnrmal conditions that need to be addressed during SPTA. Additionally, guidance in the EOP/AOP users guide describes the use of the check-off lines next to selected actions. These check-offs are the minimum requirement to satisfy the applicable safety function.
Each of the above distractors could lead to the given condition of BOTH MFPs tripped in the contingency action, however, only the RTO contingency has a check-off line next to it.


==References:==
==References:==
1015.021 EOP/AOP User Guide, step 6.16.1.A2202.001 SPTA, step 8Source:New 2006Rev:0Rev Date:28-Jun-0610CFR55.8, 1010CFR55.Historical Comments:21Sample Plan Q#44SROROTier #Group #Importance Rating1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge2 = Comprehension or AnalysisForm ES-401-5 Written Exam Question WorksheetPage 44 of 100 Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam28-Jun-06QID:0686System Number061System Title:Auxiliary/Emergency FeedwaterK/A:K1.073.6Lic Level:RTaxonomy:1Question:Unit 2 is in Mode 3 performing a plant cooldown to Mode 5 for a turbine generator maintenance outage with thefollowing plant lineup:
 
1015.021 EOP/AOP User Guide, step 6.16.1.A 2202.001 SPTA, step 8 Historical Comments:
Form ES-401-5                           Written Exam Question Worksheet                          Page 44 of 100
 
Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam                                                                    28-Jun-06 QID: 0686      Rev:      0    Rev Date: 15-May-06        Lic Level:  R                    RO              SRO Sample Plan Q#        Source:            New 2006          10CFR55.41.8            Tier #    2 45                                                10CFR55.              Group #    1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 1        2 = Comprehension or Analysis                    Importance Rating      3.6 System
 
==Title:==
Auxiliary/Emergency Feedwater                      System Number 061        K/A:     K1.07 Question:
Unit 2 is in Mode 3 performing a plant cooldown to Mode 5 for a turbine generator maintenance outage with the following plant lineup:
* EFW Pump, 2P-7B is being used to maintain SG levels
* EFW Pump, 2P-7B is being used to maintain SG levels
* SU/BD DI Effluent to EFW Suction valve 2EFW-0706 is OPEN    * 'A' Condensate Storage Tank is aligned to EFW
* SU/BD DI Effluent to EFW Suction valve 2EFW-0706 is OPEN
* All ESF actuations are resetGiven this lineup, if the suction pressure instrument for 2P-7B were to fail low, what would be the suction sourcefor 2P-7B.A. SU/BD DI EffluentB. Loop One SWC. Loop Two SWD. 'A' CSTAnswer:A. SU/BD DI EffluentNotes:B & C. Since all ESF actuations, which includes EFAS, are reset the suction valves will not align to servicewater automatically. If EFAS was actuated, then Loop one SW would be supplying 2P-7B.D. The pressure switch failure would not affect operation of the SU/BD DI. DI effluent pressure seats a checkvalve in the CST to EFW line.
     * 'A' Condensate Storage Tank is aligned to EFW
* All ESF actuations are reset Given this lineup, if the suction pressure instrument for 2P-7B were to fail low, what would be the suction source for 2P-7B.
A. SU/BD DI Effluent B. Loop One SW C. Loop Two SW D. 'A' CST Answer:
A. SU/BD DI Effluent Notes:
B & C. Since all ESF actuations, which includes EFAS, are reset the suction valves will not align to service water automatically. If EFAS was actuated, then Loop one SW would be supplying 2P-7B.
D. The pressure switch failure would not affect operation of the SU/BD DI. DI effluent pressure seats a check valve in the CST to EFW line.


==References:==
==References:==
2106.006 section 6.4Source:New 2006Rev:0Rev Date:15-May-0610CFR55.41.810CFR55.Historical Comments:21Sample Plan Q#45SROROTier #Group #Importance Rating1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge2 = Comprehension or AnalysisForm ES-401-5 Written Exam Question WorksheetPage 45 of 100 Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam28-Jun-06QID:0380System Number062System Title:AC Electrical Distribution SystemK/A:A1.032.5Lic Level:RTaxonomy:2Question:Given the following plant conditions:
 
2106.006 section 6.4 Historical Comments:
Form ES-401-5                         Written Exam Question Worksheet                            Page 45 of 100
 
Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam                                                                  28-Jun-06 QID: 0380      Rev: 001        Rev Date: 25-Oct-01      Lic Level:    R                  RO            SRO Sample Plan Q#        Source:            New 2002          10CFR55.41.5        Tier #      2 46                                                  10CFR55.            Group #      1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2        2 = Comprehension or Analysis                    Importance Rating      2.5 System
 
==Title:==
AC Electrical Distribution System                  System Number 062        K/A:   A1.03 Question:
Given the following plant conditions:
* Emergency Diesel Generator 2DG1 is out of service for maintenance.
* Emergency Diesel Generator 2DG1 is out of service for maintenance.
* The Plant trips from 100% Power.
* The Plant trips from 100% Power.
* After completion of SPTAs, Non-Vital 4160 VAC bus 2A1 Locks Out.
* After completion of SPTAs, Non-Vital 4160 VAC bus 2A1 Locks Out.
* All other systems respond as designed.From the Control Room, what would be the method of controlling Steam Generator pressure using the SteamDump and Bypass Control System (SDBCS)?A. All SDBCS valves downstream of the MSIVs would be available for Manual control.B. Only the green powered SDBCS Valves downstream of the MSIVs would be available     for Manual control.C. All SDBCS Valves downstream of the MSIVs would be available for Automatic control.D. Only the green powered SDBCS Valves downstream of the MSIVs would be available     for Automatic control.Answer:B. Only the green powered SDBCS Valves downstream of the MSIVs would be available     for Manual control.Notes:With the loss of the Red Train vital buses, we also loose 2Y1 which supplies power to the SDBCS MasterController and the Red Train Powered SDBCS Controllers 2HIC-0301 and 2HIC-0302 controllers. Thereforethe Red Powered SDBCS valves are not available for pressure control and since the Master Controller has lostpower, the Green train Powered SDBCS Valves are only available in manual control.
* All other systems respond as designed.
From the Control Room, what would be the method of controlling Steam Generator pressure using the Steam Dump and Bypass Control System (SDBCS)?
A. All SDBCS valves downstream of the MSIVs would be available for Manual control.
B. Only the green powered SDBCS Valves downstream of the MSIVs would be available for Manual control.
C. All SDBCS Valves downstream of the MSIVs would be available for Automatic control.
D. Only the green powered SDBCS Valves downstream of the MSIVs would be available for Automatic control.
Answer:
B. Only the green powered SDBCS Valves downstream of the MSIVs would be available for Manual control.
Notes:
With the loss of the Red Train vital buses, we also loose 2Y1 which supplies power to the SDBCS Master Controller and the Red Train Powered SDBCS Controllers 2HIC-0301 and 2HIC-0302 controllers. Therefore the Red Powered SDBCS valves are not available for pressure control and since the Master Controller has lost power, the Green train Powered SDBCS Valves are only available in manual control.


==References:==
==References:==
ANO-2-LP-RO-SDBCS, Revision 9, Objectives 14,15,16, and 17STM 2-23, SDBCS, Revision 6, Section 2.11.2 and 2.12STM 2-15, Steam Generators and Main Steam, Revision 6, Section 3.2.8 and Figure on page 59.Source:New 2002Rev:001Rev Date:25-Oct-0110CFR55.41.510CFR55.Historical Comments:Added "after the completion of SPTAs" to the stem because the loss of 2A1 at the trip would result in 2CV-0400/0460 deenergized open requiring MSIVs to be closed which invalidates all of the answers. Having the buslockout after SPTAs will give these valves plenty of time to go closed.Truncated the distractors. ClayS 5-18-0621Sample Plan Q#46SROROTier #Group #Importance Rating1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge2 = Comprehension or AnalysisForm ES-401-5 Written Exam Question WorksheetPage 46 of 100 Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam28-Jun-06QID:0564System Number063System Title:DC Electrical DistributionK/A:A2.012.5Lic Level:RTaxonomy:2Question:Annunciator 2K01 H-11 "Battery 2D12 Ground" is received in the control room.Priority should be given to locating the ground because ____________________ and the severity of the groundcan be determined by __________________ .A. a second ground could result in spurious tripping of equipment;   observing the voltages     on the ground reference voltmeters on the ground detection panelB. a low resistance ground causes 2D02 to be inoperable; observing the positive and     negative polarity light bulb intensity on the ground detection panelC. a ground causes the current limiter to activate on the charger;   comparing 2D02 bus voltage     to 2D01 bus voltageD. a ground causes elevated hydrogen production in the battery; calling out electrical maintenance     to perform testing using maintenance proceduresAnswer:A. a second ground could result in spurious tripping of equipment;   observing the voltages     on the ground reference voltmeters on the ground detection panelNotes:B. The light bulbs have been replaced by metersC. Difference in voltage between 2D01 and 2D02 is not a positive indicator for degree of ground. Proceduredirects proper method.D. Electrical Maintenance call-out is based on severity of ground and they are called to locate the ground notdetermine severity.
 
ANO-2-LP-RO-SDBCS, Revision 9, Objectives 14,15,16, and 17 STM 2-23, SDBCS, Revision 6, Section 2.11.2 and 2.12 STM 2-15, Steam Generators and Main Steam, Revision 6, Section 3.2.8 and Figure on page 59.
Historical Comments:
Added "after the completion of SPTAs" to the stem because the loss of 2A1 at the trip would result in 2CV-0400/0460 deenergized open requiring MSIVs to be closed which invalidates all of the answers. Having the bus lockout after SPTAs will give these valves plenty of time to go closed.
Truncated the distractors. ClayS 5-18-06 Form ES-401-5                         Written Exam Question Worksheet                          Page 46 of 100
 
Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam                                                                    28-Jun-06 QID: 0564      Rev:      0    Rev Date: 03-May-06      Lic Level:    R                  RO            SRO Sample Plan Q#        Source:            New 2006          10CFR55.41.7          Tier #      2 47                                                10CFR55.            Group #      1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2        2 = Comprehension or Analysis                    Importance Rating      2.5 System
 
==Title:==
DC Electrical Distribution                        System Number 063        K/A:     A2.01 Question:
Annunciator 2K01 H-11 "Battery 2D12 Ground" is received in the control room.
Priority should be given to locating the ground because ____________________ and the severity of the ground can be determined by __________________ .
A. a second ground could result in spurious tripping of equipment; observing the voltages on the ground reference voltmeters on the ground detection panel B. a low resistance ground causes 2D02 to be inoperable; observing the positive and negative polarity light bulb intensity on the ground detection panel C. a ground causes the current limiter to activate on the charger; comparing 2D02 bus voltage to 2D01 bus voltage D. a ground causes elevated hydrogen production in the battery; calling out electrical maintenance to perform testing using maintenance procedures Answer:
A. a second ground could result in spurious tripping of equipment; observing the voltages on the ground reference voltmeters on the ground detection panel Notes:
B. The light bulbs have been replaced by meters C. Difference in voltage between 2D01 and 2D02 is not a positive indicator for degree of ground. Procedure directs proper method.
D. Electrical Maintenance call-out is based on severity of ground and they are called to locate the ground not determine severity.


==References:==
==References:==
2107.004 Section 7Source:New 2006Rev:0Rev Date:03-May-0610CFR55.41.710CFR55.Historical Comments:21Sample Plan Q#47SROROTier #Group #Importance Rating1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge2 = Comprehension or AnalysisForm ES-401-5 Written Exam Question WorksheetPage 47 of 100 Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam28-Jun-06QID:0603System Number064System Title:Emergency Diesel GeneratorK/A:K6.083.2Lic Level:RTaxonomy:2Question:Consider the following:
 
2107.004 Section 7 Historical Comments:
Form ES-401-5                         Written Exam Question Worksheet                            Page 47 of 100
 
Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam                                                                28-Jun-06 QID: 0603      Rev:      0    Rev Date: 12-May-06      Lic Level:    R                RO            SRO Sample Plan Q#        Source:            New 2006        10CFR55.41.8        Tier #    2 48                                                10CFR55.          Group #    1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2        2 = Comprehension or Analysis                    Importance Rating  3.2 System
 
==Title:==
Emergency Diesel Generator                        System Number 064      K/A:   K6.08 Question:
Consider the following:
* 2DG1 is in the 8th hour of a 24 hour full load run after maintenance
* 2DG1 is in the 8th hour of a 24 hour full load run after maintenance
* 2DG2 is in standby
* 2DG2 is in standby
* A Unit 1 AO has just completed a fuel oil tanker truck off-load
* A Unit 1 AO has just completed a fuel oil tanker truck off-load
* Sediment from the tanker entered the Fuel Oil Bulk tank T-25 and caused the outlet       filter F-27 to clogWhat would be the result of this condition on the Unit 2 Fuel Oil system?A. Fuel Oil Day Tank 2T-30A level low alarm.B. Fuel Oil Storage Tank 2T-57A implosion.C. Fuel Oil Storage Tank 2T-57A level low alarm.D. Fuel Transfer Pump 2P-16A D/P Hi alarm.Answer:C. Fuel Oil Storage Tank 2T-57A level low alarm.Notes:With 2DG1 running fully loaded, 2T-57A would be starved for makeup and level would lower. 2T-57A isvented to atmosphere to prevent collapse. Components downstream of the storage tank would operate normally.
* Sediment from the tanker entered the Fuel Oil Bulk tank T-25 and caused the outlet filter F-27 to clog What would be the result of this condition on the Unit 2 Fuel Oil system?
A. Fuel Oil Day Tank 2T-30A level low alarm.
B. Fuel Oil Storage Tank 2T-57A implosion.
C. Fuel Oil Storage Tank 2T-57A level low alarm.
D. Fuel Transfer Pump 2P-16A D/P Hi alarm.
Answer:
C. Fuel Oil Storage Tank 2T-57A level low alarm.
Notes:
With 2DG1 running fully loaded, 2T-57A would be starved for makeup and level would lower. 2T-57A is vented to atmosphere to prevent collapse. Components downstream of the storage tank would operate normally.


==References:==
==References:==
2203.012U 2K128 1Source:New 2006Rev:0Rev Date:12-May-0610CFR55.41.810CFR55.Historical Comments:21Sample Plan Q#48SROROTier #Group #Importance Rating1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge2 = Comprehension or AnalysisForm ES-401-5 Written Exam Question WorksheetPage 48 of 100 Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam28-Jun-06QID:0590System Number064System Title:EDGsK/A:K6.072.7Lic Level:RTaxonomy:2Question:Consider the following:
 
2203.012U 2K128 1 Historical Comments:
Form ES-401-5                           Written Exam Question Worksheet                      Page 48 of 100
 
Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam                                                                      28-Jun-06 QID: 0590      Rev:      0    Rev Date: 09-May-06        Lic Level:  R                    RO            SRO Sample Plan Q#        Source:            New 2006          10CFR55.41.8          Tier #      2 49                                                  10CFR55.            Group #      1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2        2 = Comprehension or Analysis                      Importance Rating        2.7 System
 
==Title:==
EDGs                                                System Number 064          K/A:   K6.07 Question:
Consider the following:
* 2DG1 Starting Air Tank 2T-31A is depressurized for compressor 2C-4A maintenance
* 2DG1 Starting Air Tank 2T-31A is depressurized for compressor 2C-4A maintenance
* Due to a human error, the drive belts are removed from the 2C-4B air compressor
* Due to a human error, the drive belts are removed from the 2C-4B air compressor
* A loss of offsite power now occursGiven these conditions, 2DG1:A. is NOT capable of starting without a compressor available.B. is capable of only one start without a compressor available.C. is capable of more than one start but without governor air boost.D. is capable of more than one start including one start failure.Answer:D. is capable of more than one start including one start failure.Notes:Each starting air reciever is sized for 5 starts without a compressor OR one start failure (10 sec) plus 2additional normal starts.
* A loss of offsite power now occurs Given these conditions, 2DG1:
A. is NOT capable of starting without a compressor available.
B. is capable of only one start without a compressor available.
C. is capable of more than one start but without governor air boost.
D. is capable of more than one start including one start failure.
Answer:
D. is capable of more than one start including one start failure.
Notes:
Each starting air reciever is sized for 5 starts without a compressor OR one start failure (10 sec) plus 2 additional normal starts.


==References:==
==References:==
STM 2-31 section 2.2.1Source:New 2006Rev:0Rev Date:09-May-0610CFR55.41.810CFR55.Historical Comments:21Sample Plan Q#49SROROTier #Group #Importance Rating1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge2 = Comprehension or AnalysisForm ES-401-5 Written Exam Question WorksheetPage 49 of 100 Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam28-Jun-06QID:0383System Number073System Title:Process Radiation Monitoring SystemK/A:K5.012.5Lic Level:RTaxonomy:2Question:Given the following plant conditions:
 
STM 2-31 section 2.2.1 Historical Comments:
Form ES-401-5                           Written Exam Question Worksheet                            Page 49 of 100
 
Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam                                                                    28-Jun-06 QID: 0383      Rev: 000        Rev Date: 25-Oct-01      Lic Level:    R                    RO            SRO Sample Plan Q#        Source:              New          10CFR55.41.5            Tier #      2 50                                                10CFR55.              Group #      1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2        2 = Comprehension or Analysis                      Importance Rating      2.5 System
 
==Title:==
Process Radiation Monitoring System                System Number 073          K/A:   K5.01 Question:
Given the following plant conditions:
* Plant has returned to 100% power from 70% power.
* Plant has returned to 100% power from 70% power.
* Annunciator 2K12-A1, "LETDOWN RADIATION HI/LO has actuated.
* Annunciator 2K12-A1, "LETDOWN RADIATION HI/LO has actuated.
* CBOT is directed to monitor RCS Gross and Iodine activities on Letdown Radmonitor Recorder,       2RR-4806, on 2C-22.If RCS Iodine 131 Activity has caused the alarm, then ___________________ should be suspected but if RCSGross Activity has caused the alarm, then __________________ should be suspected. A. RCS crud burst; Letdown filter damage     B. Fuel cladding damage; RCS crud burst     C. Letdown filter damage; Fuel cladding damage     D. RCS crud burst; Fuel cladding damageAnswer:     B. Fuel cladding damage; RCS crud burstNotes:The differential pressure across the Letdown radiation monitors is driven by the pressure drop across theLetdown filter. The only way Letdown filter damage could cause a rise in RCS activity is if it as locatedupstream of the radiation monitor. As such they are in parallel to the radiation monitors thus answers A and Care wrong. D is wrong because it is the reverse of the correct answer B.
* CBOT is directed to monitor RCS Gross and Iodine activities on Letdown Radmonitor Recorder, 2RR-4806, on 2C-22.
If RCS Iodine 131 Activity has caused the alarm, then ___________________ should be suspected but if RCS Gross Activity has caused the alarm, then __________________ should be suspected.
A. RCS crud burst; Letdown filter damage B. Fuel cladding damage; RCS crud burst C. Letdown filter damage; Fuel cladding damage D. RCS crud burst; Fuel cladding damage Answer:
B. Fuel cladding damage; RCS crud burst Notes:
The differential pressure across the Letdown radiation monitors is driven by the pressure drop across the Letdown filter. The only way Letdown filter damage could cause a rise in RCS activity is if it as located upstream of the radiation monitor. As such they are in parallel to the radiation monitors thus answers A and C are wrong. D is wrong because it is the reverse of the correct answer B.


==References:==
==References:==
ANO-2-LP-RO-RMON, Revision 10, Objective 19STM 2-04, CVCS, Revision 12, Section 2.1.3 and the figure on page 62STM 2-62, Radiation Monitoring System, Revision 6, Section 2.2.1OP-2203.012L, ACA for Letdown Radiation HI/LO, Revision 030-01-0 Window A-1OP-2203.020, High RCS Activity, Revision 007-05-0, Step 7 and its associated Technical Guide StepSource:NewRev:000Rev Date:25-Oct-0110CFR55.41.510CFR55.Historical Comments:21Sample Plan Q#50SROROTier #Group #Importance Rating1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge2 = Comprehension or AnalysisForm ES-401-5 Written Exam Question WorksheetPage 50 of 100 Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam28-Jun-06QID:0565System Number073System Title:Process Radiation MonitoringK/A:K5.022.5Lic Level:RTaxonomy:2Question:While operating at 100% power, S/G Tube Leak Alarm 2K11 J-8 "Trouble/LKRT HI" annunciates in the controlroom. 10 minutes after the alarm, the following trends on PMS are observed:    *'A' SG N-16 (R0200) indicates 51.0 gpd and stable    *'B' SG N-16 (R0201) indicates 4.8 gpd and stable    *Condenser Off-Gas radiation (R0645) indicates 875 counts and stableThe N-16 value for 'B' SG is ___________________________________________________.A. the normal background value for 'B' SGB. the expected "shine" effect due to the leak on 'A' SGC. due to cross-contamination from 'A' SG to 'B' SGD. due to a leak developing on 'B' SGAnswer:B. the expected "shine" effect due to the leak on 'A' SGNotes:The stable countrate on B N-16 and off gas are indicators that there is no change from the initiating leak on ASG (no new leak on B).N-16 half life is too short for cross contamination effects between SGs.The proximity of the A & B N-16 detectors causes a 'shine' effect on the unaffected SG detector. The thumbruleis ~ 10%.Normal background readings for either detector is <1 gpd.
 
ANO-2-LP-RO-RMON, Revision 10, Objective 19 STM 2-04, CVCS, Revision 12, Section 2.1.3 and the figure on page 62 STM 2-62, Radiation Monitoring System, Revision 6, Section 2.2.1 OP-2203.012L, ACA for Letdown Radiation HI/LO, Revision 030-01-0 Window A-1 OP-2203.020, High RCS Activity, Revision 007-05-0, Step 7 and its associated Technical Guide Step Historical Comments:
Form ES-401-5                         Written Exam Question Worksheet                            Page 50 of 100
 
Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam                                                                    28-Jun-06 QID: 0565      Rev:      0    Rev Date: 03-May-06      Lic Level:  R                    RO              SRO Sample Plan Q#        Source:            New 2006          10CFR55.41.11        Tier #      2 51                                                10CFR55.            Group #      1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2        2 = Comprehension or Analysis                    Importance Rating      2.5 System
 
==Title:==
Process Radiation Monitoring                        System Number 073        K/A:     K5.02 Question:
While operating at 100% power, S/G Tube Leak Alarm 2K11 J-8 "Trouble/LKRT HI" annunciates in the control room. 10 minutes after the alarm, the following trends on PMS are observed:
     *'A' SG N-16 (R0200) indicates 51.0 gpd and stable
     *'B' SG N-16 (R0201) indicates 4.8 gpd and stable
     *Condenser Off-Gas radiation (R0645) indicates 875 counts and stable The N-16 value for 'B' SG is ___________________________________________________.
A. the normal background value for 'B' SG B. the expected "shine" effect due to the leak on 'A' SG C. due to cross-contamination from 'A' SG to 'B' SG D. due to a leak developing on 'B' SG Answer:
B. the expected "shine" effect due to the leak on 'A' SG Notes:
The stable countrate on B N-16 and off gas are indicators that there is no change from the initiating leak on A SG (no new leak on B).
N-16 half life is too short for cross contamination effects between SGs.
The proximity of the A & B N-16 detectors causes a 'shine' effect on the unaffected SG detector. The thumbrule is ~ 10%.
Normal background readings for either detector is <1 gpd.


==References:==
==References:==
Source:New 2006Rev:0Rev Date:03-May-0610CFR55.41.1110CFR55.Historical Comments:21Sample Plan Q#51SROROTier #Group #Importance Rating1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge2 = Comprehension or AnalysisForm ES-401-5 Written Exam Question WorksheetPage 51 of 100 Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam28-Jun-06QID:0579System Number076System Title:Service WaterK/A:K4.022.9Lic Level:RTaxonomy:2Question:The following conditions exists:
 
Historical Comments:
Form ES-401-5                           Written Exam Question Worksheet                          Page 51 of 100
 
Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam                                                                28-Jun-06 QID: 0579    Rev:      0    Rev Date: 05-May-06        Lic Level:  R                RO            SRO Sample Plan Q#        Source: ANO-OPS2-12609                10CFR55.41.7        Tier #  2 52                                                  10CFR55.          Group #  1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2        2 = Comprehension or Analysis                      Importance Rating  2.9 System
 
==Title:==
Service Water                                      System Number 076    K/A:   K4.02 Question:
The following conditions exists:
* SW pumps 2P-4A and 2P-4B are in service with 2P-4C in standby.
* SW pumps 2P-4A and 2P-4B are in service with 2P-4C in standby.
* The reactor trips due to an SIAS actuation.
* The reactor trips due to an SIAS actuation.
* Coincident with the trip is a loss of off-site power.
* Coincident with the trip is a loss of off-site power.
* Both DGs are now supplying their respective bus.Given these conditions, SW pump 2P-4C would be ______________ and 2P-4Bwould be ______________ .A. secured; runningB. secured; securedC. running; securedD. running; runningAnswer:C. running; securedNotes:
* Both DGs are now supplying their respective bus.
Given these conditions, SW pump 2P-4C would be ______________ and 2P-4B would be ______________ .
A. secured; running B. secured; secured C. running; secured D. running; running Answer:
C. running; secured Notes:


==References:==
==References:==
STM 2-42 section 3.1Source:ANO-OPS2-12609Rev:0Rev Date:05-May-0610CFR55.41.710CFR55.Historical Comments:21Sample Plan Q#52SROROTier #Group #Importance Rating1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge2 = Comprehension or AnalysisForm ES-401-5 Written Exam Question WorksheetPage 52 of 100 Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam28-Jun-06QID:0580System Number078System Title:Instrument AirK/A:K4.023.2Lic Level:RTaxonomy:1Question:Unit 1/Unit 2 Instrument Air Cross-connect 2CV-3004 connects the Unit 1 and Unit 2 systems__________________________________ and fails __________ on a loss of Instrument AC 2Y1.A. through the breathing air compressor discharge header; CLOSEDB. at the instrument air compressors discharge headers;     CLOSEDC. through the breathing air compressor discharge header; OPEND. at the instrument air compressors discharge headers;      OPENAnswer:D. OPEN; at the instrument air compressors discharge headersNotes:A & B. 2CV-3004 is air operated and the operating solenoids will align air to OPEN the valve if 2Y1 isdeenergizedC. 2CV-3015 connects unit 2 IAS to the breathing air header, which is normally supplied from Unit 1 IAS.2CV-3004 connects the air compressor discharges for the units.
 
STM 2-42 section 3.1 Historical Comments:
Form ES-401-5                          Written Exam Question Worksheet                      Page 52 of 100
 
Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam                                                                  28-Jun-06 QID: 0580      Rev:    0    Rev Date: 05-May-06      Lic Level: R                    RO            SRO Sample Plan Q#       Source:            New 2006        10CFR55.41.4          Tier #   2 53                                                10CFR55.            Group #   1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 1        2 = Comprehension or Analysis                  Importance Rating      3.2 System
 
==Title:==
Instrument Air                                  System Number 078        K/A:     K4.02 Question:
Unit 1/Unit 2 Instrument Air Cross-connect 2CV-3004 connects the Unit 1 and Unit 2 systems
__________________________________ and fails __________ on a loss of Instrument AC 2Y1.
A. through the breathing air compressor discharge header; CLOSED B. at the instrument air compressors discharge headers;     CLOSED C. through the breathing air compressor discharge header; OPEN D. at the instrument air compressors discharge headers;      OPEN Answer:
D. OPEN; at the instrument air compressors discharge headers Notes:
A & B. 2CV-3004 is air operated and the operating solenoids will align air to OPEN the valve if 2Y1 is deenergized C. 2CV-3015 connects unit 2 IAS to the breathing air header, which is normally supplied from Unit 1 IAS.
2CV-3004 connects the air compressor discharges for the units.


==References:==
==References:==
STM 2-48 section 2.14P&ID M-2218Source:New 2006Rev:0Rev Date:05-May-0610CFR55.41.410CFR55.Historical Comments:21Sample Plan Q#53SROROTier #Group #Importance Rating1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge2 = Comprehension or AnalysisForm ES-401-5 Written Exam Question WorksheetPage 53 of 100 Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam28-Jun-06QID:0687System Number078System Title:Instrument AirK/A:2.2.133.6Lic Level:RTaxonomy:1Question:A tagout has been prepared to perform electrical preventive mainenance on the motor for Instrument AirCompressor 2C-27A and the restoration positions are being determined.Which of the following is the correct restoration position for 2C-27A supply breaker 2B-133?A. Breaker ClosedB. Breaker Racked UpC. Breaker Racked InD. Breaker OpenAnswer:A. Breaker ClosedNotes:B. Incorrect because 2B-133 is a load center breaker that racks in and outC. Racked In is not complete. The breaker must be closed because the compressor control circuit has a startercontactor that closes when the compressor gets a start demand.D. Breaker open is not correct
 
STM 2-48 section 2.14 P&ID M-2218 Historical Comments:
Form ES-401-5                         Written Exam Question Worksheet                        Page 53 of 100
 
Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam                                                                  28-Jun-06 QID: 0687      Rev:    0    Rev Date: 12-Jun-06      Lic Level:   R                  RO            SRO Sample Plan Q#        Source:            New 2006          10CFR55.41.10        Tier #    2 54                                                  10CFR55.            Group #    1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 1        2 = Comprehension or Analysis                    Importance Rating    3.6 System
 
==Title:==
Instrument Air                                    System Number 078        K/A:   2.2.13 Question:
A tagout has been prepared to perform electrical preventive mainenance on the motor for Instrument Air Compressor 2C-27A and the restoration positions are being determined.
Which of the following is the correct restoration position for 2C-27A supply breaker 2B-133?
A. Breaker Closed B. Breaker Racked Up C. Breaker Racked In D. Breaker Open Answer:
A. Breaker Closed Notes:
B. Incorrect because 2B-133 is a load center breaker that racks in and out C. Racked In is not complete. The breaker must be closed because the compressor control circuit has a starter contactor that closes when the compressor gets a start demand.
D. Breaker open is not correct


==References:==
==References:==
2107.001 Attachment C, breaker positions for Load Center 2B-1Source:New 2006Rev:0Rev Date:12-Jun-0610CFR55.41.1010CFR55.Historical Comments:21Sample Plan Q#54SROROTier #Group #Importance Rating1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge2 = Comprehension or AnalysisForm ES-401-5 Written Exam Question WorksheetPage 54 of 100 Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam28-Jun-06QID:0688System Number103System Title:Containment SystemK/A:A3.013.9Lic Level:RTaxonomy:2Question:A valid CIAS is actuated and the following is observed:
 
2107.001 Attachment C, breaker positions for Load Center 2B-1 Historical Comments:
Form ES-401-5                         Written Exam Question Worksheet                        Page 54 of 100
 
Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam                                                                    28-Jun-06 QID: 0688      Rev:    0    Rev Date: 12-Jun-06        Lic Level:  R                    RO            SRO Sample Plan Q#      Source:            New 2006          10CFR55.41.7          Tier #      2 55                                                  10CFR55.              Group #      1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2      2 = Comprehension or Analysis                      Importance Rating      3.9 System
 
==Title:==
Containment System                                  System Number 103        K/A:     A3.01 Question:
A valid CIAS is actuated and the following is observed:
* Penetration Room Exhaust Fan 2VEF-38A running
* Penetration Room Exhaust Fan 2VEF-38A running
* Penetration Room Exhaust Fan 2VEF-38B running
* Penetration Room Exhaust Fan 2VEF-38B running
* All eight Penetration Room Ventilation Dampers indicate CLOSED on 2C-16 and 2C-17Which of the following will ensure proper operation of the Penetration Room Ventilation System?A. Verify > 2000 SCFM on panel 2C-33 for BOTH exhaust fan filter units.B. Verify Filter Cooling valves on BOTH exhaust fan filter units are OPEN.C. Place one Penetration Exhaust Fan in Pull-to-Lock.D. Place one Filter Cooling valve handswitch in CLOSED.Answer:C. Place one Penetration Exhaust Fan in Pull-to-Lock.Notes:Both fans running simultaneously will cause inaccuracies with the monitoring system.A. Only one fan should be running, not BOTHB. Only ONE filter cooling valve will be opened manually if conditions are met (hi temperature)D. Manipulation of filter valves are not directed at the onset of CIAS for system operation.
* All eight Penetration Room Ventilation Dampers indicate CLOSED on 2C-16 and 2C-17 Which of the following will ensure proper operation of the Penetration Room Ventilation System?
A. Verify > 2000 SCFM on panel 2C-33 for BOTH exhaust fan filter units.
B. Verify Filter Cooling valves on BOTH exhaust fan filter units are OPEN.
C. Place one Penetration Exhaust Fan in Pull-to-Lock.
D. Place one Filter Cooling valve handswitch in CLOSED.
Answer:
C. Place one Penetration Exhaust Fan in Pull-to-Lock.
Notes:
Both fans running simultaneously will cause inaccuracies with the monitoring system.
A. Only one fan should be running, not BOTH B. Only ONE filter cooling valve will be opened manually if conditions are met (hi temperature)
D. Manipulation of filter valves are not directed at the onset of CIAS for system operation.


==References:==
==References:==
2202.010 Att 5, CIAS verification Note 2.Source:New 2006Rev:0Rev Date:12-Jun-0610CFR55.41.710CFR55.Historical Comments:21Sample Plan Q#55SROROTier #Group #Importance Rating1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge2 = Comprehension or AnalysisForm ES-401-5 Written Exam Question WorksheetPage 55 of 100 Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam28-Jun-06QID:0581System Number002System Title:Reactor CoolantK/A:A4.013.5*Lic Level:RTaxonomy:2Question:An RCS leakrate calculation has just been performed using the Auto Leakrate program on the plant computerand the "unidentified" leakrate results were notably lower than the previous day's value.Which of the following would result in this reduction in the Auto Leakrate final calculation?A. Quench tank inleakage lower than the previous day.B. Charging pump low pressure packing leakage lower than the previous day.C. RMW Flow Control Valve 2CV-4927 leakby greater than the previous day.D. Letdown Divert Valve 2CV-4826 leakby greater than the previous day.Answer:C. RMW Flow Control Valve 2CV-4927 leakby greater than the previous day.Notes:Quench tank in-leakage represents the 'known' leakage value input into the calculation. The total would godown but the unknown would not change.Charging pump low pressure packing leakage is not an RCS leak.More leakby on the divert valve would cause the calculated leak to increase.
 
2202.010 Att 5, CIAS verification Note 2.
Historical Comments:
Form ES-401-5                         Written Exam Question Worksheet                            Page 55 of 100
 
Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam                                                                    28-Jun-06 QID: 0581      Rev:      0    Rev Date: 05-May-06      Lic Level:    R                    RO            SRO Sample Plan Q#        Source:            New 2006        10CFR55.41.4            Tier #      2 56                                                10CFR55.              Group #      2 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2        2 = Comprehension or Analysis                    Importance Rating      3.5*
System
 
==Title:==
Reactor Coolant                                    System Number 002        K/A:   A4.01 Question:
An RCS leakrate calculation has just been performed using the Auto Leakrate program on the plant computer and the "unidentified" leakrate results were notably lower than the previous day's value.
Which of the following would result in this reduction in the Auto Leakrate final calculation?
A. Quench tank inleakage lower than the previous day.
B. Charging pump low pressure packing leakage lower than the previous day.
C. RMW Flow Control Valve 2CV-4927 leakby greater than the previous day.
D. Letdown Divert Valve 2CV-4826 leakby greater than the previous day.
Answer:
C. RMW Flow Control Valve 2CV-4927 leakby greater than the previous day.
Notes:
Quench tank in-leakage represents the 'known' leakage value input into the calculation. The total would go down but the unknown would not change.
Charging pump low pressure packing leakage is not an RCS leak.
More leakby on the divert valve would cause the calculated leak to increase.


==References:==
==References:==
2305.002 Limits & PrecautionsSource:New 2006Rev:0Rev Date:05-May-0610CFR55.41.410CFR55.Historical Comments:22Sample Plan Q#56SROROTier #Group #Importance Rating1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge2 = Comprehension or AnalysisForm ES-401-5 Written Exam Question WorksheetPage 56 of 100 Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam28-Jun-06QID:0582System Number011System Title:Pressurizer Level ControlK/A:K3.033.2Lic Level:RTaxonomy:2Question:The plant is at normal full power operation with an instrument failure and the following conditions:
 
2305.002 Limits & Precautions Historical Comments:
Form ES-401-5                         Written Exam Question Worksheet                          Page 56 of 100
 
Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam                                                                      28-Jun-06 QID: 0582      Rev:    0    Rev Date: 05-May-06        Lic Level:     R                  RO              SRO Sample Plan Q#        Source:      ANO-OPS2-9002            10CFR55.41.7          Tier #      2 57                                                  10CFR55.              Group #      2 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2        2 = Comprehension or Analysis                      Importance Rating      3.2 System
 
==Title:==
Pressurizer Level Control                          System Number 011          K/A:     K3.03 Question:
The plant is at normal full power operation with an instrument failure and the following conditions:
* All backup heaters are in automatic and their load center breakers are closed
* All backup heaters are in automatic and their load center breakers are closed
* One charging pump is running
* One charging pump is running
Line 289: Line 1,155:
* The Channel Selector for pressurizer level is selected to 'A'.
* The Channel Selector for pressurizer level is selected to 'A'.
* The Low Level Cutout Switch is selected to 'A&B'
* The Low Level Cutout Switch is selected to 'A&B'
* Pressurizer Pressure is at setpointWhich of the following alarms would also be in as a result of the instrument failure?.A. Control Channel 1 Level LoB. Control Channel 2 Level LoC. Control Channel 1 Level HiD. Control Channel 2 Level HiAnswer:C. Control Channel 1 Level HiNotes:Results of 2LT4627-1 failing high.Backup heater breakers closed indicates that it is a high level signal from the controller which is selected tochannel A (1).
* Pressurizer Pressure is at setpoint Which of the following alarms would also be in as a result of the instrument failure?.
A. Control Channel 1 Level Lo B. Control Channel 2 Level Lo C. Control Channel 1 Level Hi D. Control Channel 2 Level Hi Answer:
C. Control Channel 1 Level Hi Notes:
Results of 2LT4627-1 failing high.
Backup heater breakers closed indicates that it is a high level signal from the controller which is selected to channel A (1).


==References:==
==References:==
2203.012JSTM 2-3-1A2LP-RO-PZR Obj 12Source:ANO-OPS2-9002Rev:0Rev Date:05-May-0610CFR55.41.710CFR55.Historical Comments:New 200622Sample Plan Q#57SROROTier #Group #Importance Rating1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge2 = Comprehension or AnalysisForm ES-401-5 Written Exam Question WorksheetPage 57 of 100 Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam28-Jun-06QID:0353System Number015System Title:Nuclear Instrumentation SystemK/A:K2.013.3Lic Level:RTaxonomy:1Question:Given the following plant conditions:
 
2203.012J STM 2-3-1 A2LP-RO-PZR Obj 12 Historical Comments:
New 2006 Form ES-401-5                         Written Exam Question Worksheet                              Page 57 of 100
 
Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam                                                              28-Jun-06 QID: 0353      Rev: 000      Rev Date: 08-Dec-01      Lic Level:  R                RO            SRO Sample Plan Q#        Source:            New 2002        10CFR55.41.7      Tier #    2 58                                                10CFR55.          Group #    2 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 1        2 = Comprehension or Analysis                  Importance Rating  3.3 System
 
==Title:==
Nuclear Instrumentation System                  System Number 015    K/A:   K2.01 Question:
Given the following plant conditions:
* Plant is in Mode 3 coming out of a refueling outage.
* Plant is in Mode 3 coming out of a refueling outage.
* 120 VAC Electrical Bus 2RS2 is inadvertently de-energized.Which ONE of the following instruments would be de-energized?     A. Startup Channel Number 1 indications. B. Startup Channel Number 2 indications. C. Channel A Excore Log Safety Channel indications. D. Channel D Excore Log Safety Channel indications.Answer:     B. Startup Channel Number 2 indicationsNotes:Channel A Log Safety Power indications and Startup Channel Number 1 indications are powered from 2RS1.Channel D Log Safety Channel indications are powered from 2RS4.
* 120 VAC Electrical Bus 2RS2 is inadvertently de-energized.
Which ONE of the following instruments would be de-energized?
A. Startup Channel Number 1 indications.
B. Startup Channel Number 2 indications.
C. Channel A Excore Log Safety Channel indications.
D. Channel D Excore Log Safety Channel indications.
Answer:
B. Startup Channel Number 2 indications Notes:
Channel A Log Safety Power indications and Startup Channel Number 1 indications are powered from 2RS1.
Channel D Log Safety Channel indications are powered from 2RS4.


==References:==
==References:==
ANO-2-LP-RO-NI, Rev 9, Excore Nuclear Instrumentation, Objective 4STM 2-67-1, Rev 3, Excore Nuclear Instrumentation, Section 2.3.12203.012J, Rev 028-03-0, Annunciator 2K10 Corrective Actions for 2K10-K5.Electrical Print E-2456, Rev 28, Sheet 4Electrical Print E-2727, Rev 6, Sheet 8Source:New 2002Rev:000Rev Date:08-Dec-0110CFR55.41.710CFR55.Historical Comments:22Sample Plan Q#58SROROTier #Group #Importance Rating1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge2 = Comprehension or AnalysisForm ES-401-5 Written Exam Question WorksheetPage 58 of 100 Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam28-Jun-06QID:0583System Number017System Title:In-Core Temperature MonitorK/A:A3.013.6*Lic Level:RTaxonomy:2Question:Recovery actions for a trip from full power due to a Loss of Offsite Power are in progress with the followingconditions:
 
ANO-2-LP-RO-NI, Rev 9, Excore Nuclear Instrumentation, Objective 4 STM 2-67-1, Rev 3, Excore Nuclear Instrumentation, Section 2.3.1 2203.012J, Rev 028-03-0, Annunciator 2K10 Corrective Actions for 2K10-K5.
Electrical Print E-2456, Rev 28, Sheet 4 Electrical Print E-2727, Rev 6, Sheet 8 Historical Comments:
Form ES-401-5                         Written Exam Question Worksheet                    Page 58 of 100
 
Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam                                                                    28-Jun-06 QID: 0583      Rev:      0    Rev Date: 05-May-06      Lic Level:    R                    RO              SRO Sample Plan Q#        Source:      ANO-OPS2-4627          10CFR55.41.2            Tier #    2 59                                                10CFR55.              Group #      2 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2        2 = Comprehension or Analysis                      Importance Rating      3.6*
System
 
==Title:==
In-Core Temperature Monitor                        System Number 017          K/A:     A3.01 Question:
Recovery actions for a trip from full power due to a Loss of Offsite Power are in progress with the following conditions:
* RCS Pressure is 1500 psia
* RCS Pressure is 1500 psia
* RCS Thot is 543&deg;F and steady
* RCS Thot is 543&deg;F and steady
Line 303: Line 1,200:
* Avg CET temperature is 545&deg;F and steady
* Avg CET temperature is 545&deg;F and steady
* Upper Head Temp is 600&deg;F and steady
* Upper Head Temp is 600&deg;F and steady
* RVLMS Level 02 indicates WETNatural Circulation __________ established and the RCS __________ void free.A. is;               isB. is;               is NOTC. is NOT;       isD. is NOT;       is NOTAnswer:B. is;               is NOTNotes:Steam Table may be used for determining MTS based on CET value.CET temperature within 10 F of Th and greater than 30 (50) degrees from MTS confirms natural circulation.Upper head temperature (which is also an incore temperature monitor from RVLMS) indicating superheat (4 F)and RVLMS level 02 wet are indications that the head is voided.
* RVLMS Level 02 indicates WET Natural Circulation __________ established and the RCS __________ void free.
A. is;         is B. is;         is NOT C. is NOT;     is D. is NOT;     is NOT Answer:
B. is;         is NOT Notes:
Steam Table may be used for determining MTS based on CET value.
CET temperature within 10 F of Th and greater than 30 (50) degrees from MTS confirms natural circulation.
Upper head temperature (which is also an incore temperature monitor from RVLMS) indicating superheat (4 F) and RVLMS level 02 wet are indications that the head is voided.


==References:==
==References:==
2202.007A2LP-RO-ELOOP Obj 5Source:ANO-OPS2-4627Rev:0Rev Date:05-May-0610CFR55.41.210CFR55.Historical Comments:New 200622Sample Plan Q#59SROROTier #Group #Importance Rating1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge2 = Comprehension or AnalysisForm ES-401-5 Written Exam Question WorksheetPage 59 of 100 Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam28-Jun-06QID:0689System Number033System Title:Spent Fuel Pool CoolingK/A:K1.052.7*Lic Level:RTaxonomy:1Question:Makeup to the Spent Fuel Pool from the Refueling Water Tank (RWT) is aligned through the ______________with ______________ providing the motive force for flow.A. Letdown Demineralizer 2T-36A; Reactor Makeup Water Pump (2P-109A/B)B. SFP Demineralizer 2T-5; SFP Purification Pump (2P-66)C. SFP Heat Exchanger 2E-27; SFP Cooling Pump (2P-40A/B)D. Loop II SW Emergency Makeup line; RWT head due to gravityAnswer:B. SFP Demineralizer 2T-5; SFP Purification Pump (2P-66)Notes:A. 2P-109s makeup to the pool is from the blending tee through the SFP purification system (2T-5)C. SFP makeup is part of the purification loop and is independent of the cooling loopD. RWT head is approximately equal to the SFP level and would therefore provide no d/p
 
2202.007 A2LP-RO-ELOOP Obj 5 Historical Comments:
New 2006 Form ES-401-5                         Written Exam Question Worksheet                            Page 59 of 100
 
Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam                                                                  28-Jun-06 QID: 0689    Rev:    0    Rev Date: 28-Jun-06        Lic Level:    R                  RO            SRO Sample Plan Q#      Source:            New 2006          10CFR55.41.4          Tier #    2 60                                                10CFR55.              Group #    2 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 1      2 = Comprehension or Analysis                    Importance Rating      2.7*
System
 
==Title:==
Spent Fuel Pool Cooling                          System Number 033        K/A:   K1.05 Question:
Makeup to the Spent Fuel Pool from the Refueling Water Tank (RWT) is aligned through the ______________
with ______________ providing the motive force for flow.
A. Letdown Demineralizer 2T-36A; Reactor Makeup Water Pump (2P-109A/B)
B. SFP Demineralizer 2T-5; SFP Purification Pump (2P-66)
C. SFP Heat Exchanger 2E-27; SFP Cooling Pump (2P-40A/B)
D. Loop II SW Emergency Makeup line; RWT head due to gravity Answer:
B. SFP Demineralizer 2T-5; SFP Purification Pump (2P-66)
Notes:
A. 2P-109s makeup to the pool is from the blending tee through the SFP purification system (2T-5)
C. SFP makeup is part of the purification loop and is independent of the cooling loop D. RWT head is approximately equal to the SFP level and would therefore provide no d/p


==References:==
==References:==
2104.006 Section 11.0P&ID M-2235Source:New 2006Rev:0Rev Date:28-Jun-0610CFR55.41.410CFR55.Historical Comments:22Sample Plan Q#60SROROTier #Group #Importance Rating1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge2 = Comprehension or AnalysisForm ES-401-5 Written Exam Question WorksheetPage 60 of 100 Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam28-Jun-06QID:0599System Number035System Title:Steam GeneratorK/A:K6.013.2Lic Level:RTaxonomy:2Question:Unit 2 is at 100% power. The Quarterly MSIV Partial Stroke Test is in progress. Due to an operator error, the'B' MSIV is fully closed.Given this condition AND before manual or automatic operation of any other system,'A' SG steam FLOW would rapidly _____________ and'B' SG LEVEL initially would rapidly ____________.A. rise; lowerB. rise; riseC. lower; riseD. lower; lowerAnswer:A. rise; lowerNotes:This condition would cause an ASGT CPC trip due to the mismatch in SG power. With B MSIV closed, andturbine power stays at 100%, SG A would supply 100% of total steam flow. SG A steam flow would effectivelydouble. The sudden stop in steaming of the B MSIV would initially cause the level to 'shrink'.
 
2104.006 Section 11.0 P&ID M-2235 Historical Comments:
Form ES-401-5                       Written Exam Question Worksheet                          Page 60 of 100
 
Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam                                                                  28-Jun-06 QID: 0599      Rev:    0    Rev Date: 11-May-06      Lic Level:  R                    RO            SRO Sample Plan Q#        Source:            New 2006        10CFR55.41.5        Tier #      2 61                                                10CFR55.            Group #      2 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2        2 = Comprehension or Analysis                  Importance Rating      3.2 System
 
==Title:==
Steam Generator                                System Number 035          K/A:   K6.01 Question:
Unit 2 is at 100% power. The Quarterly MSIV Partial Stroke Test is in progress. Due to an operator error, the
'B' MSIV is fully closed.
Given this condition AND before manual or automatic operation of any other system,
'A' SG steam FLOW would rapidly _____________ and
'B' SG LEVEL initially would rapidly ____________.
A. rise; lower B. rise; rise C. lower; rise D. lower; lower Answer:
A. rise; lower Notes:
This condition would cause an ASGT CPC trip due to the mismatch in SG power. With B MSIV closed, and turbine power stays at 100%, SG A would supply 100% of total steam flow. SG A steam flow would effectively double. The sudden stop in steaming of the B MSIV would initially cause the level to 'shrink'.


==References:==
==References:==
Source:New 2006Rev:0Rev Date:11-May-0610CFR55.41.510CFR55.Historical Comments:22Sample Plan Q#61SROROTier #Group #Importance Rating1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge2 = Comprehension or AnalysisForm ES-401-5 Written Exam Question WorksheetPage 61 of 100 Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam28-Jun-06QID:0690System Number045System Title:Main Turbine GeneratorK/A:A2.172.7*Lic Level:RTaxonomy:2Question:A startup after refueling is in progress. Plant power is 25% with the following conditions:
 
Historical Comments:
Form ES-401-5                         Written Exam Question Worksheet                        Page 61 of 100
 
Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam                                                                      28-Jun-06 QID: 0690      Rev:      0    Rev Date: 14-Jun-06      Lic Level:  R                    RO              SRO Sample Plan Q#        Source:            New 2006        10CFR55.41.10          Tier #      2 62                                                10CFR55.              Group #      2 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2        2 = Comprehension or Analysis                    Importance Rating      2.7*
System
 
==Title:==
Main Turbine Generator                            System Number 045          K/A:     A2.17 Question:
A startup after refueling is in progress. Plant power is 25% with the following conditions:
* SDBCS in Automatic with all valves closed
* SDBCS in Automatic with all valves closed
* Turbine Trip signal is actuated due to high vibes on bearing #3
* Turbine Trip signal is actuated due to high vibes on bearing #3
* Loss of Turbine Load AOP, 2203.024 is entered
* Loss of Turbine Load AOP, 2203.024 is entered
* CBOT checks status of the MTG at 2C01and observes the following:           - Generator output breakers are closed           - Control Valve #2 indicates full open           - Main Stop Valve #3 indicates 25% openThe response for this condition should be to ________________________________________.A. trip the reactor and open the MTG output breakers to prevent RCS overcoolingB. close MSIVs and open upstream ADVs to prevent a reactor trip on high RCS pressureC. trip the reactor and close MSIVs to prevent a turbine overspeedD. open the MTG output breakers and exciter field breaker to prevent generator reverse powerAnswer:C. trip the reactor and close MSIVs to prevent a turbine overspeedNotes:The generator output breakers will not open on a turbine trip unless all 4 main stop valves are fully closed toprevent an unprotected overspeed condition.A. MSIVs must be closed or the turbine will overspeed when the output breakers are openedB. Upstream ADV capacity is not enough and would be too slow to set up since they are normally isolated byMOVs. AOP directs to trip the RxD. This would allow a turbine overspeed condition
* CBOT checks status of the MTG at 2C01and observes the following:
        - Generator output breakers are closed
        - Control Valve #2 indicates full open
        - Main Stop Valve #3 indicates 25% open The response for this condition should be to ________________________________________.
A. trip the reactor and open the MTG output breakers to prevent RCS overcooling B. close MSIVs and open upstream ADVs to prevent a reactor trip on high RCS pressure C. trip the reactor and close MSIVs to prevent a turbine overspeed D. open the MTG output breakers and exciter field breaker to prevent generator reverse power Answer:
C. trip the reactor and close MSIVs to prevent a turbine overspeed Notes:
The generator output breakers will not open on a turbine trip unless all 4 main stop valves are fully closed to prevent an unprotected overspeed condition.
A. MSIVs must be closed or the turbine will overspeed when the output breakers are opened B. Upstream ADV capacity is not enough and would be too slow to set up since they are normally isolated by MOVs. AOP directs to trip the Rx D. This would allow a turbine overspeed condition


==References:==
==References:==
2203.024 Floating step 12 contingencies.Source:New 2006Rev:0Rev Date:14-Jun-0610CFR55.41.1010CFR55.Historical Comments:22Sample Plan Q#62SROROTier #Group #Importance Rating1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge2 = Comprehension or AnalysisForm ES-401-5 Written Exam Question WorksheetPage 62 of 100 Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam28-Jun-06QID:0612System Number056System Title:CondensateK/A:2.3.12.6Lic Level:RTaxonomy:1Question:Unit 2 is in Mode 4 following a SGTR event and cooldown to Mode 5 for repair is in progress. Per the actions ofAttachment 19, Control of Secondary Contamination, an RP Technician surveying the Turbine Buildingmeasures 3 mrem/hr at 30 cm on the south end of Condensate Inlet Filter 2F-807.Which of the following postings, if any, are required for this dose rate at this location?A. High Radiation AreaB. Radiation AreaC. Hot Particle AreaD. Unrestricted AreaAnswer:B. Radiation AreaNotes:Radiation areas Outside Controlled Access starts at 2.0 mRem/hr.2F-807 is located in the turbine building basement.Hot particle info not relevent to the given survey data.
 
2203.024 Floating step 12 contingencies.
Historical Comments:
Form ES-401-5                           Written Exam Question Worksheet                            Page 62 of 100
 
Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam                                                                    28-Jun-06 QID: 0612      Rev:    0    Rev Date: 15-May-06      Lic Level:    R                  RO            SRO Sample Plan Q#        Source:           New 2006          10CFR55.41.12            Tier #  2 63                                                10CFR55.                Group #  2 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 1        2 = Comprehension or Analysis                      Importance Rating      2.6 System
 
==Title:==
Condensate                                          System Number 056        K/A:   2.3.1 Question:
Unit 2 is in Mode 4 following a SGTR event and cooldown to Mode 5 for repair is in progress. Per the actions of 9, Control of Secondary Contamination, an RP Technician surveying the Turbine Building measures 3 mrem/hr at 30 cm on the south end of Condensate Inlet Filter 2F-807.
Which of the following postings, if any, are required for this dose rate at this location?
A. High Radiation Area B. Radiation Area C. Hot Particle Area D. Unrestricted Area Answer:
B. Radiation Area Notes:
Radiation areas Outside Controlled Access starts at 2.0 mRem/hr.
2F-807 is located in the turbine building basement.
Hot particle info not relevent to the given survey data.


==References:==
==References:==
1012.017 section 4 definitionsSource:New 2006Rev:0Rev Date:15-May-0610CFR55.41.1210CFR55.Historical Comments:22Sample Plan Q#63SROROTier #Group #Importance Rating1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge2 = Comprehension or AnalysisForm ES-401-5 Written Exam Question WorksheetPage 63 of 100 Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam28-Jun-06QID:0624System Number072System Title:Area Radiation MonitoringK/A:K5.012.7Lic Level:RTaxonomy:1Question:Area Radiation Monitors throughout the plant use _________________ type detectors which have characteristicssuitable for _________________.A. Geiger-Mueller tube; general area trendingB. Ion chamber tube; general area trendingC. Ion chamber tube; remote dose rate surveysD. Geiger-Mueller tube; remote dose rate surveysAnswer:A. Geiger-Mueller tube; general area trendingNotes:Ion chamber tube detectors are typical to hand held detectors used by operators but are not applicable to theARM system in the plant.G-M detectors are not good for dose assessment due to their operating characteristics and by ARM systemdesign are used for general area radiation trending.
 
1012.017 section 4 definitions Historical Comments:
Form ES-401-5                         Written Exam Question Worksheet                          Page 63 of 100
 
Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam                                                                    28-Jun-06 QID: 0624      Rev:    0    Rev Date: 17-May-06      Lic Level:   R                      RO            SRO Sample Plan Q#        Source:            New 2006        10CFR55.41.11          Tier #      2 64                                                10CFR55.              Group #      2 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 1        2 = Comprehension or Analysis                    Importance Rating        2.7 System
 
==Title:==
Area Radiation Monitoring                        System Number 072          K/A:   K5.01 Question:
Area Radiation Monitors throughout the plant use _________________ type detectors which have characteristics suitable for _________________.
A. Geiger-Mueller tube; general area trending B. Ion chamber tube; general area trending C. Ion chamber tube; remote dose rate surveys D. Geiger-Mueller tube; remote dose rate surveys Answer:
A. Geiger-Mueller tube; general area trending Notes:
Ion chamber tube detectors are typical to hand held detectors used by operators but are not applicable to the ARM system in the plant.
G-M detectors are not good for dose assessment due to their operating characteristics and by ARM system design are used for general area radiation trending.


==References:==
==References:==
STM 2-62 section 1.32105.016 section 3.0 DescriptionSource:New 2006Rev:0Rev Date:17-May-0610CFR55.41.1110CFR55.Historical Comments:22Sample Plan Q#64SROROTier #Group #Importance Rating1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge2 = Comprehension or AnalysisForm ES-401-5 Written Exam Question WorksheetPage 64 of 100 Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam28-Jun-06QID:0584System Number086System Title:Fire ProtectionK/A:A1.052.9Lic Level:RTaxonomy:2Question:Annunciator 2K11 A9 FIRE ALARM is recieved in the control room. Investigation at 2C-343 fire panel revealsmodule 2-4-1 (T) 'B' HPSI Pump Area RED alarm is in.Initially, ponding would NOT be a concern because:A. The room sprinkler valve has to be manually actuated at Panel 2C-343.B. There are NO sprinklers in this room.C. The room floor drains would keep up with sprinkler system flow.D. The room sprinkler valve is normally isolated.Answer:D. The room sprinkler valve is normally isolated.Notes:The sprinkler system for this room is normally isolated to prevent room flooding (2FS-161). The floor drainsare normally isolated for train separation. The 'A' ESF room does not have sprinklers.
 
STM 2-62 section 1.3 2105.016 section 3.0 Description Historical Comments:
Form ES-401-5                         Written Exam Question Worksheet                            Page 64 of 100
 
Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam                                                                  28-Jun-06 QID: 0584      Rev:    0    Rev Date: 08-May-06      Lic Level:   R                  RO            SRO Sample Plan Q#        Source:            New 2006        10CFR55.41.8          Tier #    2 65                                              10CFR55.              Group #    2 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2        2 = Comprehension or Analysis                    Importance Rating    2.9 System
 
==Title:==
Fire Protection                                  System Number 086        K/A:   A1.05 Question:
Annunciator 2K11 A9 FIRE ALARM is recieved in the control room. Investigation at 2C-343 fire panel reveals module 2-4-1 (T) 'B' HPSI Pump Area RED alarm is in.
Initially, ponding would NOT be a concern because:
A. The room sprinkler valve has to be manually actuated at Panel 2C-343.
B. There are NO sprinklers in this room.
C. The room floor drains would keep up with sprinkler system flow.
D. The room sprinkler valve is normally isolated.
Answer:
D. The room sprinkler valve is normally isolated.
Notes:
The sprinkler system for this room is normally isolated to prevent room flooding (2FS-161). The floor drains are normally isolated for train separation. The 'A' ESF room does not have sprinklers.


==References:==
==References:==
2203.009 Attachment AANO Pre-Fire Plan for fire zone 2007-LLFP-2106 sheet 1M-2219 sheet 2Source:New 2006Rev:0Rev Date:08-May-0610CFR55.41.810CFR55.Historical Comments:22Sample Plan Q#65SROROTier #Group #Importance Rating1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge2 = Comprehension or AnalysisForm ES-401-5 Written Exam Question WorksheetPage 65 of 100 Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam28-Jun-06QID:0698System NumberGSystem Title:GenericK/A:2.1.73.7Lic Level:RTaxonomy:2Question:The CBOT is taking shift logs during 100% power operation and notes the following:
 
2203.009 Attachment A ANO Pre-Fire Plan for fire zone 2007-LL FP-2106 sheet 1 M-2219 sheet 2 Historical Comments:
Form ES-401-5                         Written Exam Question Worksheet                        Page 65 of 100
 
Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam                                                                  28-Jun-06 QID: 0698      Rev:      0    Rev Date: 28-Jun-06      Lic Level:    R                  RO            SRO Sample Plan Q#        Source:           New 2006        10CFR55.41.10          Tier #  3 66                                                10CFR55.              Group #
1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2        2 = Comprehension or Analysis                    Importance Rating    3.7 System
 
==Title:==
Generic                                            System Number      G  K/A:   2.1.7 Question:
The CBOT is taking shift logs during 100% power operation and notes the following:
* Grid voltage is 505 KV and slowly lowering
* Grid voltage is 505 KV and slowly lowering
* Generator reactive load is 300 KVARs OUT and slowly rising
* Generator reactive load is 300 KVARs OUT and slowly rising
* ESF Load Centers 2B5 and 2B6 bus voltages are 450 V and lowering
* ESF Load Centers 2B5 and 2B6 bus voltages are 450 V and lowering
* ESF Buses 2A3 and 2A4 voltages are 4100 V and loweringIf Grid voltage continues to lower, which of the following actions will be required?A. Reduce load on the Unit Aux transformer by shifting loads to SU3 transformer to raise     2A3 and 2A4 bus voltage.B. Place 2A3 and 2A4 on their respective DGs to prevent damage to safety related components     due to elevated amps.C. Lower Main Generator reactive load using the voltage regulator volts adjust handswitch to     prevent damage to the generator field windings.D. Start the Alternate AC Diesel Generator and parallel to the grid through non-vital 4160 V bus     2A1 to stabilize grid voltage.Answer:B. Place 2A3 and 2A4 on their respective DGs to prevent damage safety related components     due to elevated amps.Notes:A. SU3 is power from the same grid. Shifting loads will not help and may even compound the problem with2B5/6 bus voltage.C. Lowering reactive load from an OUT condition will cause the grid voltage to lower.D. The AACG is only 4.4 MW and would not be enough to help with the grid. Keeping the AACG tied to adegraded grid could also damage the generator
* ESF Buses 2A3 and 2A4 voltages are 4100 V and lowering If Grid voltage continues to lower, which of the following actions will be required?
A. Reduce load on the Unit Aux transformer by shifting loads to SU3 transformer to raise 2A3 and 2A4 bus voltage.
B. Place 2A3 and 2A4 on their respective DGs to prevent damage to safety related components due to elevated amps.
C. Lower Main Generator reactive load using the voltage regulator volts adjust handswitch to prevent damage to the generator field windings.
D. Start the Alternate AC Diesel Generator and parallel to the grid through non-vital 4160 V bus 2A1 to stabilize grid voltage.
Answer:
B. Place 2A3 and 2A4 on their respective DGs to prevent damage safety related components due to elevated amps.
Notes:
A. SU3 is power from the same grid. Shifting loads will not help and may even compound the problem with 2B5/6 bus voltage.
C. Lowering reactive load from an OUT condition will cause the grid voltage to lower.
D. The AACG is only 4.4 MW and would not be enough to help with the grid. Keeping the AACG tied to a degraded grid could also damage the generator


==References:==
==References:==
2107.001 section 15Source:New 2006Rev:0Rev Date:28-Jun-0610CFR55.41.1010CFR55.Historical Comments:3Sample Plan Q#66SROROTier #Group #Importance Rating1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge2 = Comprehension or AnalysisForm ES-401-5 Written Exam Question WorksheetPage 66 of 100 Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam28-Jun-06QID:0396System NumberSystem Title:Conduct of OperationsK/A:2.1.223.3Lic Level:RTaxonomy:1Question:In accordance with OP 2102.016, Reactor Startup, when will the Shift Manager log into the Station Log that theUnit has entered into Mode 2?     A. When all Shutdown Bank CEAs have been fully withdrawn. B. When commencing withdrawal of Regulating Group 1 CEAs. C. When Regulating Group 2 CEAs have been fully withdrawn. D. When the ATCO calls the reactor critical.Answer:     C. When Regulating Group 2 CEAs have been fully withdrawnNotes:Per the Reactor Startup procedure, OP 2102.016, step 8.5, Mode 2 is entered when the Regulating Group 2CEAs are fully withdrawn.
 
2107.001 section 15 Historical Comments:
Form ES-401-5                           Written Exam Question Worksheet                        Page 66 of 100
 
Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam                                                                  28-Jun-06 QID: 0396      Rev: 001        Rev Date: 06-Dec-01      Lic Level:  R                  RO            SRO Sample Plan Q#        Source:           New 2002        10CFR55.            Tier #                      3 67                                                10CFR55. 43.5      Group #                    2.1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 1        2 = Comprehension or Analysis                  Importance Rating                      3.3 System
 
==Title:==
Conduct of Operations                            System Number            K/A:     2.1.22 Question:
In accordance with OP 2102.016, Reactor Startup, when will the Shift Manager log into the Station Log that the Unit has entered into Mode 2?
A. When all Shutdown Bank CEAs have been fully withdrawn.
B. When commencing withdrawal of Regulating Group 1 CEAs.
C. When Regulating Group 2 CEAs have been fully withdrawn.
D. When the ATCO calls the reactor critical.
Answer:
C. When Regulating Group 2 CEAs have been fully withdrawn Notes:
Per the Reactor Startup procedure, OP 2102.016, step 8.5, Mode 2 is entered when the Regulating Group 2 CEAs are fully withdrawn.


==References:==
==References:==
ANO-2-LP-RO-TS, Revision 7, Objective 1OP 2102.016, Reactor Startup, Revision 007-02-0, Step 8.5Technical Specifications Table 1.1Source:New 2002Rev:001Rev Date:06-Dec-0110CFR55.10CFR55.43.5Historical Comments:Changed CBOR to ATCO (At the Controls Operator)32.1Sample Plan Q#67SROROTier #Group #Importance Rating1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge2 = Comprehension or AnalysisForm ES-401-5 Written Exam Question WorksheetPage 67 of 100 Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam28-Jun-06QID:0691System NumberGSystem Title:GenericK/A:2.1.272.8Lic Level:RTaxonomy:1Question:The function of the trisodium phosphate (TSP) stored in contaiment is to raise the pH of borated water in thereactor building post-LOCA which will __________________________________.A. dissolve small debris to minimize clogging of the sump screensB. keep iodine in solution to minimize radioactive gas releaseC. minimize boron buildup to limit precipitation in the coreD. prevent spray nozzle clogging to maximize spray flowAnswer:B. keep iodine in solution to minimize radioactive gas releaseNotes:A. TSP minimizes corrosion but does not provide the function of dissolving materialC. Boron precip is a function of boiling in the core at the water line and is not impacted by TSPD. Spray nozzle clogging is minimized by the mesh size of the containment sump screens
 
ANO-2-LP-RO-TS, Revision 7, Objective 1 OP 2102.016, Reactor Startup, Revision 007-02-0, Step 8.5 Technical Specifications Table 1.1 Historical Comments:
Changed CBOR to ATCO (At the Controls Operator)
Form ES-401-5                         Written Exam Question Worksheet                        Page 67 of 100
 
Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam                                                                    28-Jun-06 QID: 0691      Rev:      0    Rev Date: 28-Jun-06        Lic Level:   R                    RO            SRO Sample Plan Q#        Source:            New 2006          10CFR55.41.7            Tier #    3 68                                                10CFR55.                Group #
1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 1        2 = Comprehension or Analysis                      Importance Rating      2.8 System
 
==Title:==
Generic                                            System Number        G    K/A:   2.1.27 Question:
The function of the trisodium phosphate (TSP) stored in contaiment is to raise the pH of borated water in the reactor building post-LOCA which will __________________________________.
A. dissolve small debris to minimize clogging of the sump screens B. keep iodine in solution to minimize radioactive gas release C. minimize boron buildup to limit precipitation in the core D. prevent spray nozzle clogging to maximize spray flow Answer:
B. keep iodine in solution to minimize radioactive gas release Notes:
A. TSP minimizes corrosion but does not provide the function of dissolving material C. Boron precip is a function of boiling in the core at the water line and is not impacted by TSP D. Spray nozzle clogging is minimized by the mesh size of the containment sump screens


==References:==
==References:==
TS 3.6.2.2 BasesSource:New 2006Rev:0Rev Date:28-Jun-0610CFR55.41.710CFR55.Historical Comments:3Sample Plan Q#68SROROTier #Group #Importance Rating1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge2 = Comprehension or AnalysisForm ES-401-5 Written Exam Question WorksheetPage 68 of 100 Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam28-Jun-06QID:0241System NumberGSystem Title:GenericK/A:2.2.13.73.6Lic Level:RTaxonomy:1Question:Which of the following statements correctly describes the position of 4160 VAC ESF Bus cross-tie breakers 2A-310 and 2A-410 prior to going from Mode 5 operation to Mode 4 operation?     A. Racked down fully with control power energized. B. Racked up fully with control power energized. C. Racked down to approximately one (1) inch above the floor. D. Racked up with racking handle locked to prevent charging closing springs.Answer:     B. Racked up fully with control power energized.Notes:ESF bus x-tie breakers are racked up with springs charged to be available for emergency x-tie from the controlroom. Train seperation is maintained by keeping the handswitches in the control room in PTL.
 
TS 3.6.2.2 Bases Historical Comments:
Form ES-401-5                         Written Exam Question Worksheet                            Page 68 of 100
 
Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam                                                                    28-Jun-06 QID: 0241      Rev: 002        Rev Date: 06-Mar-00      Lic Level:  R                  RO            SRO Sample Plan Q#        Source:               New          10CFR55.              Tier #    3 69                                                10CFR55.            Group #
1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 1        2 = Comprehension or Analysis                    Importance Rating      3.7            3.6 System
 
==Title:==
Generic                                            System Number      G    K/A:     2.2.1 Question:
Which of the following statements correctly describes the position of 4160 VAC ESF Bus cross-tie breakers 2A-310 and 2A-410 prior to going from Mode 5 operation to Mode 4 operation?
A. Racked down fully with control power energized.
B. Racked up fully with control power energized.
C. Racked down to approximately one (1) inch above the floor.
D. Racked up with racking handle locked to prevent charging closing springs.
Answer:
B. Racked up fully with control power energized.
Notes:
ESF bus x-tie breakers are racked up with springs charged to be available for emergency x-tie from the control room. Train seperation is maintained by keeping the handswitches in the control room in PTL.


==References:==
==References:==
: 1. 2102.001, Plant Pre-heatup and Pre-critical Checklist, Rev 047-02-0, Step 7.8.8.2. 2107.002, ESF Electrical System Operation, Rev 014-00-0, Step 5.7 and Att. A.3. STM 2-32-2, High Voltage Electrical Distribution, Rev 3, Section 5.6Source:NewRev:002Rev Date:06-Mar-0010CFR55.10CFR55.Historical Comments:02/24/00 - NRC Comment - When would breakers be placed in these positions (C & D).03/06/00 - Rev 001 - Added historical comments only. No changes to question after explaining to NRCexaminer that C is a position used when taking ESF equipment out of service during power operations and D isnot a position that is used at ANO-2.                                                                       5-18-06 changed Ddistractor to a more credible choice. This position is used on swing component breakers. ClayS3Sample Plan Q#69SROROTier #Group #Importance Rating1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge2 = Comprehension or AnalysisForm ES-401-5 Written Exam Question WorksheetPage 69 of 100 Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam28-Jun-06QID:0587System NumberGSystem Title:GenericK/A:2.2.262.5Lic Level:RTaxonomy:1Question:Consider the following:
: 1. 2102.001, Plant Pre-heatup and Pre-critical Checklist, Rev 047-02-0, Step 7.8.8.
: 2. 2107.002, ESF Electrical System Operation, Rev 014-00-0, Step 5.7 and Att. A.
: 3. STM 2-32-2, High Voltage Electrical Distribution, Rev 3, Section 5.6 Historical Comments:
02/24/00 - NRC Comment - When would breakers be placed in these positions (C & D).
03/06/00 - Rev 001 - Added historical comments only. No changes to question after explaining to NRC examiner that C is a position used when taking ESF equipment out of service during power operations and D is not a position that is used at ANO-2.                                             5-18-06 changed D distractor to a more credible choice. This position is used on swing component breakers. ClayS Form ES-401-5                           Written Exam Question Worksheet                          Page 69 of 100
 
Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam                                                                28-Jun-06 QID: 0587      Rev:    0    Rev Date: 08-May-06      Lic Level:    R                RO            SRO Sample Plan Q#        Source:      ANO-OPS2-881          10CFR55.41.10        Tier #  3 70                                                  10CFR55.            Group #
1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 1        2 = Comprehension or Analysis                      Importance Rating  2.5 System
 
==Title:==
Generic                                            System Number    G    K/A:   2.2.26 Question:
Consider the following:
* Unit 2 is in Mode 6
* Unit 2 is in Mode 6
* RCS level is 90" for vessel head installationGiven these conditions, ________________ operable loop(s) of SDC is/are required because _____________.A. two; there is <23 feet of water above the active fuel in the coreB. two; local admin controls require two loops when in Mode 6C. one; there is >23 feet of water above the active fuel in the coreD. one; Tech Specs require only one loop when in Mode 6Answer:A. two; there is <23 feet of water above the active fuel in the coreNotes:
* RCS level is 90" for vessel head installation Given these conditions, ________________ operable loop(s) of SDC is/are required because _____________.
A. two; there is <23 feet of water above the active fuel in the core B. two; local admin controls require two loops when in Mode 6 C. one; there is >23 feet of water above the active fuel in the core D. one; Tech Specs require only one loop when in Mode 6 Answer:
A. two; there is <23 feet of water above the active fuel in the core Notes:


==References:==
==References:==
TS 3.9.8.21015.008Source:ANO-OPS2-881Rev:0Rev Date:08-May-0610CFR55.41.1010CFR55.Historical Comments:New 20063Sample Plan Q#70SROROTier #Group #Importance Rating1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge2 = Comprehension or AnalysisForm ES-401-5 Written Exam Question WorksheetPage 70 of 100 Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam28-Jun-06QID:0614System NumberGSystem Title:GenericK/A:2.3.92.5Lic Level:RTaxonomy:1Question:Unit 2 is in Mode 5 and preparations for the initial Containment Purge Gaseous Release are in progress.To test the interlock functions, the control room operator places Containment Purge radmonitor 2RITS-8233 inPULSE CAL and checks _________________________________.A. Containment Purge Supply and Exhaust Isolations 2CV-8283-1 and 2CV-8285-1 auto closeB. SPING 5 Stack Flow on RDACS goes to zero scfmC. Containment Purge Supply and Exhaust Fans 2VSF-2 and 2VEF-15 automatically stopD. Containment Purge Outside Exhaust Valves 2CV-8285-1and 2CV-8286-2 auto closeAnswer:A. Containment Purge Supply and Exhaust Isolations 2CV-8283-1 and 2CV-8285-1 auto closeNotes:B. SPING 5 should already be at zero because no purge flow has been started yet.C. The fans are not started until after this test.D. Only one exhaust valve and one supply valve are interlocked with the radmonitor.
 
TS 3.9.8.2 1015.008 Historical Comments:
New 2006 Form ES-401-5                         Written Exam Question Worksheet                      Page 70 of 100
 
Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam                                                                  28-Jun-06 QID: 0614      Rev:      0    Rev Date: 16-May-06      Lic Level:    R                RO              SRO Sample Plan Q#        Source:           New 2006        10CFR55.41.13        Tier #      3 71                                                10CFR55.            Group #
1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 1        2 = Comprehension or Analysis                    Importance Rating    2.5 System
 
==Title:==
Generic                                            System Number    G    K/A:     2.3.9 Question:
Unit 2 is in Mode 5 and preparations for the initial Containment Purge Gaseous Release are in progress.
To test the interlock functions, the control room operator places Containment Purge radmonitor 2RITS-8233 in PULSE CAL and checks _________________________________.
A. Containment Purge Supply and Exhaust Isolations 2CV-8283-1 and 2CV-8285-1 auto close B. SPING 5 Stack Flow on RDACS goes to zero scfm C. Containment Purge Supply and Exhaust Fans 2VSF-2 and 2VEF-15 automatically stop D. Containment Purge Outside Exhaust Valves 2CV-8285-1and 2CV-8286-2 auto close Answer:
A. Containment Purge Supply and Exhaust Isolations 2CV-8283-1 and 2CV-8285-1 auto close Notes:
B. SPING 5 should already be at zero because no purge flow has been started yet.
C. The fans are not started until after this test.
D. Only one exhaust valve and one supply valve are interlocked with the radmonitor.


==References:==
==References:==
2104.033 Sup 1 step 4.11Source:New 2006Rev:0Rev Date:16-May-0610CFR55.41.1310CFR55.Historical Comments:3Sample Plan Q#71SROROTier #Group #Importance Rating1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge2 = Comprehension or AnalysisForm ES-401-5 Written Exam Question WorksheetPage 71 of 100 Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam28-Jun-06QID:0552System NumberGSystem Title:GenericK/A:2.3.112.7Lic Level:RTaxonomy:2Question:Consider the following:
 
2104.033 Sup 1 step 4.11 Historical Comments:
Form ES-401-5                           Written Exam Question Worksheet                        Page 71 of 100
 
Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam                                                                    28-Jun-06 QID: 0552      Rev:      0    Rev Date: 02-May-06      Lic Level:    R                    RO            SRO Sample Plan Q#        Source:           New 2006        10CFR55.41.13          Tier #    3 72                                                10CFR55.              Group #
1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2        2 = Comprehension or Analysis                    Importance Rating      2.7 System
 
==Title:==
Generic                                            System Number      G    K/A:   2.3.11 Question:
Consider the following:
* Unit 1 and Unit 2 are both at 100% Power
* Unit 1 and Unit 2 are both at 100% Power
* Unit 2 waste tank 2T-69A radioactive release is in progress
* Unit 2 waste tank 2T-69A radioactive release is in progress
* Excessive debris in the intake canal has caused Unit 1 to secure one circulating water pump       and reduce powerWhat action, if any, should be taken with regard to the 2T-69A release?A. Reduce release flow to the value prescribed on the release preliminary report.B. Discontinue the release and resubmit a permit for the new Unit 1 circulating water flow.C. Suspend the release until radmonitor 2RE-2330 trip setpoint is adjusted for the new Unit 1     circulating water flow.D. Continue the release until the desired termination level in 2T-69A is reached.Answer:B. Discontinue the release and resubmit a permit for the new Unit 1 circulating water flow.Notes:
* Excessive debris in the intake canal has caused Unit 1 to secure one circulating water pump and reduce power What action, if any, should be taken with regard to the 2T-69A release?
A. Reduce release flow to the value prescribed on the release preliminary report.
B. Discontinue the release and resubmit a permit for the new Unit 1 circulating water flow.
C. Suspend the release until radmonitor 2RE-2330 trip setpoint is adjusted for the new Unit 1 circulating water flow.
D. Continue the release until the desired termination level in 2T-69A is reached.
Answer:
B. Discontinue the release and resubmit a permit for the new Unit 1 circulating water flow.
Notes:


==References:==
==References:==
2104.014 Supplement 1, continuous action step 3.2Source:New 2006Rev:0Rev Date:02-May-0610CFR55.41.1310CFR55.Historical Comments:3Sample Plan Q#72SROROTier #Group #Importance Rating1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge2 = Comprehension or AnalysisForm ES-401-5 Written Exam Question WorksheetPage 72 of 100 Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam28-Jun-06QID:0613System NumberGSystem Title:GenericK/A:2.4.353.3Lic Level:RTaxonomy:2Question:A fire on Unit Aux Transformer has resulted in a unit trip from 100% power. Consider the following:
 
2104.014 Supplement 1, continuous action step 3.2 Historical Comments:
Form ES-401-5                         Written Exam Question Worksheet                          Page 72 of 100
 
Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam                                                                28-Jun-06 QID: 0613      Rev:    0    Rev Date: 15-May-06      Lic Level:    R                RO            SRO Sample Plan Q#        Source:            New 2006        10CFR55.41.10          Tier #  3 73                                                10CFR55.              Group #
1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2        2 = Comprehension or Analysis                    Importance Rating    3.3 System
 
==Title:==
Generic                                          System Number      G  K/A:   2.4.35 Question:
A fire on Unit Aux Transformer has resulted in a unit trip from 100% power. Consider the following:
* Unit Aux and SU3 transformers lockout
* Unit Aux and SU3 transformers lockout
* The Fire Brigade is responding to the fire
* The Fire Brigade is responding to the fire
Line 364: Line 1,476:
* CRS determines the fire is NOT in an Area Affecting Safe Shutdown
* CRS determines the fire is NOT in an Area Affecting Safe Shutdown
* 2DG2 starts and aligns to 2A4
* 2DG2 starts and aligns to 2A4
* 2DG2 Service Water Outlet valve 2CV-1504-2 fails to open (not related to the fire)As directed by SPTAs, the _____________ will secure 2DG2 and the _____________ will locally open 2CV-1504-2.A. CBOT;             WCOB. CBOT;             IAO or OAOC. IAO or OAO;   WCOD. IAO or OAO;   IAO or OAOAnswer:D. IAO or OAO;     IAO or OAONotes:During a fire, the WCO on the affected unit will respond with the Fire Brigade.SPTAs require local shutdown of a running DG with no SW which will be either of the AOs.
* 2DG2 Service Water Outlet valve 2CV-1504-2 fails to open (not related to the fire)
As directed by SPTAs, the _____________ will secure 2DG2 and the _____________ will locally open 2CV-1504-2.
A. CBOT;           WCO B. CBOT;           IAO or OAO C. IAO or OAO;       WCO D. IAO or OAO;       IAO or OAO Answer:
D. IAO or OAO;       IAO or OAO Notes:
During a fire, the WCO on the affected unit will respond with the Fire Brigade.
SPTAs require local shutdown of a running DG with no SW which will be either of the AOs.


==References:==
==References:==
1015.007 Section 62202.001 Step 4G contingencySource:New 2006Rev:0Rev Date:15-May-0610CFR55.41.1010CFR55.Historical Comments:3Sample Plan Q#73SROROTier #Group #Importance Rating1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge2 = Comprehension or AnalysisForm ES-401-5 Written Exam Question WorksheetPage 73 of 100 Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam28-Jun-06QID:0592System NumberGSystem Title:GenericK/A:2.4.473.4Lic Level:RTaxonomy:2Question:Consider the following:
 
1015.007 Section 6 2202.001 Step 4G contingency Historical Comments:
Form ES-401-5                         Written Exam Question Worksheet                        Page 73 of 100
 
Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam                                                                28-Jun-06 QID: 0592        Rev:    0    Rev Date: 09-May-06      Lic Level:   R                  RO            SRO Sample Plan Q#        Source:            New 2006        10CFR55.41.5        Tier #    3 74                                                10CFR55.          Group #
1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2        2 = Comprehension or Analysis                  Importance Rating    3.4 System
 
==Title:==
Generic                                          System Number    G      K/A:   2.4.47 Question:
Consider the following:
* Main Turbine Trip from full power
* Main Turbine Trip from full power
* Reactor is then manually tripped and SPTAs entered
* Reactor is then manually tripped and SPTAs entered
* SDBCS has failed to respond
* SDBCS has failed to respond
* SG pressures are being maintained at ~ 1070 psia with the Main Steam Safeties
* SG pressures are being maintained at ~ 1070 psia with the Main Steam Safeties
* All other systems are responding normally for this conditionThe expected MFRV Bypass position for these conditions would be _________ for proper RTO response.(Reference Provided)A. 0%B. 20%C. 50%D. 70%Answer:C. 50%Notes:Reference required for this question.(2106.007 Exhibit 7)This is part of the CBOT expected actions for determining RTO status during SPTAs.The student has to determine that Tave will be high in the band due to MSSVs controlling SG pressure.
* All other systems are responding normally for this condition The expected MFRV Bypass position for these conditions would be _________ for proper RTO response.
(Reference Provided)
A. 0%
B. 20%
C. 50%
D. 70%
Answer:
C. 50%
Notes:
Reference required for this question.(2106.007 Exhibit 7)
This is part of the CBOT expected actions for determining RTO status during SPTAs.
The student has to determine that Tave will be high in the band due to MSSVs controlling SG pressure.


==References:==
==References:==
STM 2-69 section 3.32106.007 Exhibit 72202.010 Exhibit 7Source:New 2006Rev:0Rev Date:09-May-0610CFR55.41.510CFR55.Historical Comments:3Sample Plan Q#74SROROTier #Group #Importance Rating1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge2 = Comprehension or AnalysisForm ES-401-5 Written Exam Question WorksheetPage 74 of 100 Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam28-Jun-06QID:0588System NumberGSystem Title:GenericK/A:2.4.494.0Lic Level:RTaxonomy:2Question:A reactor startup is in progress with reactor power at 1E-3%. The operator performing the startup withdrawsGroup P CEAs for the approach to the point of adding heat. Power is rising steadily at a rate of 1.8 dpm.What action is required?A. Manually trip the reactor from 2C-03.B. Insert Group P CEAs to obtain a startup rate < 1.0 dpm.C. Allow power to continue to rise to the point of adding heat.D. Initiate Emergency Boration using 2202.010 Exhibit 1.Answer:B. Insert Group P CEAs to obtain a startup rate < 1.0 dpm.Notes:
 
STM 2-69 section 3.3 2106.007 Exhibit 7 2202.010 Exhibit 7 Historical Comments:
Form ES-401-5                           Written Exam Question Worksheet                      Page 74 of 100
 
Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam                                                                    28-Jun-06 QID: 0588      Rev:    0    Rev Date: 08-May-06      Lic Level: R                    RO              SRO Sample Plan Q#        Source: ANO-OPS2-4551 Mod            10CFR55.41.1        Tier #      3 75                                                  10CFR55.            Group #
1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2        2 = Comprehension or Analysis                    Importance Rating      4.0 System
 
==Title:==
Generic                                          System Number      G      K/A:     2.4.49 Question:
A reactor startup is in progress with reactor power at 1E-3%. The operator performing the startup withdraws Group P CEAs for the approach to the point of adding heat. Power is rising steadily at a rate of 1.8 dpm.
What action is required?
A. Manually trip the reactor from 2C-03.
B. Insert Group P CEAs to obtain a startup rate < 1.0 dpm.
C. Allow power to continue to rise to the point of adding heat.
D. Initiate Emergency Boration using 2202.010 Exhibit 1.
Answer:
B. Insert Group P CEAs to obtain a startup rate < 1.0 dpm.
Notes:


==References:==
==References:==
2102.016 step 5.10Source:ANO-OPS2-4551 ModRev:0Rev Date:08-May-0610CFR55.41.110CFR55.Historical Comments:New 20063Sample Plan Q#75SROROTier #Group #Importance Rating1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge2 = Comprehension or AnalysisForm ES-401-5 Written Exam Question WorksheetPage 75 of 100 Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam28-Jun-06QID:0625System Number007System Title:Reactor Trip Stabilization/RecoveryK/A:2.1.193.0Lic Level:STaxonomy:2Question:Consider the following:
 
* Reactor Trip Recovery EOP, 2202.002 is being implemented following an unplanned       trip from 100%
2102.016 step 5.10 Historical Comments:
New 2006 Form ES-401-5                         Written Exam Question Worksheet                          Page 75 of 100
 
Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam                                                                28-Jun-06 QID: 0625      Rev:    0    Rev Date: 18-May-06      Lic Level:    S                  RO            SRO Sample Plan Q#        Source:            New 2006        10CFR55.              Tier #                  1 76                                              10CFR55. 43.5        Group #                  1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2        2 = Comprehension or Analysis                    Importance Rating                    3.0 System
 
==Title:==
Reactor Trip Stabilization/Recovery              System Number 007        K/A:   2.1.19 Question:
Consider the following:
* Reactor Trip Recovery EOP, 2202.002 is being implemented following an unplanned trip from 100%
* A plant cooldown is in progress
* A plant cooldown is in progress
* 2K10 E-2, CHANNEL 1 MARG TO SAT LO alarms
* 2K10 E-2, CHANNEL 1 MARG TO SAT LO alarms
Line 385: Line 1,547:
* SPDS indication for margin to saturation on the SFD screen is 35 &deg;F
* SPDS indication for margin to saturation on the SFD screen is 35 &deg;F
* Channel 1 Margin to Sat Calculator locally indicates a flashing 28 &deg;F
* Channel 1 Margin to Sat Calculator locally indicates a flashing 28 &deg;F
* Channel 2 Margin to Sat Calculator locally indicates a steady 40 &deg;FWhich of the following actions should be taken for these indications?A. Secure RCPs and enter 2203.013 Natural Circulation Operation.B. Continue the cooldown and refer to TS 3.3.3.6 Post-Accident Instrumentation.C. Rediagnose using 2202.010 Exhibit 8 Diagnostic Actions.D. Restore saturation margin until all indicators are above 30 &deg;F.Answer:B. Continue the cooldown and refer to TS 3.3.3.6 Post-Accident Instrumentation.Notes:The flashing readout on the local indicator means the calculator is malfunctioning. Adequate MTS can beverified by using the SPDS computer point when in the EOP. 30 &deg;F is required to maintain safety function.Since >30 &deg;F can be validated then no other actions are required.
* Channel 2 Margin to Sat Calculator locally indicates a steady 40 &deg;F Which of the following actions should be taken for these indications?
A. Secure RCPs and enter 2203.013 Natural Circulation Operation.
B. Continue the cooldown and refer to TS 3.3.3.6 Post-Accident Instrumentation.
C. Rediagnose using 2202.010 Exhibit 8 Diagnostic Actions.
D. Restore saturation margin until all indicators are above 30 &deg;F.
Answer:
B. Continue the cooldown and refer to TS 3.3.3.6 Post-Accident Instrumentation.
Notes:
The flashing readout on the local indicator means the calculator is malfunctioning. Adequate MTS can be verified by using the SPDS computer point when in the EOP. 30 &deg;F is required to maintain safety function.
Since >30 &deg;F can be validated then no other actions are required.


==References:==
==References:==
2203.012J ACA for 2K10 E-2Source:New 2006Rev:0Rev Date:18-May-0610CFR55.10CFR55.43.5Historical Comments:11Sample Plan Q#76SROROTier #Group #Importance Rating1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge2 = Comprehension or AnalysisForm ES-401-5 Written Exam Question WorksheetPage 76 of 100 Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam28-Jun-06QID:0224System Number038System Title:Steam Generator Tube RuptureK/A:EA2.024.8Lic Level:STaxonomy:2Question:After a Reactor Trip the following parameter values and trends are noted:
 
2203.012J ACA for 2K10 E-2 Historical Comments:
Form ES-401-5                         Written Exam Question Worksheet                        Page 76 of 100
 
Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam                                                                28-Jun-06 QID: 0224      Rev: 001        Rev Date: 22-Jun-06      Lic Level:   S                  RO          SRO Sample Plan Q#        Source:            New 2000        10CFR55.              Tier #                  1 77                                                10CFR55. 43.4        Group #                  1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2        2 = Comprehension or Analysis                    Importance Rating                  4.8 System
 
==Title:==
Steam Generator Tube Rupture                      System Number 038        K/A: EA2.02 Question:
After a Reactor Trip the following parameter values and trends are noted:
* Pressurizer Level is 0%.
* Pressurizer Level is 0%.
* RCS Pressure is 1500 psia and lowering.
* RCS Pressure is 1500 psia and lowering.
Line 394: Line 1,573:
* MSIS has automatically actuated.
* MSIS has automatically actuated.
* Containment pressure is 14.3 psia and steady.
* Containment pressure is 14.3 psia and steady.
* Containment Average Temperature is 105 &deg;F and lowering.     *  'A' Main Steam Line Radiation Monitor 2RITS-1007 is in alarm and trending up.     *  "A" Steam Generator Level is 20% and dropping slowly.     *  "B" Steam Generator Level is 5% and dropping slowly.Which of the following describes the events in progress and the impending consequences.A. ESD outside Containment and LOCA inside Containment;     Rapid cooldown and depressurization with inventory loss will cause core to be uncovered.B. ESD inside Containment and isolated LOCA in Letdown;     RCS Inventory will be challenged during cooldown with Letdown isolated.C. SGTR and isolated LOCA in Letdown;     Loss of ECCS suction during RAS because RWT inventory is not filling the containment sump.D. ESD outside Containment and SGTR;     Will need to steam the ruptured SG to atmosphere to control RCS post cooldown conditions.Answer:D. ESD outside Containment and SGTR;     Will need to steam the ruptured SG to atmosphere to control RCS post cooldown conditions.Notes:A. & B. Containment parameters are not reflective of any event inside containment.C. SG level trends and MSIS indicate that it is more than an RCS inventory loss event.
* Containment Average Temperature is 105 &deg;F and lowering.
  *  'A' Main Steam Line Radiation Monitor 2RITS-1007 is in alarm and trending up.
  *  "A" Steam Generator Level is 20% and dropping slowly.
  *  "B" Steam Generator Level is 5% and dropping slowly.
Which of the following describes the events in progress and the impending consequences.
A. ESD outside Containment and LOCA inside Containment; Rapid cooldown and depressurization with inventory loss will cause core to be uncovered.
B. ESD inside Containment and isolated LOCA in Letdown; RCS Inventory will be challenged during cooldown with Letdown isolated.
C. SGTR and isolated LOCA in Letdown; Loss of ECCS suction during RAS because RWT inventory is not filling the containment sump.
D. ESD outside Containment and SGTR; Will need to steam the ruptured SG to atmosphere to control RCS post cooldown conditions.
Answer:
D. ESD outside Containment and SGTR; Will need to steam the ruptured SG to atmosphere to control RCS post cooldown conditions.
Notes:
A. & B. Containment parameters are not reflective of any event inside containment.
C. SG level trends and MSIS indicate that it is more than an RCS inventory loss event.


==References:==
==References:==
2202.010 Exh 8, Diagnostic ActionsSource:New 2000Rev:001Rev Date:22-Jun-0610CFR55.10CFR55.43.4Historical Comments:Rev 1. reworded stem and distractors to better match the EA2.02 KA. ClayS 6-22-0611Sample Plan Q#77SROROTier #Group #Importance Rating1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge2 = Comprehension or AnalysisForm ES-401-5 Written Exam Question WorksheetPage 77 of 100 Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam28-Jun-06QID:0578System Number038System Title:SGTRK/A:EA2.124.2Lic Level:STaxonomy:2Question:SGTR in progress on 'B' SG with the following conditions:
 
2202.010 Exh 8, Diagnostic Actions Historical Comments:
Rev 1. reworded stem and distractors to better match the EA2.02 KA. ClayS 6-22-06 Form ES-401-5                         Written Exam Question Worksheet                      Page 77 of 100
 
Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam                                                                28-Jun-06 QID: 0578      Rev:    0    Rev Date: 04-May-06      Lic Level:   S                  RO              SRO Sample Plan Q#        Source:            New 2006        10CFR55.            Tier #                      1 78                                                10CFR55. 43.2, 5    Group #                      1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2        2 = Comprehension or Analysis                  Importance Rating                      4.2 System
 
==Title:==
SGTR                                            System Number 038        K/A: EA2.12 Question:
SGTR in progress on 'B' SG with the following conditions:
* RCS Thot is 540 &deg;F with a cooldown in progress
* RCS Thot is 540 &deg;F with a cooldown in progress
* 2K04 K9, MSIV Solenoid Trouble alarm actuates
* 2K04 K9, MSIV Solenoid Trouble alarm actuates
* Investigation reveals that DC power is lost to 2SV-1010-2A and 2SV-1060-2A due to a blown       fuse in 2C16Considering the loss of power to the 'B' MSIV operating solenoid (2SV-1060-2A), 'B' MSIV operability _____challenged, and the MSIV _____________ be closed from the control room to isolate 'B' SG.A. is; canB. is; can notC. is not; canD. is not; can notAnswer:A. is; canNotes:Either of the redundant/independent SVs will close the MSIV. Operability is challenged because of the loss ofredundancy to perform the safety function of closing the MSIV.
* Investigation reveals that DC power is lost to 2SV-1010-2A and 2SV-1060-2A due to a blown fuse in 2C16 Considering the loss of power to the 'B' MSIV operating solenoid (2SV-1060-2A), 'B' MSIV operability _____
challenged, and the MSIV _____________ be closed from the control room to isolate 'B' SG.
A. is; can B. is; can not C. is not; can D. is not; can not Answer:
A. is; can Notes:
Either of the redundant/independent SVs will close the MSIV. Operability is challenged because of the loss of redundancy to perform the safety function of closing the MSIV.


==References:==
==References:==
ACA 2203.012DSTM 2-15E-2160Source:New 2006Rev:0Rev Date:04-May-0610CFR55.10CFR55.43.2, 5Historical Comments:11Sample Plan Q#78SROROTier #Group #Importance Rating1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge2 = Comprehension or AnalysisForm ES-401-5 Written Exam Question WorksheetPage 78 of 100 Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam28-Jun-06QID:0626System Number055System Title:Station BlackoutK/A:2.2.203.3Lic Level:STaxonomy:2Question:Consider the following:
 
ACA 2203.012D STM 2-15 E-2160 Historical Comments:
Form ES-401-5                         Written Exam Question Worksheet                        Page 78 of 100
 
Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam                                                                    28-Jun-06 QID: 0626      Rev:      0    Rev Date: 18-May-06        Lic Level:  S                    RO            SRO Sample Plan Q#        Source:            New 2006          10CFR55.            Tier #                      1 79                                                  10CFR55. 43.5      Group #                      1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2        2 = Comprehension or Analysis                      Importance Rating                    3.3 System
 
==Title:==
Station Blackout                                    System Number 055        K/A:   2.2.20 Question:
Consider the following:
* 2DG2 out of service for governor repairs
* 2DG2 out of service for governor repairs
* Severe weather causes loss of offsite power and plant trip from 100% power
* Severe weather causes loss of offsite power and plant trip from 100% power
Line 410: Line 1,622:
* Station Blackout EOP, 2202.008, is being implemented
* Station Blackout EOP, 2202.008, is being implemented
* SAE Emergency Class has been declared due to Blackout lasting more than 15 minutes
* SAE Emergency Class has been declared due to Blackout lasting more than 15 minutes
* ERO is fully staffed and Emergency Direction and Control has been shifted to the EOFElectricians evaluating 2A3 to estimate recovery time are required to report status to the _________________ ,while the Shift Manager is responsible for ________________________ .A. Work Week Manager;     developing the 2DG2 recovery plan using 2202.008 Station Blackout EOPB. EOF Director;     assigning local operator support for recovery of 2A3 using 1903.033 Protective Action     Guidelines for Rescue/Repair and Damage Control TeamsC. TSC Director;     developing an alternate cooling method for running the AACG 1903.033 Protective Action     Guidelines for Rescue/Repair and Damage Control TeamsD. OSC Director;     ensuring safety functions are maintained using 2202.008 Station Blackout EOPAnswer:D. OSC Director;     ensuring safety functions are maintained using 2202.008 Station Blackout EOPNotes:A. OSC coordinates activities of the maintenance teamsB. SM will provide support on request, but primary responsibility is to implement the EOP and maintain safetyfunctions until vital power to at least one bus is restoredC. The TSC has the responsibility to develop alternate success paths for restoring power
* ERO is fully staffed and Emergency Direction and Control has been shifted to the EOF Electricians evaluating 2A3 to estimate recovery time are required to report status to the _________________ ,
while the Shift Manager is responsible for ________________________ .
A. Work Week Manager; developing the 2DG2 recovery plan using 2202.008 Station Blackout EOP B. EOF Director; assigning local operator support for recovery of 2A3 using 1903.033 Protective Action Guidelines for Rescue/Repair and Damage Control Teams C. TSC Director; developing an alternate cooling method for running the AACG 1903.033 Protective Action Guidelines for Rescue/Repair and Damage Control Teams D. OSC Director; ensuring safety functions are maintained using 2202.008 Station Blackout EOP Answer:
D. OSC Director; ensuring safety functions are maintained using 2202.008 Station Blackout EOP Notes:
A. OSC coordinates activities of the maintenance teams B. SM will provide support on request, but primary responsibility is to implement the EOP and maintain safety functions until vital power to at least one bus is restored C. The TSC has the responsibility to develop alternate success paths for restoring power


==References:==
==References:==
1903.033 steps 4.1, 5.2, 5.4 and 5.8Source:New 2006Rev:0Rev Date:18-May-0610CFR55.10CFR55.43.5Historical Comments:11Sample Plan Q#79SROROTier #Group #Importance Rating1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge2 = Comprehension or AnalysisForm ES-401-5 Written Exam Question WorksheetPage 79 of 100 Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam28-Jun-06QID:0616System Number065System Title:Loss of Instrument AirK/A:AA2.022.6*Lic Level:STaxonomy:2Question:Given the following:
 
1903.033 steps 4.1, 5.2, 5.4 and 5.8 Historical Comments:
Form ES-401-5                           Written Exam Question Worksheet                          Page 79 of 100
 
Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam                                                                      28-Jun-06 QID: 0616        Rev:    0    Rev Date: 17-May-06      Lic Level:    S                    RO              SRO Sample Plan Q#        Source:            New 2006          10CFR55.              Tier #                      1 80                                                  10CFR55. 43.5        Group #                      1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2        2 = Comprehension or Analysis                    Importance Rating                        2.6*
System
 
==Title:==
Loss of Instrument Air                              System Number 065          K/A: AA2.02 Question:
Given the following:
* The plant is at full power.
* The plant is at full power.
* Annunciator 2K12-A8, INSTR AIR PRESS HI/LO is in alarm.
* Annunciator 2K12-A8, INSTR AIR PRESS HI/LO is in alarm.
* Instrument Air Cross-connect valves 2CV-3015 and 2CV-3004 are open.
* Instrument Air Cross-connect valves 2CV-3015 and 2CV-3004 are open.
* Instrument Air Header pressure is 75 psig and steadily lowering.
* Instrument Air Header pressure is 75 psig and steadily lowering.
* The IAO reports the following local indications:               - Instrument Air Header flow is 450 SCFM.               - Instrument Air Reciever pressures are 80 psig.Based on these indications, the actions of Loss of Instrument Air AOP, 2203.021 require which of the following?A. Refer to 2104.024, Instrument Air System, to place the standby compressor in service     due to failure of the running compressor.B. Complete Attachment B, Valve Switch Safe Positions, to locate and isolate the system rupture.C. Use Attachment F, IA Header Isolation Points, to locate and isolate the system rupture.D. Refer to 2104.024, Instrument Air System, to place the standby filter in service     due to evidence of clogging.Answer:C. Use Attachment F, IA Header Isolation Points, to locate and isolate the system rupture.Notes:450 scfm is positive identification that a system rupture exists. The note before step 6 in the AOP warns thatwith the cross-connect valves open that step 6 and 7 may not be valid indications.A. Standby compressor would automatically start. With the flow >400 scfm, no indication of compressorproblems are given.B. Attachment B is directed to be completed for this condition, but not for isolating the rupture. It is performedto prepare IA system loads for restoration of air pressure without causing a transient.D. The high D/P indicated is due to the rupture (as evidenced by air flow >400 scfm) not a filter problem.Efforts should be concentrated on isolating the rupture.
* The IAO reports the following local indications:
          - Instrument Air Header flow is 450 SCFM.
          - Instrument Air Reciever pressures are 80 psig.
Based on these indications, the actions of Loss of Instrument Air AOP, 2203.021 require which of the following?
A. Refer to 2104.024, Instrument Air System, to place the standby compressor in service due to failure of the running compressor.
B. Complete Attachment B, Valve Switch Safe Positions, to locate and isolate the system rupture.
C. Use Attachment F, IA Header Isolation Points, to locate and isolate the system rupture.
D. Refer to 2104.024, Instrument Air System, to place the standby filter in service due to evidence of clogging.
Answer:
C. Use Attachment F, IA Header Isolation Points, to locate and isolate the system rupture.
Notes:
450 scfm is positive identification that a system rupture exists. The note before step 6 in the AOP warns that with the cross-connect valves open that step 6 and 7 may not be valid indications.
A. Standby compressor would automatically start. With the flow >400 scfm, no indication of compressor problems are given.
B. Attachment B is directed to be completed for this condition, but not for isolating the rupture. It is performed to prepare IA system loads for restoration of air pressure without causing a transient.
D. The high D/P indicated is due to the rupture (as evidenced by air flow >400 scfm) not a filter problem.
Efforts should be concentrated on isolating the rupture.


==References:==
==References:==
2203.021 Step 6, 7, and 8 with notesSource:New 2006Rev:0Rev Date:17-May-0610CFR55.10CFR55.43.5Historical Comments:11Sample Plan Q#80SROROTier #Group #Importance Rating1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge2 = Comprehension or AnalysisForm ES-401-5 Written Exam Question WorksheetPage 80 of 100 Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam28-Jun-06QID:0617System Number065System Title:Loss of Instrument AirK/A:AA2.054.1Lic Level:STaxonomy:2Question:Given the following:
 
2203.021 Step 6, 7, and 8 with notes Historical Comments:
Form ES-401-5                           Written Exam Question Worksheet                            Page 80 of 100
 
Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam                                                                      28-Jun-06 QID: 0617      Rev:    0    Rev Date: 17-May-06      Lic Level:    S                    RO              SRO Sample Plan Q#        Source:            New 2006        10CFR55.                Tier #                      1 81                                                10CFR55. 43.5          Group #                      1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2        2 = Comprehension or Analysis                    Importance Rating                        4.1 System
 
==Title:==
Loss of Instrument Air                            System Number 065          K/A: AA2.05 Question:
Given the following:
* The plant is at full power.
* The plant is at full power.
* Annunciator 2K12-A8, INSTR AIR PRESS HI/LO comes in.
* Annunciator 2K12-A8, INSTR AIR PRESS HI/LO comes in.
Line 427: Line 1,675:
* The Loss of Instrument Air AOP 2203.021 has been entered.
* The Loss of Instrument Air AOP 2203.021 has been entered.
* CNTMT Chill Water Isolation Valves 2CV-3581-1 and 2CV-3852-1 have failed CLOSED.
* CNTMT Chill Water Isolation Valves 2CV-3581-1 and 2CV-3852-1 have failed CLOSED.
* I&C has commenced monitoring CEA CEDM Coil Temperatures and reports that       CEA #1 Coil Temperature indicates 461 &deg;F and is slowly rising.
* I&C has commenced monitoring CEA CEDM Coil Temperatures and reports that CEA #1 Coil Temperature indicates 461 &deg;F and is slowly rising.
* Restoration of Instrument Air is not imminent.Which of the following actions should be taken based on these conditions?A. Immediately trip the Reactor and Perform Standard Post Trip Actions (SPTAs).B. Commence a Plant Shutdown with minimum use of CEA Group 'P' for ASI control.C. Immediately trip the Reactor and align Service Water to the Containment Coolers.D. Commence a Plant Shutdown with minimum use of CEA Group '5' for ASI control.Answer:B. Commence a Plant Shutdown with minimum use of CEA Group 'P' for ASI control.Notes:Distracter A and C are incorrect because tripping the Reactor is called for in the procedure only after Coiltemperature rises above 500 &deg;F.Distracter D is incorrect because CEA Group 5 should not be used for ASI control during power operations.
* Restoration of Instrument Air is not imminent.
Which of the following actions should be taken based on these conditions?
A. Immediately trip the Reactor and Perform Standard Post Trip Actions (SPTAs).
B. Commence a Plant Shutdown with minimum use of CEA Group 'P' for ASI control.
C. Immediately trip the Reactor and align Service Water to the Containment Coolers.
D. Commence a Plant Shutdown with minimum use of CEA Group '5' for ASI control.
Answer:
B. Commence a Plant Shutdown with minimum use of CEA Group 'P' for ASI control.
Notes:
Distracter A and C are incorrect because tripping the Reactor is called for in the procedure only after Coil temperature rises above 500 &deg;F.
Distracter D is incorrect because CEA Group 5 should not be used for ASI control during power operations.


==References:==
==References:==
2203.021 Step 13 Contingency Step B.6Source:New 2006Rev:0Rev Date:17-May-0610CFR55.10CFR55.43.5Historical Comments:11Sample Plan Q#81SROROTier #Group #Importance Rating1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge2 = Comprehension or AnalysisForm ES-401-5 Written Exam Question WorksheetPage 81 of 100 Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam28-Jun-06QID:0618System Number003System Title:Dropped Control RodK/A:AA2.033.8Lic Level:STaxonomy:2Question:Given the following:
 
2203.021 Step 13 Contingency Step B.6 Historical Comments:
Form ES-401-5                         Written Exam Question Worksheet                            Page 81 of 100
 
Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam                                                                28-Jun-06 QID: 0618      Rev:      0    Rev Date: 17-May-06      Lic Level:  S                  RO            SRO Sample Plan Q#        Source:           New 2006        10CFR55.            Tier #                    1 82                                                10CFR55. 43.2      Group #                    2 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2        2 = Comprehension or Analysis                    Importance Rating                  3.8 System
 
==Title:==
Dropped Control Rod                                System Number 003      K/A: AA2.03 Question:
Given the following:
* Plant is at full power.
* Plant is at full power.
* Annunciator "CEAC 1/2 CEA DEVIATION" (2K04-J5/J6) comes in.
* Annunciator "CEAC 1/2 CEA DEVIATION" (2K04-J5/J6) comes in.
Line 437: Line 1,703:
* CEAC #1 indicates CEA #17 at 133.25 inches withdrawn.
* CEAC #1 indicates CEA #17 at 133.25 inches withdrawn.
* CEAC #2 indicates CEA # 17 at 134.00 inches withdrawn.
* CEAC #2 indicates CEA # 17 at 134.00 inches withdrawn.
* I&C has been called to investigate and are setting up their equipment.Which of the following actions is correct?A. Using OP 2105.001, CPC/CEAC Operations, Attachment F, decode CPC PIDs 415     through 418 to determine which sensors have failed.B. Enter T.S 3.1.3.1, CEA Position, and commence withdrawing CEA #17 to within 7 inches of its     group average in 15 minutes.C. Using 2102.004, Power Operations, commence a plant shutdown within 1     hour of the CEA Deviation and be in Hot Standby in the next 7 hours.D. Enter T.S. 3.1.3.1 CEA Position, and commence a power reduction within 15 minutes of     the CEA deviation alarm.Answer:D. Enter T.S. 3.1.3.1 CEA Position, and commence a power reduction within 15 minutes of     the deviation.Notes:Distracter A is incorrect because we do not have a sensor failure. The PMS CEA positions have to be manuallyreset to CEAC indications if the CEA does not drop all the way into the core.Distracter B is incorrect because the CEA should not be moved until power is reduced IAW AOP 2203.003Attachment A for power peaking concerns during recovery.Distracter C is incorrect because this in an abnormal condition power reduction must commence in 15 minutes.
* I&C has been called to investigate and are setting up their equipment.
Which of the following actions is correct?
A. Using OP 2105.001, CPC/CEAC Operations, Attachment F, decode CPC PIDs 415 through 418 to determine which sensors have failed.
B. Enter T.S 3.1.3.1, CEA Position, and commence withdrawing CEA #17 to within 7 inches of its group average in 15 minutes.
C. Using 2102.004, Power Operations, commence a plant shutdown within 1 hour of the CEA Deviation and be in Hot Standby in the next 7 hours.
D. Enter T.S. 3.1.3.1 CEA Position, and commence a power reduction within 15 minutes of the CEA deviation alarm.
Answer:
D. Enter T.S. 3.1.3.1 CEA Position, and commence a power reduction within 15 minutes of the deviation.
Notes:
Distracter A is incorrect because we do not have a sensor failure. The PMS CEA positions have to be manually reset to CEAC indications if the CEA does not drop all the way into the core.
Distracter B is incorrect because the CEA should not be moved until power is reduced IAW AOP 2203.003 Attachment A for power peaking concerns during recovery.
Distracter C is incorrect because this in an abnormal condition power reduction must commence in 15 minutes.


==References:==
==References:==
T.S 3.1.3.1, AOP 2203.003, CEA Malfunction, Entry Conditions and Step 19.Source:New 2006Rev:0Rev Date:17-May-0610CFR55.10CFR55.43.2Historical Comments:12Sample Plan Q#82SROROTier #Group #Importance Rating1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge2 = Comprehension or AnalysisForm ES-401-5 Written Exam Question WorksheetPage 82 of 100 Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam28-Jun-06QID:0619System Number024System Title:Emergency BorationK/A:AA2.024.4Lic Level:STaxonomy:2Question:AOP 2203.038, Primary to Secondary Leakage has been entered due to a 5 gpm tube leakin 'B' SG. Consider the following:
 
T.S 3.1.3.1, AOP 2203.003, CEA Malfunction, Entry Conditions and Step 19.
Historical Comments:
Form ES-401-5                           Written Exam Question Worksheet                      Page 82 of 100
 
Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam                                                                      28-Jun-06 QID: 0619      Rev:      0    Rev Date: 17-May-06        Lic Level:    S                  RO              SRO Sample Plan Q#        Source:            New 2006          10CFR55.              Tier #                      1 83                                                10CFR55. 43.2, 5      Group #                      2 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2        2 = Comprehension or Analysis                      Importance Rating                      4.4 System
 
==Title:==
Emergency Boration                                  System Number 024        K/A: AA2.02 Question:
AOP 2203.038, Primary to Secondary Leakage has been entered due to a 5 gpm tube leak in 'B' SG. Consider the following:
* A plant shutdown from 100% is in progress using 2102.004, Power Operations
* A plant shutdown from 100% is in progress using 2102.004, Power Operations
* The At the Controls Operator (ATCO) is using CEA group 'P' for ASI control
* The At the Controls Operator (ATCO) is using CEA group 'P' for ASI control
* CEA Group 'P' has been inserted to 128 inches withdrawn
* CEA Group 'P' has been inserted to 128 inches withdrawn
* Plant Power is currently 78% and loweringWhich of the following actions should be taken?(Reference provided)A. Commence tracking the time that CEA Group 'P' has been in the Long Term Steady State     Insertion Limit using 2102.004A CEA Insertion Log.B. Stop inserting Group 'P' CEAs and start using Group 6 CEAs for ASI control using 2102.004     Attachment A, Reactor Maneuvering Rates and ASI Control During Maneuvers.C. Stop inserting Group 'P' CEAs and commence Emergency Boration using AOP 2203.032     Emergency Boration.D. Enter TS LCO 3.1.3.6 and restore CEA Group 'P' to above 135 inches withdrawn     in the next 4 hours.Answer:C. Stop inserting Group 'P' CEAs and commence Emergency Boration using AOP 2203.032     Emergency Boration.Notes:Question will require a copy of the COLR Figure 3 as a reference.Distracter A is incorrect because the transient insertion limit requires immediate boration if the Reactor iscritical and the Long term Steady State insertion limit begins at 112.5 inches withdrawn only when less than65% power.Distracter B is incorrect because the transient insertion limit requires immediate boration if the Reactor iscritical.Distracter D is incorrect IAW the T.S. 3.1.3.6 Action a. which calls for CEA restoration in 2 hours along withthe more restrictive requirement to emergency borate. Continuing the S/D would put group 'P' within limitswithout withdrawing the CEAs.
* Plant Power is currently 78% and lowering Which of the following actions should be taken?
(Reference provided)
A. Commence tracking the time that CEA Group 'P' has been in the Long Term Steady State Insertion Limit using 2102.004A CEA Insertion Log.
B. Stop inserting Group 'P' CEAs and start using Group 6 CEAs for ASI control using 2102.004 Attachment A, Reactor Maneuvering Rates and ASI Control During Maneuvers.
C. Stop inserting Group 'P' CEAs and commence Emergency Boration using AOP 2203.032 Emergency Boration.
D. Enter TS LCO 3.1.3.6 and restore CEA Group 'P' to above 135 inches withdrawn in the next 4 hours.
Answer:
C. Stop inserting Group 'P' CEAs and commence Emergency Boration using AOP 2203.032 Emergency Boration.
Notes:
Question will require a copy of the COLR Figure 3 as a reference.
Distracter A is incorrect because the transient insertion limit requires immediate boration if the Reactor is critical and the Long term Steady State insertion limit begins at 112.5 inches withdrawn only when less than 65% power.
Distracter B is incorrect because the transient insertion limit requires immediate boration if the Reactor is critical.
Distracter D is incorrect IAW the T.S. 3.1.3.6 Action a. which calls for CEA restoration in 2 hours along with the more restrictive requirement to emergency borate. Continuing the S/D would put group 'P' within limits without withdrawing the CEAs.


==References:==
==References:==
T.S 3.1.3.6, COLR Figure 3AOP 2203.032, Emergency Boration, Entry Conditions.Source:New 2006Rev:0Rev Date:17-May-0610CFR55.10CFR55.43.2, 5Historical Comments:12Sample Plan Q#83SROROTier #Group #Importance Rating1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge2 = Comprehension or AnalysisForm ES-401-5 Written Exam Question WorksheetPage 83 of 100 Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam28-Jun-06QID:0631System Number069System Title:Loss of Containment IntegrityK/A:AA2.014.3Lic Level:STaxonomy:2Question:Given the following conditions:
 
T.S 3.1.3.6, COLR Figure 3 AOP 2203.032, Emergency Boration, Entry Conditions.
Historical Comments:
Form ES-401-5                           Written Exam Question Worksheet                            Page 83 of 100
 
Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam                                                                    28-Jun-06 QID: 0631        Rev: 000      Rev Date: 19-May-06      Lic Level:   S                    RO            SRO Sample Plan Q#        Source:            New 2006          10CFR55.            Tier #                      1 84                                                10CFR55. 43.5, 6    Group #                      2 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2        2 = Comprehension or Analysis                    Importance Rating                    4.3 System
 
==Title:==
Loss of Containment Integrity                      System Number 069        K/A: AA2.01 Question:
Given the following conditions:
* Core off load in progress.
* Core off load in progress.
* Steam Generator secondary manways are removed.
* Steam Generator secondary manways are removed.
* The Steam Generator primary side manways are open with nozzle dams installed.
* The Steam Generator primary side manways are open with nozzle dams installed.
* There have been NO Containment Closure Instruction forms, 1015.008 Att H, issued for       any work currently in progress.Which of the following items noted during a plant tour would require suspending core alterations and movementof irradiated fuel in Containment?A. Containment Purge Exhaust valves open with 2VEF-15 running.B. Equipment Hatch open.C. Both Personnel Airlock doors open.D. Main Steam Safety valve 2PSV-1056 removed for bench testing.Answer:D. Main Steam Safety valve 2PSV-1056 removed for bench testing.Notes:Att H referenced in the stem is the instruction sheet inserted in a WO package (by an SRO) for administrativecontrol of the penetration during maintenance. D. is correct because this job should have an Att H issued for it.A. This is the normal ventilation lineup during refuel and is specifically exempted by Att GB & C. These penetrations are controlled by Att I, emergency closure of equipment hatch and personnel lock.
* There have been NO Containment Closure Instruction forms, 1015.008 Att H, issued for any work currently in progress.
Which of the following items noted during a plant tour would require suspending core alterations and movement of irradiated fuel in Containment?
A. Containment Purge Exhaust valves open with 2VEF-15 running.
B. Equipment Hatch open.
C. Both Personnel Airlock doors open.
D. Main Steam Safety valve 2PSV-1056 removed for bench testing.
Answer:
D. Main Steam Safety valve 2PSV-1056 removed for bench testing.
Notes:
Att H referenced in the stem is the instruction sheet inserted in a WO package (by an SRO) for administrative control of the penetration during maintenance. D. is correct because this job should have an Att H issued for it.
A. This is the normal ventilation lineup during refuel and is specifically exempted by Att G B & C. These penetrations are controlled by Att I, emergency closure of equipment hatch and personnel lock.


==References:==
==References:==
1015.008, Att G step 2, 11, 14, 20, Att HTech Spec 3.9.4, (Refueling Operations, Containment Building Penetrations)ANO-2-LP-RO-SDCC, Obj 5.0ANO-2-LP-RO-EAOP, Rev 03, Obj 6.0ANO-2-LP-SRO-AOP, Obj 8.0Source:New 2006Rev:000Rev Date:19-May-0610CFR55.10CFR55.43.5, 6Historical Comments:12Sample Plan Q#84SROROTier #Group #Importance Rating1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge2 = Comprehension or AnalysisForm ES-401-5 Written Exam Question WorksheetPage 84 of 100 Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam28-Jun-06QID:0609System NumberE09System Title:Functional RecoveryK/A:2.3.103.3Lic Level:STaxonomy:2Question:Functional Recovery, 2202.009, Entry Section is in progress with the following plant conditions:     *  'A' Main Steam Line has a small break upstream of the MSIV, outside of containment.
 
* RCS Tcold is 530 &deg;F.     *  'A' SG WR level is 230" and lowering     *  'B' SG WR level is 296" and stable
1015.008, Att G step 2, 11, 14, 20, Att H Tech Spec 3.9.4, (Refueling Operations, Containment Building Penetrations)
ANO-2-LP-RO-SDCC, Obj 5.0 ANO-2-LP-RO-EAOP, Rev 03, Obj 6.0 ANO-2-LP-SRO-AOP, Obj 8.0 Historical Comments:
Form ES-401-5                           Written Exam Question Worksheet                          Page 84 of 100
 
Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam                                                                      28-Jun-06 QID: 0609      Rev: 000      Rev Date: 28-Jun-06        Lic Level:    S                  RO              SRO Sample Plan Q#        Source:            New 2006          10CFR55.                Tier #                      1 85                                                  10CFR55. 43.4, 5      Group #                    2 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2        2 = Comprehension or Analysis                      Importance Rating                      3.3 System
 
==Title:==
Functional Recovery                                System Number E09          K/A:   2.3.10 Question:
Functional Recovery, 2202.009, Entry Section is in progress with the following plant conditions:
  *  'A' Main Steam Line has a small break upstream of the MSIV, outside of containment.
* RCS Tcold is 530 &deg;F.
  *  'A' SG WR level is 230" and lowering
  *  'B' SG WR level is 296" and stable
* RCS pressure is 1500 psia.
* RCS pressure is 1500 psia.
* Containment pressure is 16 psia.
* Containment pressure is 16 psia.
* Containment Hi Range Radiation Monitors read 1300 R/Hr.
* Containment Hi Range Radiation Monitors read 1300 R/Hr.
* Containment Low Range Radiation Monitors are in alarm and at maximum scale.
* Containment Low Range Radiation Monitors are in alarm and at maximum scale.
* Systems/components actuate as designed.Which of the following actions should be performed?(Reference provided)A. Maintain RCS post-cooldown conditions by steaming with SG 'B' Upstream ADV per     Success Path HR-2, SG Heat Sink with SIAS.B. Isolate ruptured SG Steam Supply to EFW by closing 2CV-1000-1 per Success Path     HR-2, SG Heat Sink with SIAS.C. Verify CIAS actuated on PPS inserts per Success Path CI-1 Automatic/Manual CIAS.D. Manually actuate CSAS on PPS inserts per Success Path CTPC-3, CNTMT Spray.Answer:C. Verify CIAS actuated on PPS inserts per Success Path CI-1 Automatic/Manual CIAS.Notes:CRS has responsibility to pull up the floating step that is needed at the time including which step is applicablebased on plant conditions. Isolation of containment with high radiation would have priority toprevent/minimize any release with the containment FP barrier challenged.A. SG A will not have stopped removing heat from the RCS for the conditions given. (floating step 4)B. SG A is AFFECTED not RUPTURED. (floating step 11)D. CSAS would not be necessary unless containment pressure approached the 23 psia setpoint. If spray wereactuated, then the RCPs would be secured limiting RCS press/temp control (floating step 21)2202.009 Functional Recovery Floating Steps provided to the student.
* Systems/components actuate as designed.
Which of the following actions should be performed?
(Reference provided)
A. Maintain RCS post-cooldown conditions by steaming with SG 'B' Upstream ADV per Success Path HR-2, SG Heat Sink with SIAS.
B. Isolate ruptured SG Steam Supply to EFW by closing 2CV-1000-1 per Success Path HR-2, SG Heat Sink with SIAS.
C. Verify CIAS actuated on PPS inserts per Success Path CI-1 Automatic/Manual CIAS.
D. Manually actuate CSAS on PPS inserts per Success Path CTPC-3, CNTMT Spray.
Answer:
C. Verify CIAS actuated on PPS inserts per Success Path CI-1 Automatic/Manual CIAS.
Notes:
CRS has responsibility to pull up the floating step that is needed at the time including which step is applicable based on plant conditions. Isolation of containment with high radiation would have priority to prevent/minimize any release with the containment FP barrier challenged.
A. SG A will not have stopped removing heat from the RCS for the conditions given. (floating step 4)
B. SG A is AFFECTED not RUPTURED. (floating step 11)
D. CSAS would not be necessary unless containment pressure approached the 23 psia setpoint. If spray were actuated, then the RCPs would be secured limiting RCS press/temp control (floating step 21) 2202.009 Functional Recovery Floating Steps provided to the student.


==References:==
==References:==
2202.009 Functional Recovery Floating Steps (#20)Success Path CI-1 step 1Source:New 2006Rev:000Rev Date:28-Jun-0610CFR55.10CFR55.43.4, 5Historical Comments:12Sample Plan Q#85SROROTier #Group #Importance Rating1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge2 = Comprehension or AnalysisForm ES-401-5 Written Exam Question WorksheetPage 85 of 100 Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam28-Jun-06QID:0695System Number003System Title:Reactor Coolant PumpsK/A:2.2.293.8Lic Level:STaxonomy:1Question:Unit 2 is in Mode 6 with Core Alterations in progress with the following conditions:
 
2202.009 Functional Recovery Floating Steps (#20)
Success Path CI-1 step 1 Historical Comments:
Form ES-401-5                         Written Exam Question Worksheet                            Page 85 of 100
 
Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam                                                                    28-Jun-06 QID: 0695      Rev:      0    Rev Date: 21-Jun-06        Lic Level:    S                    RO            SRO Sample Plan Q#        Source:           New 2006          10CFR55.              Tier #                      2 86                                                  10CFR55. 43.6, 7      Group #                      1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 1        2 = Comprehension or Analysis                      Importance Rating                        3.8 System
 
==Title:==
Reactor Coolant Pumps                              System Number 003        K/A:     2.2.29 Question:
Unit 2 is in Mode 6 with Core Alterations in progress with the following conditions:
* Fuel reload is in progress
* Fuel reload is in progress
* NO refueling activity is currently in progress in the west end of the refueling canal
* NO refueling activity is currently in progress in the west end of the refueling canal
* SG Nozzle dams are installed
* SG Nozzle dams are installed
* RCP 'C' seal replacement is in progress
* RCP 'C' seal replacement is in progress
* Mechanics are moving the old seal package from 'C' RCP Cavity to a staging area on the       south 424' elevation
* Mechanics are moving the old seal package from 'C' RCP Cavity to a staging area on the south 424' elevation
* The Polar Crane operator plans to move the seal package due south across the west       deep end of the refueling canalThis crane load path will be allowed ________________________________________________.A. only by permission of the Refueling SRO since the load path is over the canalB. because the seal package weighs less than 2000 poundsC. because this is a pre-approved Polar Crane load path in 2402.079 Operation of the Containment     Polar Crane 2L2D. only by permission of the Reactor Building Coordinator since there are no personnel in the     west deep endAnswer:A. only by permission of the Refueling SRO since the load path is over the canalNotes:B. Weight is not the issue. The 2000# is only applicable to loads over the SFP.C. There are no pre-approved load paths over the canal except for Rx Vessel disassembly pathsD. Activities in the west end are irrelevant to the authority level. Refueling SRO specifically has authority formoves over the whole canal during fuel movement.
* The Polar Crane operator plans to move the seal package due south across the west deep end of the refueling canal This crane load path will be allowed ________________________________________________.
A. only by permission of the Refueling SRO since the load path is over the canal B. because the seal package weighs less than 2000 pounds C. because this is a pre-approved Polar Crane load path in 2402.079 Operation of the Containment Polar Crane 2L2 D. only by permission of the Reactor Building Coordinator since there are no personnel in the west deep end Answer:
A. only by permission of the Refueling SRO since the load path is over the canal Notes:
B. Weight is not the issue. The 2000# is only applicable to loads over the SFP.
C. There are no pre-approved load paths over the canal except for Rx Vessel disassembly paths D. Activities in the west end are irrelevant to the authority level. Refueling SRO specifically has authority for moves over the whole canal during fuel movement.


==References:==
==References:==
2502.001 Refueling Shuffle 6.42402.079 Operation of the Containment Polar Crane Section 6 Limits and PrecautionsSource:New 2006Rev:0Rev Date:21-Jun-0610CFR55.10CFR55.43.6, 7Historical Comments:21Sample Plan Q#86SROROTier #Group #Importance Rating1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge2 = Comprehension or AnalysisForm ES-401-5 Written Exam Question WorksheetPage 86 of 100 Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam28-Jun-06QID:0627System Number006System Title:Emergency Core CoolingK/A:A2.093.2*Lic Level:STaxonomy:2Question:A large break LOCA event is in progress on Unit 2 with the following conditions:
 
2502.001 Refueling Shuffle 6.4 2402.079 Operation of the Containment Polar Crane Section 6 Limits and Precautions Historical Comments:
Form ES-401-5                         Written Exam Question Worksheet                            Page 86 of 100
 
Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam                                                                  28-Jun-06 QID: 0627      Rev:      0    Rev Date: 18-May-06      Lic Level:   S                  RO            SRO Sample Plan Q#        Source:            New 2006        10CFR55.            Tier #                    2 87                                                10CFR55. 43.4      Group #                    1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2        2 = Comprehension or Analysis                  Importance Rating                    3.2*
System
 
==Title:==
Emergency Core Cooling                            System Number 006        K/A:   A2.09 Question:
A large break LOCA event is in progress on Unit 2 with the following conditions:
* Loss of Coolant Accident EOP, 2202.003 section 3 Unisolated LOCA is being implemented
* Loss of Coolant Accident EOP, 2202.003 section 3 Unisolated LOCA is being implemented
* RAS actuated 20 minutes ago with RWT level at 5.5%
* RAS actuated 20 minutes ago with RWT level at 5.5%
* RP reports that contact readings on the pipe downstream of ESF Header Recirc       Isolation Valve, 2CV-5628-2, are 30 mrem/hr and risingBased on this report the proper action is to ________________________________.A. have the RP post the area because this is an expected condition for a RAS actuation.B. place all HPSI Pump handswitches in Pull-to-Lock to prevent a loss of containment sump     inventory to the RWT.C. unlock and close 2BS-26, Recirc/Test Line Inlet Isolation to prevent an unmonitored release     through the RWT vent.D. flush the line by cycling 2P-89A Recirc Isolation 2CV-5126-1 to minimize radiation exposure     personnel in the Aux Bldg.Answer:C. unlock and close 2BS-26, Recirc/Test Line Inlet Isolation to prevent an unmonitored release     through the RWT vent.Notes:A. This is NOT expected. The line is checked to verify no backleakage to RWT to prevent an unmonitoredrelease through the RWT vent.B. Stopping the HPSI pumps may stop the backleakage but will also interrupt core cooling.D. This flush would only make the rad levels and release worse.
* RP reports that contact readings on the pipe downstream of ESF Header Recirc Isolation Valve, 2CV-5628-2, are 30 mrem/hr and rising Based on this report the proper action is to ________________________________.
A. have the RP post the area because this is an expected condition for a RAS actuation.
B. place all HPSI Pump handswitches in Pull-to-Lock to prevent a loss of containment sump inventory to the RWT.
C. unlock and close 2BS-26, Recirc/Test Line Inlet Isolation to prevent an unmonitored release through the RWT vent.
D. flush the line by cycling 2P-89A Recirc Isolation 2CV-5126-1 to minimize radiation exposure personnel in the Aux Bldg.
Answer:
C. unlock and close 2BS-26, Recirc/Test Line Inlet Isolation to prevent an unmonitored release through the RWT vent.
Notes:
A. This is NOT expected. The line is checked to verify no backleakage to RWT to prevent an unmonitored release through the RWT vent.
B. Stopping the HPSI pumps may stop the backleakage but will also interrupt core cooling.
D. This flush would only make the rad levels and release worse.


==References:==
==References:==
2202.003 step 21.K.2) contingency stepSTM 2-08 section 2.1Source:New 2006Rev:0Rev Date:18-May-0610CFR55.10CFR55.43.4Historical Comments:21Sample Plan Q#87SROROTier #Group #Importance Rating1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge2 = Comprehension or AnalysisForm ES-401-5 Written Exam Question WorksheetPage 87 of 100 Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam28-Jun-06QID:0621System Number026System Title:Containment SprayK/A:2.4.173.8Lic Level:STaxonomy:2Question:Which of the following defines the objective and conditions of EARLY CNTMT SPRAY TERMINATION andthe method for determining criteria for implementation.A. To delay the time before RAS actuation by securing ONE train of spray;     Evaluate termination criteria using EOP 2202.003 Loss of Coolant Accident, Entry Section 1.B. To prevent damage to spray system components when spray is NOT meeting its safety     function by securing BOTH spray pumps;     Evaluate pump performance using EOP Standard Attachment 43, ECCS/CSS Pump Monitoring.C. To reduce the demand on the RWT inventory by securing BOTH spray pumps;     Evaluate termination criteria using EOP 2202.003 Loss of Coolant Accident, Entry Section 1.D. To reduce the pressure differential across the sump screens due to debris build up by     securing ONE train of spray;     Evaluate sump blockage using EOP Standard Attachment 43, ECCS/CSS Pump Monitoring.Answer:D. To reduce the pressure differential across the sump screens due to debris build up by     securing ONE train of spray;     Evaluate sump blockage using EOP Standard Attachment 43, ECCS/CSS Pump Monitoring.Notes: "Early Termination" term is used to define criteria when the spray system function, in part, is still needed. TheCRS will evaluate when conditions may be met (typically after RAS) and use the appropriate Att 43 to confirmor by knowing the objective perform the step earlier.A. Spray termination criteria in section 1 is a continuous action step for the complete system shutdown whenspray is no longer needed. Termination at this point would secure both pumps and would NOT be termed"early".B. Steps in the EOP provide for monitoring pump performance, however, termination for these conditionswould not be termed as "early". Early termination would secure only one train.C. Reducing RWT demand is an objective, but Att 43 is used to evaluate and would secure only one train.
 
2202.003 step 21.K.2) contingency step STM 2-08 section 2.1 Historical Comments:
Form ES-401-5                           Written Exam Question Worksheet                        Page 87 of 100
 
Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam                                                                      28-Jun-06 QID: 0621      Rev:      0    Rev Date: 23-Jun-06      Lic Level:    S                    RO              SRO Sample Plan Q#        Source:            New 2006        10CFR55.                Tier #                        2 88                                                10CFR55. 43.5          Group #                        1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2        2 = Comprehension or Analysis                      Importance Rating                        3.8 System
 
==Title:==
Containment Spray                                  System Number 026          K/A:     2.4.17 Question:
Which of the following defines the objective and conditions of EARLY CNTMT SPRAY TERMINATION and the method for determining criteria for implementation.
A. To delay the time before RAS actuation by securing ONE train of spray; Evaluate termination criteria using EOP 2202.003 Loss of Coolant Accident, Entry Section 1.
B. To prevent damage to spray system components when spray is NOT meeting its safety function by securing BOTH spray pumps; Evaluate pump performance using EOP Standard Attachment 43, ECCS/CSS Pump Monitoring.
C. To reduce the demand on the RWT inventory by securing BOTH spray pumps; Evaluate termination criteria using EOP 2202.003 Loss of Coolant Accident, Entry Section 1.
D. To reduce the pressure differential across the sump screens due to debris build up by securing ONE train of spray; Evaluate sump blockage using EOP Standard Attachment 43, ECCS/CSS Pump Monitoring.
Answer:
D. To reduce the pressure differential across the sump screens due to debris build up by securing ONE train of spray; Evaluate sump blockage using EOP Standard Attachment 43, ECCS/CSS Pump Monitoring.
Notes:
"Early Termination" term is used to define criteria when the spray system function, in part, is still needed. The CRS will evaluate when conditions may be met (typically after RAS) and use the appropriate Att 43 to confirm or by knowing the objective perform the step earlier.
A. Spray termination criteria in section 1 is a continuous action step for the complete system shutdown when spray is no longer needed. Termination at this point would secure both pumps and would NOT be termed "early".
B. Steps in the EOP provide for monitoring pump performance, however, termination for these conditions would not be termed as "early". Early termination would secure only one train.
C. Reducing RWT demand is an objective, but Att 43 is used to evaluate and would secure only one train.


==References:==
==References:==
1015.021 EOP Users Guide definition 4.39.62202.003, LOCA EOP section 3, Step 22, 23, and preceding note.2202.003, LOCA EOP section 1, step 18 spray terminationSource:New 2006Rev:0Rev Date:23-Jun-0610CFR55.10CFR55.43.5Historical Comments:21Sample Plan Q#88SROROTier #Group #Importance Rating1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge2 = Comprehension or AnalysisForm ES-401-5 Written Exam Question WorksheetPage 88 of 100 Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam28-Jun-06QID:0622System Number061System Title:Emergency FeedwaterK/A:A2.053.4*Lic Level:STaxonomy:2Question:Consider the following:
 
1015.021 EOP Users Guide definition 4.39.6 2202.003, LOCA EOP section 3, Step 22, 23, and preceding note.
2202.003, LOCA EOP section 1, step 18 spray termination Historical Comments:
Form ES-401-5                         Written Exam Question Worksheet                              Page 88 of 100
 
Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam                                                                      28-Jun-06 QID: 0622      Rev:      0    Rev Date: 28-Jun-06      Lic Level:    S                    RO            SRO Sample Plan Q#        Source:            New 2006        10CFR55.                Tier #                      2 89                                                10CFR55. 43.5        Group #                        1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2        2 = Comprehension or Analysis                    Importance Rating                      3.4*
System
 
==Title:==
Emergency Feedwater                                System Number 061          K/A:   A2.05 Question:
Consider the following:
* 2DG1 is out of service for its 18 month PMs.
* 2DG1 is out of service for its 18 month PMs.
* The plant trips from 100% due to a complete loss of Offsite Power.
* The plant trips from 100% due to a complete loss of Offsite Power.
* Both SG levels are 20% and lowering.
* Both SG levels are 20% and lowering.
* EFW Pump 2P-7A trips on over speed.
* EFW Pump 2P-7A trips on over speed.
* WCO reports that the electrical connector (amphenol) to 2P-7A governor is broken       and will not re-connect.Which of the following describes the impact of this condition and the correct actions to take after completion ofSPTAs?A. 2P-7A Trip Throttle valve can be reset. Enter OP 2202.006, Loss of Feedwater EOP,     and locally start 2P-7A using 2106.006 Exhibit 3, Manual Control of 2P-7A.B. 2P-7A Trip Throttle valve can be reset. Enter OP 2202.007, Loss of Offsite Power,     and locally start 2P-7A using 2106.006 Exhibit 3, Manual Control of 2P-7A.C. 2P-7A Trip Throttle valve can NOT be reset. Enter OP 2202.006, Loss of Feedwater EOP,     energize Vital 4160 Volt Bus 2A3 using 2104.037 Attachment E, AAC Generator Emergency     Start, and manually start 2P-7B.D   2P-7A Trip Throttle valve can NOT be reset. Enter OP 2202.007, Loss of Offsite Power,     energize Vital 4160 Volt Bus 2A3 using 2104.037 Attachment E, AAC Generator Emergency     Start, and manually start 2P-7B.Answer:A. 2P-7A Trip Throttle valve can be reset. Enter OP 2202.006, Loss of Feedwater EOP,     and locally start 2P-7A using 2106.006 Exhibit 3, Manual Control of 2P-7A.Notes:Distracters B and D are incorrect because the Loss of Feedwater Entry Conditions are met and will also provideguidance for restoration of plant power if lost. The Diagnostic Flowchart Exhibit 8 will direct the SRO to theLoss of Feedwater EOP usage.Distracter C is incorrect because loss of governor signal will cause an overspeed trip as indicated above, but thegovernor control valve will fail OPEN. Local Exhibit 3 was designed for this condition and manual control of2P7A is available.
* WCO reports that the electrical connector (amphenol) to 2P-7A governor is broken and will not re-connect.
Which of the following describes the impact of this condition and the correct actions to take after completion of SPTAs?
A. 2P-7A Trip Throttle valve can be reset. Enter OP 2202.006, Loss of Feedwater EOP, and locally start 2P-7A using 2106.006 Exhibit 3, Manual Control of 2P-7A.
B. 2P-7A Trip Throttle valve can be reset. Enter OP 2202.007, Loss of Offsite Power, and locally start 2P-7A using 2106.006 Exhibit 3, Manual Control of 2P-7A.
C. 2P-7A Trip Throttle valve can NOT be reset. Enter OP 2202.006, Loss of Feedwater EOP, energize Vital 4160 Volt Bus 2A3 using 2104.037 Attachment E, AAC Generator Emergency Start, and manually start 2P-7B.
D 2P-7A Trip Throttle valve can NOT be reset. Enter OP 2202.007, Loss of Offsite Power, energize Vital 4160 Volt Bus 2A3 using 2104.037 Attachment E, AAC Generator Emergency Start, and manually start 2P-7B.
Answer:
A. 2P-7A Trip Throttle valve can be reset. Enter OP 2202.006, Loss of Feedwater EOP, and locally start 2P-7A using 2106.006 Exhibit 3, Manual Control of 2P-7A.
Notes:
Distracters B and D are incorrect because the Loss of Feedwater Entry Conditions are met and will also provide guidance for restoration of plant power if lost. The Diagnostic Flowchart Exhibit 8 will direct the SRO to the Loss of Feedwater EOP usage.
Distracter C is incorrect because loss of governor signal will cause an overspeed trip as indicated above, but the governor control valve will fail OPEN. Local Exhibit 3 was designed for this condition and manual control of 2P7A is available.


==References:==
==References:==
2202.006, Loss of Feedwater EOP Entry Condition and Step 7.2106.006, Exhibit 3, Manual Control of 2P-7A.Source:New 2006Rev:0Rev Date:28-Jun-0610CFR55.10CFR55.43.5Historical Comments:21Sample Plan Q#89SROROTier #Group #Importance Rating1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge2 = Comprehension or AnalysisForm ES-401-5 Written Exam Question WorksheetPage 89 of 100 Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam28-Jun-06QID:0604System Number103System Title:ContainmentK/A:A2.043.6*Lic Level:STaxonomy:2Question:The following plant conditions exist:
 
2202.006, Loss of Feedwater EOP Entry Condition and Step 7.
2106.006, Exhibit 3, Manual Control of 2P-7A.
Historical Comments:
Form ES-401-5                           Written Exam Question Worksheet                            Page 89 of 100
 
Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam                                                                      28-Jun-06 QID: 0604      Rev:      0    Rev Date: 15-May-06      Lic Level:     S                    RO            SRO Sample Plan Q#        Source:           New 2006        10CFR55.                Tier #                      2 90                                                10CFR55. 43.5, 7      Group #                      1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2        2 = Comprehension or Analysis                    Importance Rating                      3.6*
System
 
==Title:==
Containment                                        System Number 103          K/A:     A2.04 Question:
The following plant conditions exist:
* Mode 6 with core off load in progress.
* Mode 6 with core off load in progress.
* The control room receives a report that as a spent fuel assembly was being         inserted into the Containment Upender, the Upender inadvertently rotated         to the horizontal position.
* The control room receives a report that as a spent fuel assembly was being inserted into the Containment Upender, the Upender inadvertently rotated to the horizontal position.
* A lot of bubbles are rising around the fuel assembly in the Upender.
* A lot of bubbles are rising around the fuel assembly in the Upender.
* Containment Low Range Rad Monitors on the 404 elevation are indicating a       large rise in radiation.Which of the following actions should be directed for the given conditions?A. Have the Containment Evacuation alarm on 2C14 actuated, direct a localized evacuation     of the 404 elevation of Containment using 1903.030, Plant Evacuation, and direct     Containment Equipment hatch to be set with at least 8 bolts within 30 minutes.B. Have the Containment Evacuation alarm on 2C14 actuated, direct an evacuation of     everyone in Containment except those performing Containment closure, and direct     Containment Equipment hatch to be set with at least 8 bolts within 1 hour.C. Have the Containment Evacuation alarm on 2C22 actuated, direct an evacuation of     everyone in Containment except those performing Containment closure, and direct     Containment Equipment hatch to be set with at least 4 bolts within 30 minutes.D. Have the Containment Evacuation alarm on 2C22 actuated, perform a localized evacuation     of the 404 elevation of Containment using 1903.030, plant evacuation, and direct     Containment Equipment hatch to be set with at least 4 bolts within 1 hour.Answer:C. Have the Containment Evacuation alarm on 2C22 actuated, direct an evacuation of     everyone in Containment except those performing Containment closure, and direct     Containment Equipment hatch to be set with at least 4 bolts within 30 minutes.Notes:Distracter A is incorrect because the evacuation alarm is activated on the wrong panel,A localized evacuation is performed only if the accident is in the SFP and the equipment hatch only requires aminimum of 4 boltsDistracter B is incorrect because the evacuation alarm is activated on the wrong panel, the equipment hatchonly requires a minimum of 4 bolts and must be secure within 30 minutes.Distracter D is incorrect because a localized evacuation is performed only if the accident is in the SFP and theequipment hatch must be secured within 30 minutes.
* Containment Low Range Rad Monitors on the 404 elevation are indicating a large rise in radiation.
Which of the following actions should be directed for the given conditions?
A. Have the Containment Evacuation alarm on 2C14 actuated, direct a localized evacuation of the 404 elevation of Containment using 1903.030, Plant Evacuation, and direct Containment Equipment hatch to be set with at least 8 bolts within 30 minutes.
B. Have the Containment Evacuation alarm on 2C14 actuated, direct an evacuation of everyone in Containment except those performing Containment closure, and direct Containment Equipment hatch to be set with at least 8 bolts within 1 hour.
C. Have the Containment Evacuation alarm on 2C22 actuated, direct an evacuation of everyone in Containment except those performing Containment closure, and direct Containment Equipment hatch to be set with at least 4 bolts within 30 minutes.
D. Have the Containment Evacuation alarm on 2C22 actuated, perform a localized evacuation of the 404 elevation of Containment using 1903.030, plant evacuation, and direct Containment Equipment hatch to be set with at least 4 bolts within 1 hour.
Answer:
C. Have the Containment Evacuation alarm on 2C22 actuated, direct an evacuation of everyone in Containment except those performing Containment closure, and direct Containment Equipment hatch to be set with at least 4 bolts within 30 minutes.
Notes:
Distracter A is incorrect because the evacuation alarm is activated on the wrong panel, A localized evacuation is performed only if the accident is in the SFP and the equipment hatch only requires a minimum of 4 bolts Distracter B is incorrect because the evacuation alarm is activated on the wrong panel, the equipment hatch only requires a minimum of 4 bolts and must be secure within 30 minutes.
Distracter D is incorrect because a localized evacuation is performed only if the accident is in the SFP and the equipment hatch must be secured within 30 minutes.


==References:==
==References:==
Source:New 2006Rev:0Rev Date:15-May-0610CFR55.10CFR55.43.5, 721Sample Plan Q#90SROROTier #Group #Importance Rating1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge2 = Comprehension or AnalysisForm ES-401-5 Written Exam Question WorksheetPage 90 of 100 Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam28-Jun-06OP 2502.001 Attachment M Step 4.2, Refueling Accident Actions.OP 1015.008, Attachment F, Containment Closure Checklist Note above step 4.0A2LP-RO-FH Objective 4Historical Comments:QID:0556System Number016System Title:Non-Nuclear InstrumentationK/A:A2.033.3*Lic Level:STaxonomy:2Question:Consider the following:     *Plant is manually tripped due to indications of a main steam line break in containment.     *A bus lockout on 2B5 causes 2B5 and 2A3 to be deenergized.     *2DG1 fails to start.Which of the following restoration actions would maximize monitoring and control capability in the controlroom?A. Re-close 2A3 normal supply breaker 2A-309 using 2202.005 Excess Steam Demand EOP.B. Cross tie 2Y1 and 2Y2 per EOP Standard Attachment 11, Degraded Power.C. Energize 2A3 with the AACG using 2104.037 Attachment E, AACG Emergency Start.D. Cross tie 2B5 and 2B6 per 2203.045 Loss of 480 Volt Vital Bus AOP.Answer:B. Cross tie 2Y1 and 2Y2 per EOP Standard Attachment 11, Degraded Power.Notes:2B5/6 cannot be xtied because of the lockout on 2B52A3 could be energized as suggested but this would still not energize 2Y1 because of the 2B5 lockout.
 
Form ES-401-5                           Written Exam Question Worksheet                            Page 90 of 100
 
Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam                                                                  28-Jun-06 OP 2502.001 Attachment M Step 4.2, Refueling Accident Actions.
OP 1015.008, Attachment F, Containment Closure Checklist Note above step 4.0 A2LP-RO-FH Objective 4 Historical Comments:
QID: 0556      Rev:    0    Rev Date: 03-May-06      Lic Level:    S                  RO            SRO Sample Plan Q#      Source:            New 2006          10CFR55.              Tier #                    2 91                                                10CFR55. 43.5        Group #                    2 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2      2 = Comprehension or Analysis                    Importance Rating                    3.3*
System
 
==Title:==
Non-Nuclear Instrumentation                      System Number 016        K/A:   A2.03 Question:
Consider the following:
  *Plant is manually tripped due to indications of a main steam line break in containment.
  *A bus lockout on 2B5 causes 2B5 and 2A3 to be deenergized.
  *2DG1 fails to start.
Which of the following restoration actions would maximize monitoring and control capability in the control room?
A. Re-close 2A3 normal supply breaker 2A-309 using 2202.005 Excess Steam Demand EOP.
B. Cross tie 2Y1 and 2Y2 per EOP Standard Attachment 11, Degraded Power.
C. Energize 2A3 with the AACG using 2104.037 Attachment E, AACG Emergency Start.
D. Cross tie 2B5 and 2B6 per 2203.045 Loss of 480 Volt Vital Bus AOP.
Answer:
B. Cross tie 2Y1 and 2Y2 per EOP Standard Attachment 11, Degraded Power.
Notes:
2B5/6 cannot be xtied because of the lockout on 2B5 2A3 could be energized as suggested but this would still not energize 2Y1 because of the 2B5 lockout.


==References:==
==References:==
2202.005 step 332202.010 Att 11 step 1.FSource:New 2006Rev:0Rev Date:03-May-0610CFR55.10CFR55.43.5Historical Comments:22Sample Plan Q#91SROROTier #Group #Importance Rating1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge2 = Comprehension or AnalysisForm ES-401-5 Written Exam Question WorksheetPage 91 of 100 Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam28-Jun-06QID:0606System Number068System Title:Liquid RadwasteK/A:2.4.414.1Lic Level:STaxonomy:2Question:Given the following:
 
2202.005 step 33 2202.010 Att 11 step 1.F Historical Comments:
Form ES-401-5                         Written Exam Question Worksheet                          Page 91 of 100
 
Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam                                                                    28-Jun-06 QID: 0606      Rev:    0    Rev Date: 15-May-06      Lic Level:    S                    RO            SRO Sample Plan Q#        Source:           New 2006          10CFR55.              Tier #                      2 92                                                10CFR55. 43.4, 5      Group #                      2 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2        2 = Comprehension or Analysis                      Importance Rating                      4.1 System
 
==Title:==
Liquid Radwaste                                    System Number 068        K/A:     2.4.41 Question:
Given the following:
* The plant is at full power.
* The plant is at full power.
* A Liquid Rad waste release of 2T-69A is in progress.
* A Liquid Rad waste release of 2T-69A is in progress.
* Chemistry calls the Control Room and informs them that their release calculations were       in error and 2T-69A activity was too high to release.
* Chemistry calls the Control Room and informs them that their release calculations were in error and 2T-69A activity was too high to release.
* The release is terminated.
* The release is terminated.
* Chemistry takes lake water samples at the site boundary and performs a dose assessment.
* Chemistry takes lake water samples at the site boundary and performs a dose assessment.
* Chemistry determines that the release has exceeded the ODCM limits by a factor of 3.Which of the following would be the required action to take? (Reference provided)A. Declare an NUE and make the required notification within 15 minutes.B. Declare an Alert and Make the required notifications within 15 minutes.C. Declare an NUE and make the required notification within 1 hour.D. Declare an Alert and make the required notification within 1 hour.Answer:A. Declare an NUE and make the required notification within 15 minutes.Notes:Question will require OP 1903.010 Attachment 2 to be provided as a reference.Distracter B is incorrect because an alert requires ODCM limits to be exceeded by a factor of 10.Distracter C and D are incorrect because notification are required to be made in 15 minutes.
* Chemistry determines that the release has exceeded the ODCM limits by a factor of 3.
Which of the following would be the required action to take? (Reference provided)
A. Declare an NUE and make the required notification within 15 minutes.
B. Declare an Alert and Make the required notifications within 15 minutes.
C. Declare an NUE and make the required notification within 1 hour.
D. Declare an Alert and make the required notification within 1 hour.
Answer:
A. Declare an NUE and make the required notification within 15 minutes.
Notes:
Question will require OP 1903.010 Attachment 2 to be provided as a reference.
Distracter B is incorrect because an alert requires ODCM limits to be exceeded by a factor of 10.
Distracter C and D are incorrect because notification are required to be made in 15 minutes.


==References:==
==References:==
1903.010 Attachment 2 EAL 5.1Source:New 2006Rev:0Rev Date:15-May-0610CFR55.10CFR55.43.4, 5Historical Comments:22Sample Plan Q#92SROROTier #Group #Importance Rating1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge2 = Comprehension or AnalysisForm ES-401-5 Written Exam Question WorksheetPage 92 of 100 Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam28-Jun-06QID:0623System Number071System Title:Waste Gas DisposalK/A:2.3.83.2Lic Level:STaxonomy:2Question:Given the following:
 
1903.010 Attachment 2 EAL 5.1 Historical Comments:
Form ES-401-5                         Written Exam Question Worksheet                            Page 92 of 100
 
Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam                                                                    28-Jun-06 QID: 0623      Rev:      0    Rev Date: 17-May-06      Lic Level:   S                  RO            SRO Sample Plan Q#        Source:            New 2006          10CFR55.              Tier #                    2 93                                                10CFR55. 43.2        Group #                    2 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2        2 = Comprehension or Analysis                      Importance Rating                    3.2 System
 
==Title:==
Waste Gas Disposal                                  System Number 071      K/A:     2.3.8 Question:
Given the following:
* The plant is at full power 40 days following a refueling outage
* The plant is at full power 40 days following a refueling outage
* Preparation for a planned release of Gas Decay Tank 2T-18A is in progress
* Preparation for a planned release of Gas Decay Tank 2T-18A is in progress
* During the source check on the GRW Radiation Monitor, 2RITS-2429, the meter       does NOT move up scale.
* During the source check on the GRW Radiation Monitor, 2RITS-2429, the meter does NOT move up scale.
* The Shift Manager declares 2RITS-2429 inoperable.Which of the following statements is correct?A. The release of 2T-18A can NOT be performed until 2RITS-2429 has been returned to     service and declared operable.B. The release can be performed with permission obtained from the Operations Manager     and the Radiation Protection Manager.C. The release can be performed if the Unit 2 Radwaste Area Exhaust (2VEF-8A/B)     SPING 6 is operable and monitored during the release.D. The release can be performed if two gas samples are independently analyzed by     chemistry and independent lineup verification of the release path are performed.Answer:D. The release can be performed if two gas samples are independently analyzed by     chemistry and independent lineup verification of the release path are performed.Notes:Distracter A is incorrect because the procedure allows alternate method of release per Answer D.Distracter B is incorrect because it would violate alternate release method requirements.Distracter C is incorrect because the SPING provide no termination protection and would violate alternaterelease method requirements.
* The Shift Manager declares 2RITS-2429 inoperable.
Which of the following statements is correct?
A. The release of 2T-18A can NOT be performed until 2RITS-2429 has been returned to service and declared operable.
B. The release can be performed with permission obtained from the Operations Manager and the Radiation Protection Manager.
C. The release can be performed if the Unit 2 Radwaste Area Exhaust (2VEF-8A/B)
SPING 6 is operable and monitored during the release.
D. The release can be performed if two gas samples are independently analyzed by chemistry and independent lineup verification of the release path are performed.
Answer:
D. The release can be performed if two gas samples are independently analyzed by chemistry and independent lineup verification of the release path are performed.
Notes:
Distracter A is incorrect because the procedure allows alternate method of release per Answer D.
Distracter B is incorrect because it would violate alternate release method requirements.
Distracter C is incorrect because the SPING provide no termination protection and would violate alternate release method requirements.


==References:==
==References:==
2104.022 Supplement 1 Steps 2.6, 3.8, and 3.16.Source:New 2006Rev:0Rev Date:17-May-0610CFR55.10CFR55.43.2Historical Comments:22Sample Plan Q#93SROROTier #Group #Importance Rating1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge2 = Comprehension or AnalysisForm ES-401-5 Written Exam Question WorksheetPage 93 of 100 Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam 28-Jun-06QID:0633System Number GSystem Title:GenericK/A:2.1.11 3.8Lic Level:
STaxonomy: 2Question:    DELETED


Source:ANO-OPS2-3498Rev: 0Rev Date:28-Jun-0610CFR55.10CFR55.43.2Historical Comments:
2104.022 Supplement 1 Steps 2.6, 3.8, and 3.16.
3Sample Plan Q#
Historical Comments:
94 SRO RO Tier #Group #Importance Rating1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge2 = Comprehension or AnalysisForm ES-401-5 Written Exam Question WorksheetPage 94 of 100 Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam28-Jun-06QID:0560System NumberGSystem Title:GenericK/A:2.1.303.4Lic Level:STaxonomy:2Question:The plant is shutdown for refueling with the following conditions:
Form ES-401-5                          Written Exam Question Worksheet                          Page 93 of 100
 
Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam                                                          28-Jun-06 QID: 0633    Rev:     0    Rev Date: 28-Jun-06      Lic Level: S                RO            SRO Sample Plan Q#     Source:      ANO-OPS2-3498          10CFR55.          Tier #                   3 94                                              10CFR55. 43.2    Group #
1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2    2 = Comprehension or Analysis                  Importance Rating                3.8 System
 
==Title:==
Generic                                      System Number    G    K/A:  2.1.11 Question: DELETED Historical Comments:
Form ES-401-5                       Written Exam Question Worksheet                    Page 94 of 100
 
Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam                                                                  28-Jun-06 QID: 0560      Rev:      0    Rev Date: 03-May-06      Lic Level:    S                  RO              SRO Sample Plan Q#        Source:            New 2006        10CFR55.                Tier #                  3 95                                                10CFR55. 43.7          Group #
1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2        2 = Comprehension or Analysis                    Importance Rating                      3.4 System
 
==Title:==
Generic                                            System Number        G  K/A:   2.1.30 Question:
The plant is shutdown for refueling with the following conditions:
* Fuel off-load is complete
* Fuel off-load is complete
* CEA shuffle in the SFP is in progress to prepare for fuel on-load
* CEA shuffle in the SFP is in progress to prepare for fuel on-load
* Tilt Pit Gate is installed
* Tilt Pit Gate is installed
* Refueling canal level has been lowered 6 inches for vessel inspection activities
* Refueling canal level has been lowered 6 inches for vessel inspection activities
* A tagging error inadvertently isolates Instrument Air to the SFP gate supplyWhich of the following describes the expected indications due to the loss of air?A. SFP gate Nitrogen bottle pressure slowly lowering.B. SFP area radiation levels rising.C. SFP Ventilation Exhaust SPING readings rising.D. SFP local air pressure alarm.Answer:A. SFP gate Nitrogen bottle pressure slowly lowering.Notes:There is a local gage but not an alarm.There will be no inventory loss from the pool because of the normal alignment of the backup N2 bottle for thisevolution.
* A tagging error inadvertently isolates Instrument Air to the SFP gate supply Which of the following describes the expected indications due to the loss of air?
A. SFP gate Nitrogen bottle pressure slowly lowering.
B. SFP area radiation levels rising.
C. SFP Ventilation Exhaust SPING readings rising.
D. SFP local air pressure alarm.
Answer:
A. SFP gate Nitrogen bottle pressure slowly lowering.
Notes:
There is a local gage but not an alarm.
There will be no inventory loss from the pool because of the normal alignment of the backup N2 bottle for this evolution.


==References:==
==References:==
2104.006 section 21M-2218 sh 3Source:New 2006Rev:0Rev Date:03-May-0610CFR55.10CFR55.43.7Historical Comments:3Sample Plan Q#95SROROTier #Group #Importance Rating1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge2 = Comprehension or AnalysisForm ES-401-5 Written Exam Question WorksheetPage 95 of 100 Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam28-Jun-06QID:0630System NumberSystem Title:Equipment ControlK/A:2.2.103.3Lic Level:STaxonomy:2Question:As the responsible supervisor, you are performing an INTERIM approval for a permanent procedure change(PC) with the following noted with the change forms:
 
2104.006 section 21 M-2218 sh 3 Historical Comments:
Form ES-401-5                           Written Exam Question Worksheet                        Page 95 of 100
 
Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam                                                                    28-Jun-06 QID: 0630      Rev: 000        Rev Date: 18-May-06      Lic Level:    S                  RO              SRO Sample Plan Q#        Source:      Modified QID 422      10CFR55.                Tier #                      3 96                                                10CFR55. 43.3        Group #
1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2        2 = Comprehension or Analysis                    Importance Rating                      3.3 System
 
==Title:==
Equipment Control                                System Number            K/A:     2.2.10 Question:
As the responsible supervisor, you are performing an INTERIM approval for a permanent procedure change (PC) with the following noted with the change forms:
* PC is required to continue a HPSI pump quarterly surveillance in progress (2104.039)
* PC is required to continue a HPSI pump quarterly surveillance in progress (2104.039)
* The 50.59 SCREENING for this PC indicates that a 50.59 EVALUATION must be completed
* The 50.59 SCREENING for this PC indicates that a 50.59 EVALUATION must be completed
* PC does NOT create an Intent ChangeWhich of the following statements describes the correct action for processing this PC?A. Interim approval can be granted as long as the 50.59 EVALUATION is completed     within fourteen days.B. Interim approval can NOT be used because a 50.59 EVALUATION is required.C. Interim approval can be granted because there is NO Intent Change.D. Interim approval can NOT be used unless a special OSRC, Onsite Safety Review Committee,     meeting is called to review the change.Answer:B. Interim approval can NOT be used because a 50.59 EVALUATION is required.Notes:A SRO cannot approve an interim procedure change if the 50.59 screening requires a 50.59 evaluation since thechange could affect a license bases document and therefore requires more scrutiny, additional reviews, prior toimplementation. A standard procedure change process must be implemented.
* PC does NOT create an Intent Change Which of the following statements describes the correct action for processing this PC?
A. Interim approval can be granted as long as the 50.59 EVALUATION is completed within fourteen days.
B. Interim approval can NOT be used because a 50.59 EVALUATION is required.
C. Interim approval can be granted because there is NO Intent Change.
D. Interim approval can NOT be used unless a special OSRC, Onsite Safety Review Committee, meeting is called to review the change.
Answer:
B. Interim approval can NOT be used because a 50.59 EVALUATION is required.
Notes:
A SRO cannot approve an interim procedure change if the 50.59 screening requires a 50.59 evaluation since the change could affect a license bases document and therefore requires more scrutiny, additional reviews, prior to implementation. A standard procedure change process must be implemented.


==References:==
==References:==
Form 1000.006B1000.006, Procedure Control section 7.10 and Attachment 1EN-LI-101, ATTACHMENT 9.1, 50.59 Review FormSource:Modified QID 422Rev:000Rev Date:18-May-0610CFR55.10CFR55.43.3Historical Comments:Modified QID 422 for use on 2006 exam. ClayS 5-18-063Sample Plan Q#96SROROTier #Group #Importance Rating1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge2 = Comprehension or AnalysisForm ES-401-5 Written Exam Question WorksheetPage 96 of 100 Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam28-Jun-06QID:0269System NumberGSystem Title:Equipment ControlK/A:2.2.113.4*Lic Level:STaxonomy:1Question:An emergency Temporary Alteration is installed on Saturday at 0300.What is the maximum time allowed before completion of a design package or an approved Temporary Alterationto support the 'emergency' alteration?A. Next full working day.B. Within seven (7) days.C. Within fourteen (14) days.D. Within thirty (30) days.Answer:C. Within fourteen (14) days.Notes:
 
Form 1000.006B 1000.006, Procedure Control section 7.10 and Attachment 1 EN-LI-101, ATTACHMENT 9.1, 50.59 Review Form Historical Comments:
Modified QID 422 for use on 2006 exam. ClayS 5-18-06 Form ES-401-5                         Written Exam Question Worksheet                          Page 96 of 100
 
Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam                                                                28-Jun-06 QID: 0269      Rev: 001      Rev Date: 07-Feb-00      Lic Level:  S                  RO            SRO Sample Plan Q#        Source:              New          10CFR55.            Tier #                    3 97                                                10CFR55. 43.3      Group #
1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 1        2 = Comprehension or Analysis                  Importance Rating                  3.4*
System
 
==Title:==
Equipment Control                                System Number      G    K/A:   2.2.11 Question:
An emergency Temporary Alteration is installed on Saturday at 0300.
What is the maximum time allowed before completion of a design package or an approved Temporary Alteration to support the 'emergency' alteration?
A. Next full working day.
B. Within seven (7) days.
C. Within fourteen (14) days.
D. Within thirty (30) days.
Answer:
C. Within fourteen (14) days.
Notes:


==References:==
==References:==
1000.028, Control of Temporary Alterations, Step 6.1.1.B.Source:NewRev:001Rev Date:07-Feb-0010CFR55.10CFR55.43.3Historical Comments:Updated to current policy of completing a design/Talt package vs PSC approval. Used on 2006 exam. ClayS 5-18-063Sample Plan Q#97SROROTier #Group #Importance Rating1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge2 = Comprehension or AnalysisForm ES-401-5 Written Exam Question WorksheetPage 97 of 100 Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam28-Jun-06QID:0632System NumberSystem Title:GenericK/A:2.3.63.1Lic Level:STaxonomy:1Question:Waste Gas tanks (2T-18s) require to be isolated for 30 days prior to release.Which of the following best describes how the SRO verifies the time requirement is met when authorizing arelease?A. Review eSoms for the date Danger Tags were hung and verify tags continuously installed     on the tank valves for at least 30 days.B. Observing Plant Computer or PDS trends of tank pressure and verifying no changes     in past 30 days.C. Checking the date recorded on the status board for isolation matches the date recorded on     the release and verifying it is greater than 30 days.D. Review the date in the Component Out of Position Log for the tank valves were closed and     verifying it is greater than 30 days.Answer:A. Review eSoms for the date Danger Tags were hung and verify tags continuously installed     on the tank valves for at least 30 days.Notes:eSoms tagging system computer is used for tracking including verifying no temporary releases in the 30 daytime frame.B. & C. These would be good info but not complete enough for verifying commitmentsD. COOP log is not used to control configuration when Danger Tags are installed.
 
1000.028, Control of Temporary Alterations, Step 6.1.1.B.
Historical Comments:
Updated to current policy of completing a design/Talt package vs PSC approval. Used on 2006 exam. ClayS 5-18-06 Form ES-401-5                         Written Exam Question Worksheet                      Page 97 of 100
 
Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam                                                                  28-Jun-06 QID: 0632        Rev: 000        Rev Date: 19-May-06      Lic Level:  S                  RO            SRO Sample Plan Q#          Source:           New 2006        10CFR55.            Tier #                    3 98                                                10CFR55. 43.4      Group #
1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 1          2 = Comprehension or Analysis                  Importance Rating                    3.1 System
 
==Title:==
Generic                                            System Number            K/A:   2.3.6 Question:
Waste Gas tanks (2T-18s) require to be isolated for 30 days prior to release.
Which of the following best describes how the SRO verifies the time requirement is met when authorizing a release?
A. Review eSoms for the date Danger Tags were hung and verify tags continuously installed on the tank valves for at least 30 days.
B. Observing Plant Computer or PDS trends of tank pressure and verifying no changes in past 30 days.
C. Checking the date recorded on the status board for isolation matches the date recorded on the release and verifying it is greater than 30 days.
D. Review the date in the Component Out of Position Log for the tank valves were closed and verifying it is greater than 30 days.
Answer:
A. Review eSoms for the date Danger Tags were hung and verify tags continuously installed on the tank valves for at least 30 days.
Notes:
eSoms tagging system computer is used for tracking including verifying no temporary releases in the 30 day time frame.
B. & C. These would be good info but not complete enough for verifying commitments D. COOP log is not used to control configuration when Danger Tags are installed.


==References:==
==References:==
OP 2104.022, Gaseous Radwaste System Supplement 1Commitment P-2244, 30-day hold up time on gaseous radioactive release.Source:New 2006Rev:000Rev Date:19-May-0610CFR55.10CFR55.43.4Historical Comments:3Sample Plan Q#98SROROTier #Group #Importance Rating1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge2 = Comprehension or AnalysisForm ES-401-5 Written Exam Question WorksheetPage 98 of 100 Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam28-Jun-06QID:0696System NumberGSystem Title:GenericK/A:2.4.362.8Lic Level:STaxonomy:1Question:As directed by 2202.004 Steam Generator Tube Rupture, Chemistry will be instructed to perform which of thefollowing?A. Monitor key areas in the Turbine Building and establish radiological controlled areas as needed.B. Sample both SGs for activity to confirm diagnosis of a SGTR.C. Secure the Condenser Sample (Squirt) analyzers to control secondary contamination.D. Sample the ruptured SG to calculate the Primary to Secondary leakrate.Answer:B. Sample both SGs for activity to confirm diagnosis of a SGTR.Notes:A. This is an action directed for RP to perform.C. The IAO performs this action per Att 19D. The Pri-Sec leakrate calc performed by chemist during normal ops measure GPD. A rupture is far beyondthe scope of this calc. RCS leakrate is estimated by the control room operators to determine EAL criteria.
 
OP 2104.022, Gaseous Radwaste System Supplement 1 Commitment P-2244, 30-day hold up time on gaseous radioactive release.
Historical Comments:
Form ES-401-5                           Written Exam Question Worksheet                      Page 98 of 100
 
Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam                                                                  28-Jun-06 QID: 0696      Rev:      0    Rev Date: 21-Jun-06      Lic Level:    S                    RO            SRO Sample Plan Q#        Source:           New 2006        10CFR55.              Tier #
99                                                10CFR55. 43.4        Group #
1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 1        2 = Comprehension or Analysis                    Importance Rating                    2.8 System
 
==Title:==
Generic                                            System Number      G    K/A:   2.4.36 Question:
As directed by 2202.004 Steam Generator Tube Rupture, Chemistry will be instructed to perform which of the following?
A. Monitor key areas in the Turbine Building and establish radiological controlled areas as needed.
B. Sample both SGs for activity to confirm diagnosis of a SGTR.
C. Secure the Condenser Sample (Squirt) analyzers to control secondary contamination.
D. Sample the ruptured SG to calculate the Primary to Secondary leakrate.
Answer:
B. Sample both SGs for activity to confirm diagnosis of a SGTR.
Notes:
A. This is an action directed for RP to perform.
C. The IAO performs this action per Att 19 D. The Pri-Sec leakrate calc performed by chemist during normal ops measure GPD. A rupture is far beyond the scope of this calc. RCS leakrate is estimated by the control room operators to determine EAL criteria.


==References:==
==References:==
2202.004 Step 1Source:New 2006Rev:0Rev Date:21-Jun-0610CFR55.10CFR55.43.4Historical Comments:Sample Plan Q#99SROROTier #Group #Importance Rating1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge2 = Comprehension or AnalysisForm ES-401-5 Written Exam Question WorksheetPage 99 of 100 Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam28-Jun-06QID:0634System Number022System Title:GenericK/A:2.4.483.8Lic Level:STaxonomy:2Question:Consider the following:
 
2202.004 Step 1 Historical Comments:
Form ES-401-5                          Written Exam Question Worksheet                        Page 99 of 100
 
Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam                                                                    28-Jun-06 QID: 0634      Rev: 000        Rev Date: 21-Jun-06      Lic Level:     S                    RO            SRO Sample Plan Q#       Source:            New 2006          10CFR55.              Tier #                     3 100                                                  10CFR55. 43.5        Group #
1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2        2 = Comprehension or Analysis                    Importance Rating                      3.8 System
 
==Title:==
Generic                                            System Number 022          K/A:   2.4.48 Question:
Consider the following:
* 2K12-H5 "VCT 2T4 LEVEL HI / LO" alarm annunciates
* 2K12-H5 "VCT 2T4 LEVEL HI / LO" alarm annunciates
* VCT level on 2LIS-4857 on 2C09 indicates 40% and is lowering rapidly
* VCT level on 2LIS-4857 on 2C09 indicates 40% and is lowering rapidly
Line 549: Line 2,149:
* 2K12-B3 Charging "HEADER FLOW LO" alarm annunciates
* 2K12-B3 Charging "HEADER FLOW LO" alarm annunciates
* Charging header flow indication on 2C09 is very erratic
* Charging header flow indication on 2C09 is very erratic
* 2K12-G5 "VCT 2T4 LEVEL LO LO" alarm now annunciatesWhich of the following describes the cause of these indications and the actions required to mitigate?A. Rupture on the VCT outlet line;     Enter 2203.036 Loss of Charging AOP and Isolate Letdown and secure all charging pumps.B. VCT level instrument reference leg failure;     Enter 2203.036 Loss of Charging AOP and verify charging pump suction swaps to the RWT .C. Rupture on the VCT outlet line;     Verify charging pump suction swaps to the RWT using ACA 2203.012L,     "VCT 2T4 LEVEL LO LO" 2K12-G5.D. VCT level instrument reference leg failure;     Isolate Letdown and secure all charging pumps using ACA 2203.012L,     "VCT 2T4 LEVEL LO LO" 2K12-G5.Answer:A. Rupture on the VCT outlet line;     Isolate Letdown and secure all charging pumps using 2203.036 Loss of Charging AOP.Notes:There are 2 separate level instruments that have independent reference legs. Similar trends on both instrumentsindicates an actual level condition.B. & D. Reference leg failure will cause indicated level to go up (wet leg).C. This is an action listed in the ACA for Lo level, however, to mitigate the event the AOP must be entered formore detailed actions.
* 2K12-G5 "VCT 2T4 LEVEL LO LO" alarm now annunciates Which of the following describes the cause of these indications and the actions required to mitigate?
A. Rupture on the VCT outlet line; Enter 2203.036 Loss of Charging AOP and Isolate Letdown and secure all charging pumps.
B. VCT level instrument reference leg failure; Enter 2203.036 Loss of Charging AOP and verify charging pump suction swaps to the RWT .
C. Rupture on the VCT outlet line; Verify charging pump suction swaps to the RWT using ACA 2203.012L, "VCT 2T4 LEVEL LO LO" 2K12-G5.
D. VCT level instrument reference leg failure; Isolate Letdown and secure all charging pumps using ACA 2203.012L, "VCT 2T4 LEVEL LO LO" 2K12-G5.
Answer:
A. Rupture on the VCT outlet line; Isolate Letdown and secure all charging pumps using 2203.036 Loss of Charging AOP.
Notes:
There are 2 separate level instruments that have independent reference legs. Similar trends on both instruments indicates an actual level condition.
B. & D. Reference leg failure will cause indicated level to go up (wet leg).
C. This is an action listed in the ACA for Lo level, however, to mitigate the event the AOP must be entered for more detailed actions.


==References:==
==References:==
2203.012L ACA for 2K12 G5 and H5.2203.036 Loss of Charging AOP Entry Conditions and step 3 contingency actionsSource:New 2006Rev:000Rev Date:21-Jun-0610CFR55.10CFR55.43.5Historical Comments:3Sample Plan Q#100SROROTier #Group #Importance Rating1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge2 = Comprehension or AnalysisForm ES-401-5 Written Exam Question WorksheetPage 100 of 100}}
 
2203.012L ACA for 2K12 G5 and H5.
2203.036 Loss of Charging AOP Entry Conditions and step 3 contingency actions Historical Comments:
Form ES-401-5                         Written Exam Question Worksheet                            Page 100 of 100}}

Latest revision as of 02:33, 14 March 2020

AN2-07-2006 - Final Written Reference Exam
ML062060220
Person / Time
Site: Arkansas Nuclear Entergy icon.png
Issue date: 02/23/2006
From: Gody A
Operations Branch IV
To: Forbes J
Entergy Operations
References
50-368/06-302, AN2-07-2006, ES-401-5 50-368/06-302
Download: ML062060220 (100)


Text

Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam 28-Jun-06 QID: 0571 Rev: 0 Rev Date: 03-May-06 Lic Level: R RO SRO Sample Plan Q# Source: New 2006 10CFR55.41.5 Tier # 1 1 10CFR55. Group # 1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2 2 = Comprehension or Analysis Importance Rating 3.2 System

Title:

Reactor Trip Recovery System Number E02 K/A: EK3.4 Question:

The control room operators are implementing 2202.002 Reactor Trip Recovery following a trip from full power.

The following conditions are observed by the ATCO:

  • RCS pressure is 2150 psia and slowly rising
  • RCS Tave is 546 °F and stable
  • Pressurizer level is 32% and lowering What action is required for this condition?

A. Take manual control of SDBCS.

B. Take manual control of charging and letdown.

C. Enter 2202.009, Functional Recovery EOP.

D. Enter 2202.003, Loss of Coolant Accident EOP.

Answer:

B. Take manual control of charging and letdown.

Notes:

The given RCS temp/press show that there is not another event in progress.

The lowering level is indication that there may be a problem with the automatic operation of CVCS.

References:

2202.002 step 6 Historical Comments:

Form ES-401-5 Written Exam Question Worksheet Page 1 of 100

Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam 28-Jun-06 QID: 0594 Rev: 0 Rev Date: 10-May-06 Lic Level: R RO SRO Sample Plan Q# Source: New 2006 10CFR55.41.3 Tier # 1 2 10CFR55. Group # 1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2 2 = Comprehension or Analysis Importance Rating 3.4 System

Title:

Pressurizer Vapor Space Accident System Number 008 K/A: AA2.19 Question:

Unit 2 is in Mode 3, NOP/NOT.

The ATCO is attempting to establish boron equilization for reactor startup when PZR 'A' Spray Valve 2CV-4651 fails full open. PZR 'B' Spray Valve 2CV-4652 remains closed. The ATCO attemps to isolate the 'A' spray valve with the following results:

  • Downstream isolation 2CV-4655 both indicating lights de-energize
  • Upstream isolation 2CV-4656 indicates intermediate What would be alternate indication that at least one block valve is fully closed?

A. RCS pressure lowering.

B. Pressurizer Water Phase temperature lowering.

C. 'A' Spray Line temperature lowering.

D. Pressurizer Surge Line temperature lowering.

Answer:

C. 'A' Spray Line temperature lowering.

Notes:

All indications listed are on 2C04.

Closing the block valves will isolate the minimum spray throttled valve 2RC-8A stopping all flow and the spray line will no longer remain at Tc value.

Surge line temperature will only change if the water phase temperature changes or both spray valves are isolated.

Water phase temperature will follow the saturation conditions of the PZR.

References:

M-2230 sheet 2 2203.012J ACA for G-4, E-5 Historical Comments:

De-selected from 2006 exam after initial review. ClayS 6-5-06 Form ES-401-5 Written Exam Question Worksheet Page 2 of 100

Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam 28-Jun-06 QID: 0593 Rev: 0 Rev Date: 09-May-06 Lic Level: R RO SRO Sample Plan Q# Source: New 2006 10CFR55.41.5 Tier # 1 3 10CFR55. Group # 1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2 2 = Comprehension or Analysis Importance Rating 3.0 System

Title:

Small Break LOCA System Number 009 K/A: EK2.03 Question:

The control room operators have just completed a rapid shutdown due to a 12 gpm RCS leak inside containment. No other failures have occurred. During implementation of the Excess RCS Leakage AOP post-trip, the ATCO begins steaming both SGs using SDBCS in manual to _______________.

A. maintain adequate margin to saturation B. minimize SG tubesheet differential pressure C. initiate natural circulation flow D. prepare for isolating one of the SGs Answer:

A. maintain adequate margin to saturation Notes:

RCS pressure is reduced to minimize break flow which challenges MTS. RCS cooldown is initiated to maintain margin during the depressurization.

B. RCS/SG D/P is minimized during ESD events C. The given condition implies that RCP forced circ cooldown will be performed.

D. SGs are isolated during tube leak events not a LOCA.

References:

2203.016 and Tech Guide, floating step 28 Historical Comments:

Form ES-401-5 Written Exam Question Worksheet Page 3 of 100

Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam 28-Jun-06 QID: 0553 Rev: 0 Rev Date: 03-May-06 Lic Level: R RO SRO Sample Plan Q# Source: New 2006 10CFR55.41.10 Tier # 1 4 10CFR55. Group # 1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2 2 = Comprehension or Analysis Importance Rating 3.3*

System

Title:

Large Break LOCA System Number 011 K/A: EA2.02 Question:

Recovery is in progress for a large break LOCA with the following conditions:

  • LOCA occured 2.5 hours5.787037e-5 days <br />0.00139 hours <br />8.267196e-6 weeks <br />1.9025e-6 months <br /> ago
  • RCS pressure is 260 psia and stable
  • RWT level 12% and lowering
  • Preparation for initiating SDC is in progress
  • SDC entry conditions have been verified Placing the operating bypass for Low RWT Level/Low PZR Pressure in BYPASS on the PPS Inserts will _________________________.

A. allow opening of the SDC Suction Isolations B. allow securing the Spray pumps C. cause the LPSI pumps to trip D. cause the eventual loss of HPSI pump suction source Answer:

D. cause the eventual loss of HPSI pump suction source Notes:

A: SDC suction permissive interlock is 300 psia RCS pressure, not related to RAS/SIAS B: Spray pumps can be placed in pull-to-lock as needed. Their actuations will not be reset by this bypass.

C. The operating bypasses are placed in service when applicable to prevent the LPSI (SDC) pumps from tripping.

References:

2202.003 Section 3 step 32 CAUTION Historical Comments:

Form ES-401-5 Written Exam Question Worksheet Page 4 of 100

Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam 28-Jun-06 QID: 0011 Rev: 000 Rev Date: 29-Jun-98 Lic Level: R RO SRO Sample Plan Q# Source: NRC BANK 10CFR55.41.10 Tier # 1 5 10CFR55. Group # 1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 1 2 = Comprehension or Analysis Importance Rating 2.6 System

Title:

Reactor Coolant Pump Malfunctions System Number 015 K/A: AA2.10 Question:

Which one (1) of the following conditions requires the plant to be tripped and the affected Reactor Coolant Pump (RCP) to be stopped as soon as the condition is met?

A. Seal Bleedoff flow greater than 3.0 gpm.

B. Motor Winding Temperature reaches 180°F and stabilizes.

C. Vapor Seal Pressure reaches 750 psia.

D. Component Cooling Water Flow is lost for over 10 minutes.

Answer:

D. Component Cooling Water Flow is lost for over 10 minutes.

Notes:

Answer "A" is incorrect because seal bleedoff greater than 3.0 gpm requires plant shutdown, not a trip.

Answer "B" is incorrect because motor winding temperature must reach 194F before action is required.

Answer "C" is incorrect because vapor seal pressure must be 1500 psia to require a trip.

References:

2203.025 Attachment D (RCP Emergencies)

Historical Comments:

Used on 1998 NRC Exam. Has not been used on the last two NRC exams BNC 10/12/2004 Used on 2005 exam ClayS.

Form ES-401-5 Written Exam Question Worksheet Page 5 of 100

Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam 28-Jun-06 QID: 0453 Rev: 0 Rev Date: 04-Oct-04 Lic Level: R RO SRO Sample Plan Q# Source: NEW 2005 10CFR55.41.8, 10 Tier # 1 6 10CFR55. Group # 1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2 2 = Comprehension or Analysis Importance Rating 3.0 System

Title:

Loss of Reactor Coolant Makeup System Number 022 K/A: AK1.03 Question:

With the plant at full power steady state operation, the following occurs:

(Reference Provided)

  • The "Charging Low Flow" alarm comes in
  • RCS Pressure is 2200 psia
  • Pressurizer Level is 60%
  • All Charging Pumps are secured and Letdown is isolated.

If no operator action is taken, what would pressurizer level be 13 minutes after Letdown is isolated?

A. 60%

B. 59%

C. 58%

D. 56%

Answer:

B. 59%

Notes:

The pressurizer is 53.5 gal/%. With Letdown isolated the RCS inventory would still be reduced by 4 gpm from the RCP controlled bleed-off. After 13 minutes, the RCS would have been reduced by 52 gallons or ~ 1%.

NOP 2305.002 Exhibit 1 should be provided as a reference for this question.

References:

NOP 2305.002 Exhibit 1 (provided to student)

AOP 2203.036 Step 3 Contingency Historical Comments:

This question has not been used on any previous NRC exams. BNC 10/12/2004.

This question was used on the 2005 exam. ClayS 5-19-06.

Form ES-401-5 Written Exam Question Worksheet Page 6 of 100

Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam 28-Jun-06 QID: 0160 Rev: 000 Rev Date: 29-Jun-98 Lic Level: R RO SRO Sample Plan Q# Source: New 1998 10CFR55.41.8, 10 Tier # 1 7 10CFR55. Group # 1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2 2 = Comprehension or Analysis Importance Rating 3.9 System

Title:

Loss of Residual Heat Removal System System Number 025 K/A: AK1.01 Question:

Given the following plant conditions:

  • Plant shutdown and cooldown just completed from 100% power.
  • A Loss of Instrument Air occurs.

Which of the following describes the Shutdown Cooling System response?

A. All SDC flow is lost.

B. SDC heat removal is degraded.

C. SDC flow is degraded.

D. No significant effect.

Answer:

B. SDC heat removal is degraded.

Notes:

References:

2203.029, Steps 8 and 9 (Loss of Shutdown Cooling)

Historical Comments:

Used on 1998 Exam.

Form ES-401-5 Written Exam Question Worksheet Page 7 of 100

Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam 28-Jun-06 QID: 0228 Rev: 000 Rev Date: 06-Feb-00 Lic Level: R RO SRO Sample Plan Q# Source: New 2000 10CFR55.41.5, 10 Tier # 1 8 10CFR55. Group # 1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 1 2 = Comprehension or Analysis Importance Rating 4.0 System

Title:

Loss of Component Cooling Water (CCW) System Number 026 K/A: AK3.03 Question:

Procedure 2202.007, Loss of Offsite Power, directs the operator to verify Component Cooling Water (CCW) isolated to Containment. What is the reason for this action?

A. To prevent thermal shocking the CEDM Coolers upon restart of the CCW Pumps.

B. To prevent water hammer in Containment Building piping upon restart of CCW Pumps.

C. To prevent thermal shocking the RCPs upon restart of CCW Pumps.

D. To prevent runout of the CCW Pumps upon restart.

Answer:

C. To prevent thermal shocking the RCPs upon restart of CCW Pumps.

Notes:

References:

1. 2202.007, Loss of Offsite Power, Step 25
2. 2202.007, Loss of Offsite Power Tech Guidelines, Step 25.
3. 2202.010, Standard Attachment 21, Restoration of CCW to RCPs Historical Comments:

Used on 2000 exam Form ES-401-5 Written Exam Question Worksheet Page 8 of 100

Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam 28-Jun-06 QID: 0436 Rev: 000 Rev Date: 15-Jan-02 Lic Level: R RO SRO Sample Plan Q# Source: New 2002 10CFR55.41.5, 10 Tier # 1 9 10CFR55. Group # 1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 1 2 = Comprehension or Analysis Importance Rating 3.4 System

Title:

Pressurizer Pressure Control System Malfunct System Number 027 K/A: 2.4.11 Question:

Given the following:

  • Plant is at 100% Power.
  • A Pressurizer (PZR) Pressure malfunction has occurred.
  • Procedure 2203.028, PZR Systems Malfunction, has been entered If both Pressurizer Pressure Control Channels have failed, the procedure directs the following actions:
  • Place the Steam Dump Bypass Control System, SDBCS, Master controller in AUTO LOCAL and adjust setpoint to 1000 psia.
  • Verify a maximum of one 11.5% SDBCS Bypass or Downstream Atmospheric Dump Valves, ADV, Permissive switch in MANUAL.
  • Verify all other SDBCS Bypass and ADV Permissive switches in OFF The reason for the actions above are to:

A. Prevent spurious Quick Open signals to ALL SDBCS Bypass and ADV valves due to the failed PZR pressure bias input to the SDBCS Main calculator setpoint.

B. Limit the plant effects of any spurious open signals to the SDBCS Bypass and ADV valves due to failed PZR pressure bias input to the SDBCS Main AND Permissive calculator setpoint.

C. Prevent spurious Modulation Open signals to ALL SDBCS Bypass and ADV valves due to failed PZR pressure bias input to the SDBCS Permissive calculator setpoint.

D. Limit the plant effects of any spurious open signals to the SDBCS Bypass and ADV valves due to failed PZR pressure bias input to the SDBCS Main calculator setpoint.

Answer:

B. Limit the plant effects of any spurious open signals to the SDBCS Bypass and ADV valves due to the failed PZR pressure bias input to the SDBCS Main and Permissive calculator setpoint.

Notes:

Pressurizer Pressure Control Channel 1 inputs a bias to the SDBCS Main calculator while Pressurizer Pressure Control Channel 2 inputs to the SDBCS Permissive calculator. Since both Pressurizer Pressure Control channels have failed, all the ADVs and Bypass dump valves have the potential to open spuriously either by quick opening or modulating due to incorrectly calculated setpoints on the Main and Permissive calculators. By taking these actions the effect to the plant will be limited to one SDBCS or ADV valve with a 11.5% steam flow capacity due to the permissive for the selected valve in manual with a setpoint from the master at 1000 psia setpoint. This makes answer C correct and the others wrong.

References:

AN0-2-LP-RO-EAOP, Objective 21 OP 2203.028, PZR System Malfunction, Step 5 AOPP 2203.028, PZR System Malfunction Technical Guide, Step 5 STM 2-23, SDBCS STM, Section 6.2 Form ES-401-5 Written Exam Question Worksheet Page 9 of 100

Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam 28-Jun-06 Historical Comments:

1/10/2002. Reworded distracter D due to NRC feedback because of D was not credible answer and cues answer.

BNC QID: 0554 Rev: 0 Rev Date: 03-May-06 Lic Level: R RO SRO Sample Plan Q# Source: New 2006 10CFR55.41.6 Tier # 1 10 10CFR55. Group # 1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 1 2 = Comprehension or Analysis Importance Rating 3.4*

System

Title:

ATWS System Number 029 K/A: EA1.01 Question:

Consider the following:

  • Reactor trip from full power
  • 3 CEAs fail to insert
  • The ATCO performs 2202.010 Exhibit 1, Emergency Boration Which of the following represents adequate boration alignment?

A. 2 charging pumps indicate running, charging header flow 85 gpm, VCT level lowering B. 1 charging pump indicates running, charging header flow 45 gpm, VCT level lowering C. 2 charging pumps indicate running, charging header flow 37 gpm, VCT level rising D. 1 charging pump indicates running, charging header flow 42 gpm, VCT level rising Answer:

D. 1 charging pump indicates running, charging header flow 42 gpm, VCT level rising Notes:

VCT level rising is proper indication that the VCT outlet valve is closed and is not diluting the boration flow.

Number of pumps is not relevant, boration verification is based on charging flowrate.

References:

2202.010 Exhibit 1 Historical Comments:

Form ES-401-5 Written Exam Question Worksheet Page 10 of 100

Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam 28-Jun-06 QID: 0572 Rev: 0 Rev Date: 04-May-06 Lic Level: R RO SRO Sample Plan Q# Source: ANO-OPS2-12599 10CFR55.41.2 Tier # 1 11 10CFR55. Group # 1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 1 2 = Comprehension or Analysis Importance Rating 3.2 System

Title:

Steam Line Rupture System Number 040 K/A: AK1.04 Question:

During a cooldown due to an Excess Steam Demand event, the pressure and temperature stresses on the Reactor Vessel inner wall are _________. This causes the total stress to be ____________ the total allowable stess.

A. tensile; closer to B. compressive; closer to C. tensile; further from D. compressive; further from Answer:

A. tensile; closer to Notes:

References:

GFES ASLPRO-TM010 A2LP-RO-EESD obj 8 Historical Comments:

New 2006 Form ES-401-5 Written Exam Question Worksheet Page 11 of 100

Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam 28-Jun-06 QID: 0635 Rev: 0 Rev Date: 04-May-06 Lic Level: R RO SRO Sample Plan Q# Source: New 2006 10CFR55.41.5 Tier # 1 12 10CFR55. Group # 1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2 2 = Comprehension or Analysis Importance Rating 3.9 System

Title:

Steam Line Rupture System Number E05 K/A: EA1.1 Question:

Consider the following for an ESD event in progress:

  • All 4 RCPs are secured
  • SG 'A' level is 105 " wide range and lowering rapidly Which of the following component manipulations should be used to maintain post blowdown conditions when SG 'A' has completely blown down?

A. Lower RCS pressure using Main Spray valves.

B. Commence steaming SG 'B' using the upstream ADV.

C. Isolate SG 'A' by closing the upstream ADV and MSIV.

D. Secure both Spray Pumps and start one RCP.

Answer:

B. Commence steaming SG 'B' using the upstream ADV.

Notes:

The recovery strategy for this question is maintain post blowdown temperature and pressure. After the affected SG (B) blows down, RCS heat removal has to be shifted to the intact SG to prevent repressurization and heatup.

A. Main Spray is not available with all RCPs secured C. SG "A" will be isolated but NOT for controlling RCS pressure/temp D. This is a long term action for cooldown that will occur later if conditions allow. Controlling post blowdown temp/press requires steaming the intact SG.

References:

2202.005 step 18 Historical Comments:

New 2006 Form ES-401-5 Written Exam Question Worksheet Page 12 of 100

Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam 28-Jun-06 QID: 0555 Rev: 0 Rev Date: 03-May-06 Lic Level: R RO SRO Sample Plan Q# Source: New 2006 10CFR55.41.7 Tier # 1 13 10CFR55. Group # 1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2 2 = Comprehension or Analysis Importance Rating 4.3 System

Title:

Loss of Main Feedwater System Number 054 K/A: AA2.01 Question:

Plant is at 85% power with online repair of Main Feed Pump 2P-1B in progress.

An electrical fault causes Main Feed Pump 2P-1A to trip and cannot be reset.

Which of the following represents the plant response with no further operator action?

A. RPS trip due to low SG level B. MTG setback due to loss of both MFPs C. MTG lockout relay trip due to selected preferred pump trip D. RPS trip due to CPC Asymetric Steam Generator (ASGT) Aux Trip Answer:

A. RPS trip due to low SG level Notes:

Setback circuit is no longer used Preferred pump trip works in reverse, MTG trip causes pump trip ASGT only occurs when there is a delta between SGs, a loss of feed would have the same effect on both SGs.

RPS trip setpoint is 22.2% SG level

References:

STM 2-63 Historical Comments:

Form ES-401-5 Written Exam Question Worksheet Page 13 of 100

Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam 28-Jun-06 QID: 0574 Rev: 0 Rev Date: 04-May-06 Lic Level: R RO SRO Sample Plan Q# Source: ANO-OPS2-78 10CFR55.41.10 Tier # 1 14 10CFR55. Group # 1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 1 2 = Comprehension or Analysis Importance Rating 3.5 System

Title:

Loss of Feedwater System Number E06 K/A: EK2.2 Question:

During a Loss of Feedwater event, feed flow cannot be established to the Steam Generators. With regard to the Reactor Coolant Pumps (RCPs), which of the following statements is correct?

A. Leave all RCPs running to raise the heat removal rate from the Reactor Coolant System.

B. Trip one RCP in each loop to balance Steam Generator heat removal.

C. Trip all RCPs to minimize heat input into the Reactor Coolant System.

D. Trip all but one RCP and use only one Steam Generator for heat removal.

Answer:

C. Trip all RCPs to minimize heat input into the Reactor Coolant System.

Notes:

References:

2202.006 step 5 Historical Comments:

New 2006 Form ES-401-5 Written Exam Question Worksheet Page 14 of 100

Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam 28-Jun-06 QID: 0575 Rev: 0 Rev Date: 04-May-06 Lic Level: R RO SRO Sample Plan Q# Source: New 2006 10CFR55.41.7 Tier # 1 15 10CFR55. Group # 1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 1 2 = Comprehension or Analysis Importance Rating 3.5 System

Title:

Loss of Off-site Power System Number 056 K/A: AK3.01 Question:

The following conditions exist:

  • 100% power
  • 2DG2 out of service for maintenance
  • SIAS actuates concurrent with loss of off-site power
  • 2A4 has just been energized using the AACG Which of the following describes the sequence of green train ECCS response?

A. Injection valves open automatically, HPSI pump automatically starts, then LPSI pump automatically starts.

B. HPSI pump automatically starts, LPSI pump automatically starts, then manually open injection valves.

C. Manually start HPSI and LPSI pumps, then manually open injection valves.

D. Injection valves open automatically, then manually start HPSI and LPSI pumps.

Answer:

D. Injection valves open automatically, then manually start HPSI and LPSI pumps.

Notes:

SIAS start of ECCS pumps requires bus normal feed or EDG output breaker closed. The AACG uses the cross-tie breakers to energize the ESF bus. The MOVs auto-open regardless of power source.

References:

E-2196 E-2204 Historical Comments:

Form ES-401-5 Written Exam Question Worksheet Page 15 of 100

Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam 28-Jun-06 QID: 0605 Rev: 0 Rev Date: 15-May-06 Lic Level: R RO SRO Sample Plan Q# Source: New 2006 10CFR55.41.7 Tier # 1 16 10CFR55. Group # 1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2 2 = Comprehension or Analysis Importance Rating 4.1 System

Title:

Loss of vital AC Intrument Bus System Number 057 K/A: AK3.01 Question:

Given the following:

  • The plant is at full power.
  • AOP 2203.045, Loss of 480 Volt Vital Bus is entered If this condition will last for greater than 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br />, then the ________ inverter should be secured to ___________________.

A. 2RS-3; to limit the load on the Red Train Emergency Diesel Generator.

B. 2RS-4; to limit the load on the Green Train Vital DC Battery.

C. 2RS-3; to limit the load on the Red Train Vital DC Battery.

D. 2RS-4; to limit the load on the Green Train Emergency Diesel Generator.

Answer:

B. 2RS-4; to limit the load on the Green Train Vital DC Battery.

Notes:

Distracter A is incorrect because 2RS 3 is powered from 2B5 powered battery charger not 2B6 and the RED EDG is not running.

Distracter C is incorrect because 2RS 3 is powered from 2B5 powered battery charger not 2B6 so there is no drain on the Red Train Battery.

Distracter D is incorrect because the Green EDG is not feeding 2B6 with this alarm in.

References:

OP 2203.012I ANNUNCIATOR 2K09 CORRECTIVE ACTION for 2K09 A3 AOP 2203.045 LOSS OF 480 VOLT VITAL BUS Step 35.

Historical Comments:

Form ES-401-5 Written Exam Question Worksheet Page 16 of 100

Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam 28-Jun-06 QID: 0589 Rev: 0 Rev Date: 09-May-06 Lic Level: R RO SRO Sample Plan Q# Source: New 2006 10CFR55.41.7 Tier # 1 17 10CFR55. Group # 1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 1 2 = Comprehension or Analysis Importance Rating 3.1*

System

Title:

Loss of DC Power System Number 058 K/A: AA1.02 Question:

Inverter 2Y11 is supplying 2RS1 in a normal lineup. 2Y11 DC supply breaker 2D01-13 now trips.

Considering local indication at 2Y11 after the breaker trip, the status of power to 2RS1 could be determined because "2Y11 120 VAC Output" (V2) would be ____________, and "2Y11 Inverter Output Amps" (A1) would be ____________.

A. ~ 120 V; ~50 amps B. ~ 120 V; 0 amps C. 0 V; 0 amps D. 0 V; ~50 amps Answer:

A. ~ 120 V; ~50 amps Notes:

0 V with 50 amps is viable in that the student has to know remember that the AC output meter is downstream of the static switch and Not on the inverter output (as is the frequency meter)

References:

STM 2-32 inverter drawings on pages 18 and 25.

Historical Comments:

Form ES-401-5 Written Exam Question Worksheet Page 17 of 100

Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam 28-Jun-06 QID: 0636 Rev: 0 Rev Date: 04-May-06 Lic Level: R RO SRO Sample Plan Q# Source: New 2006 10CFR55.41.4 Tier # 1 18 10CFR55. Group # 1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 1 2 = Comprehension or Analysis Importance Rating 3.2 System

Title:

Loss of Nuclear Service Water System Number G K/A: 2.1.28 Question:

Unit 2 is at 100% in a normal lineup when the Loss of Service Water AOP, 2203.022 is entered due to a SW pipe rupture in the Aux Bldg.

Which of the following components would be used to determine which SW header has ruptured?

A. Loop cross-over valves.

B. ACW supply isolation valves.

C. Cooling Tower level control valve (Squeeze Valve).

D. CCW/Main Chiller supply isolation valves.

Answer:

D. CCW/Main Chiller supply isolation valves.

Notes:

Normal system lineup has the loops cross-connected at the supply to CCW/Main Chiller and possibly through the SFP HX depending on return path lineup.

A. One set of loop cross-over valves are normally closed B. ACW isolations would only be closed if the rupture is known to be in ACW. The stem states the rupture is on a SW line which can be distinguished in the control room with pressure indications.

C. The squeeze valve is common to both loops.

References:

2203.022 step 3 Historical Comments:

New 2006 Form ES-401-5 Written Exam Question Worksheet Page 18 of 100

Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam 28-Jun-06 QID: 0601 Rev: 0 Rev Date: 28-Jun-06 Lic Level: R RO SRO Sample Plan Q# Source: New 2006 10CFR55.41.5, 6 Tier # 1 19 10CFR55. Group # 2 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2 2 = Comprehension or Analysis Importance Rating 3.0*

System

Title:

Continuous Rod Withdrawal System Number 001 K/A: AK2.06 Question:

A plant startup is in progress and the following conditions exist:

  • The reactor is critical at 5E-5% power.
  • Tave is at 545 °F.
  • A CEDMCS failure causes the selected bank of rods to step out ten (10) steps before being stopped by the operator.

Considering the effect that this event will have on reactor parameters over the next minute, startup rate (SUR) will ___________ and a Tave/Tref mismatch __________ expected?

A. stabilize at a positive value; is B. return to zero; is C. return to zero; is NOT D. stabilize at a positive value; is NOT Answer:

D. is; is NOT Notes:

The power level is well below the point of adding heat. As such, the contribution of fission to heat production is negligible. Temperature is controlled by SDBCS settings. The CEAs do, however, add positive reactivity which will cause reactor power to rise resulting in a positive SUR. Since the Rx is below POAH, SUR will stabilize at a positive value.

References:

Historical Comments:

Form ES-401-5 Written Exam Question Worksheet Page 19 of 100

Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam 28-Jun-06 QID: 0569 Rev: 0 Rev Date: 03-May-06 Lic Level: R RO SRO Sample Plan Q# Source: New 2006 10CFR55.41.6 Tier # 1 20 10CFR55. Group # 2 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2 2 = Comprehension or Analysis Importance Rating 3.4 System

Title:

Inop/Stuck Control Rod System Number 005 K/A: AA1.05 Question:

Unit 2 reactor startup is in progress. The operator performing the startup is withdrawing S/D Bank 'A' and CEA

  1. 50 becomes mechanically bound and does not move with the rest of the group.

If this condition were to go unnoticed by the startup operator, which of the following alarms would be the first to warn of this condition?

A. 2K04 J6 CEAC #2 CEA Deviation B. 2K10 B2 CPC AZTILT Exceeded C. 2K10 D1 CEDMCS Minor CEA Deviation D. 2K04 H5 CEAC #1 Sensor Failure Answer:

A. 2K04 J6 CEAC #2 CEA Deviation Notes:

Although the CEDMCS deviation is smaller for an alarm, CEDMCS would not see the condition because the pulse counter would still be working without the CEA movement. CEAC would see the actual condition based on reed switch rod indication.

AZTILT may be affected but the incore response is very slow.

References:

2203.012D 2203.012J Historical Comments:

Form ES-401-5 Written Exam Question Worksheet Page 20 of 100

Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam 28-Jun-06 QID: 0566 Rev: 0 Rev Date: 03-May-06 Lic Level: R RO SRO Sample Plan Q# Source: New 2006 10CFR55.41.12 Tier # 1 21 10CFR55. Group # 2 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 1 2 = Comprehension or Analysis Importance Rating 3.7 System

Title:

Fuel Handling Accident System Number 036 K/A: AK3.03 Question:

Unit 2 is in Mode 6 with a fuel off-load in progress. The SRO in charge of refueling notifies the SM that an incident has caused damage to a spent fuel assembly in the reactor building upender.

The Refueling Accident procedure directs evacuating the reactor building for this event because:

A. Reactor building purge will be secured.

B. Damage to the fuel assembly could cause inadvertent criticality.

C. Rupture of the cladding could result in release of fission product gases.

D. Reactor building spray system will be actuated for iodine removal.

Answer:

C. Rupture of the cladding could result in release of fission product gases.

Notes:

References:

2502.001 Attachment M section 2 & 3 Historical Comments:

Form ES-401-5 Written Exam Question Worksheet Page 21 of 100

Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam 28-Jun-06 QID: 0607 Rev: 0 Rev Date: 15-May-06 Lic Level: R RO SRO Sample Plan Q# Source: New 2006 10CFR55. Tier # 1 22 10CFR55. Group # 2 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2 2 = Comprehension or Analysis Importance Rating 3.4 System

Title:

Steam Generator Tube Leak System Number 037 K/A: 2.2.22 Question:

Consider the following:

  • Plant power is 30% and lowering
  • A plant shutdown is in progress due to a tube leak on 'B' SG
  • Leak rate has been confirmed by chemistry to be 125 GPD
  • Actions of 2203.038 Primary to Secondary Leakage AOP have been completed up to the point of tripping the reactor Considering the event in progress and actions taken in the AOP, which of the following LCOs would be applicable?

A. Reactor Coolant System Leakage, 3.4.6.2 B. Reactor Coolant System Pressure/Temperature Limits, 3.4.9.1 C. Steam Generator Pressure/Temperature Limitation, 3.7.2.1 D. Emergency Feedwater System, 3.7.1.2 Answer:

D. Emergency Feedwater System, 3.7.1.2 Notes:

A. Confirmed leakage of greater than 150 GPD required for this LCO B. Cooldown has not been started. P/T limits not challenged until rx tripped with a leak this small (< 0.1 gpm)

C. SG P/T limits, although applicable at all times, are related more to CSD conditions during initial heatup and pressurization.

References:

2203.038 Floating Step 13.

TS 3.4.6.2, 3.4.9.1, 3.7.2.1, 3.7.1.2 Historical Comments:

Form ES-401-5 Written Exam Question Worksheet Page 22 of 100

Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam 28-Jun-06 QID: 0637 Rev: 0 Rev Date: 03-May-06 Lic Level: R RO SRO Sample Plan Q# Source: New 2006 10CFR55.41.4 Tier # 1 23 10CFR55. Group # 2 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 1 2 = Comprehension or Analysis Importance Rating 3.4 System

Title:

Loss of Condenser Vacuum System Number 051 K/A: 2.1.32 Question:

Per the Limits and Precautions of 2104.010 Circulating Water System Operation, during normal full power operation, if circulating water capacity is reduced, what should be done to maintain condenser pressure within limits?

A. Isolate nitrogen purge to condenser.

B. Place both vacuum pumps in the 'Hogging' mode.

C. Reduce plant power.

D. Shift turbine load to SDBCS bypass valves.

Answer:

C. Reduce plant power.

Notes:

The bases behind this L&P is to reduce heat load on the condenser tubes since a reduced circ water capacity represents a reduced heat removal capacity.

A. The N2 purge is a very small flow rate (scfh).

B. Hogging mode will not help much for a loss of heat sink issue.

D. Shifting steam flow from the turbine to the SDBCS bypass valves does not reduce heat load on the condenser tubes.

References:

2104.010 L&P 5.4 Historical Comments:

Form ES-401-5 Written Exam Question Worksheet Page 23 of 100

Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam 28-Jun-06 QID: 0638 Rev: 0 Rev Date: 03-May-06 Lic Level: R RO SRO Sample Plan Q# Source: New 2006 10CFR55.41.11 Tier # 1 24 10CFR55. Group # 2 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2 2 = Comprehension or Analysis Importance Rating 2.5*

System

Title:

ARM system alarms System Number 061 K/A: AK1.01 Question:

______________________ in containment causes a false signal to be induced on the coaxial cables for the containment high range radiation monitors making them have similar trends for multiple events.

A. Spray actuation B. Dense steam environment C. Rapid temperature changes D. Released fission product radiation Answer:

C. Rapid temperature changes Notes:

Containment high range rad monitor signal will rise for any large energy release in containment. It becomes more reliable as containment temperature stabilizes.

A & B. Detector output not affected by moisture or steam.

D. Detector function is to detect FP radiation due to RCS/fuel boundary release.

References:

STM 2-62 section 2.1.2 ER-ANO-2001-0743 Historical Comments:

Form ES-401-5 Written Exam Question Worksheet Page 24 of 100

Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam 28-Jun-06 QID: 0323 Rev: 000 Rev Date: 04-Dec-01 Lic Level: R RO SRO Sample Plan Q# Source: New 2002 10CFR55.41.5 Tier # 1 25 10CFR55. Group # 2 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2 2 = Comprehension or Analysis Importance Rating 2.8 System

Title:

High Reactor Coolant Activity System Number 076 K/A: AA2.02 Question:

Given the following plant conditions:

  • Unit is operating at 100% power following a Plant Startup from a Refueling Outage.
  • Chemistry samples indicate that RCS activity is approaching the Technical Specification limits.

Which ONE of the following actions should be taken due to the rising RCS activity?

A. Bypass Letdown Demineralizers and swap the VCT inlet to the Hold Up Tanks.

B. Minimize Letdown to allow more dilution inventory from Charging into the RCS.

C. Raise Letdown flow to maximize RCS activity cleanup using demineralizers.

D. Isolate RCS Letdown Gross Rad Monitor (2RITS-4806A) to prevent over-ranging.

Answer:

C. Raise Letdown flow to maximize RCS activity cleanup using demineralizers.

Notes:

Tech Guide for High Activity in the RCS, AOP 2203.020 Step 3, states that raising Letdown flow will raise the rate of fission product removal and should offset any the raised dose seen by personnel due to the raised flow rate. This makes answer C correct. Answer A is wrong because it would only move the fission products to another tank which would have to be processed later. B is incorrect because too much inventory added to the RCS would violate Technical Specifications. D is incorrect because we want to continue to monitor RCS activity with this monitor.

References:

2203.020, High Activity in RCS, Step 3 2203.020, High Activity in RCS Tech Guidelines, Step 3 ANO-2-LP-RO-EAOP, Abnormal Operating Procedures, Objective 15.0 Historical Comments:

Form ES-401-5 Written Exam Question Worksheet Page 25 of 100

Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam 28-Jun-06 QID: 0639 Rev: 0 Rev Date: 28-Jun-06 Lic Level: R RO SRO Sample Plan Q# Source: New 2006 10CFR55.41.7 Tier # 1 26 10CFR55. Group # 2 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2 2 = Comprehension or Analysis Importance Rating 2.8 System

Title:

RCS Overcooling System Number A11 K/A: AK1.1 Question:

Unit 2 is in Mode 3 with a cooldown in progress for refueling with the following conditions:

  • SG pressures 850 psia controlled by SDBCS in manual for cooldown
  • RCS Overcooling AOP is entered Manual actuation of MSIS will ___________________________________.

A. isolate the lifted main steam safety valve B. NOT be beneficial for this condition C. isolate EFW to the affected SG D. minimize the cooldown on the RCS Answer:

D. minimize the cooldown on the RCS Notes:

The cooldown will be limited/minimized by stopping all steaming and isolating MFW to the affected SG. This should be recognized as a function of MSIS even when the starting point is below NOP/NOT.

A. The MSSVs are upstream of the MSIVs and will not be isolated B. MSIS actuation is required by the AOP for an un-isolated steam leak C. MFW isolates with MFWIS actuation (subset of MSIS). EFW valves are actuated from EFAS and SG pressure NOT MSIS.

References:

2203.011 and Tech Guide step 8 Historical Comments:

Form ES-401-5 Written Exam Question Worksheet Page 26 of 100

Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam 28-Jun-06 QID: 0595 Rev: 0 Rev Date: 11-May-06 Lic Level: R RO SRO Sample Plan Q# Source: New 2006 10CFR55.41.10 Tier # 1 27 10CFR55. Group # 2 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 1 2 = Comprehension or Analysis Importance Rating 2.8 System

Title:

Excess RCS Leakage System Number A16 K/A: AK3.2 Question:

The Excess RCS Leakage AOP is being implemented for an unidentified leak in containment. The CRS directs the ATCO to isolate Letdown due to pressurizer level deviating from setpoint.

When isolating Letdown, ______________ is the LEAST preferred isolation to use because ________________________________.

A. Letdown Isolation 2CV-4820-2; it is inside containment and may not fully close in this high moisture environment B. Regen HX Outlet 2CV-4823-2; it will cause the Regen Heat Exchanger to overpressurize C. Letdown Isolation 2CV-4820-2; it is powered from non-vital MCC 2B81 and will likely trip its breaker D. Regen HX Outlet 2CV-4823-2; it is NOT designed to isolate letdown at normal pressure and flow Answer:

D. Regen HX Outlet 2CV-4823-2; it is NOT designed to isolate letdown at normal pressure and flow Notes:

2CV-4820-2 is prefered for leak determination since it is the first valve in the letdown flowpath.

The regen HX is design for full RCS pressure.

References:

2203.016 and Tech Guide, step 3 Historical Comments:

Form ES-401-5 Written Exam Question Worksheet Page 27 of 100

Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam 28-Jun-06 QID: 0557 Rev: 0 Rev Date: 03-May-06 Lic Level: R RO SRO Sample Plan Q# Source: New 2006 10CFR55.41.3 Tier # 2 28 10CFR55. Group # 1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 1 2 = Comprehension or Analysis Importance Rating 2.8 System

Title:

Reactor Coolant Pump System Number 003 K/A: K4.04 Question:

The RCP Control Bleedoff (CBO) Relief Valve 2PSV-4836 prevents damage to the RCP seals by:

A. Relieving pressure buildup in the event there is excessive CBO flow from a RCP failed seal.

B. Relieving an overpressure condition to the containment sump in the event a CBO containment isolation is closed.

C. Maintain RCP CBO flow in the event a CBO containment isolation is closed.

D. Maintain RCP CBO flow from the unaffected RCPs in the event the excess flow check valve for a RCP closes.

Answer:

C. Maintain RCP CBO flow in the event a CBO containment isolation is closed.

Notes:

References:

M-2231 sheet 1 STM 2-03-2 page 4 Historical Comments:

Form ES-401-5 Written Exam Question Worksheet Page 28 of 100

Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam 28-Jun-06 QID: 0596 Rev: 0 Rev Date: 11-May-06 Lic Level: R RO SRO Sample Plan Q# Source: ANO-OPS2-9909 10CFR55.41.7 Tier # 2 29 10CFR55. Group # 1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2 2 = Comprehension or Analysis Importance Rating 3.0 System

Title:

Chemical & Volume Control System Number 004 K/A: A1.06 Question:

Unit 2 is at full power operation. Consider the following:

  • An inadvertent Containment Isolation Actuation (CIAS) occurs
  • All containment parameters are normal
  • RCS Tave is steady at 580 °F
  • Only the lead charging pump is operating
  • Component Cooling Water (CCW) is being restored to the RCPs
  • Assume that no other operator action is taken With these conditions in mind, Pressurizer Level is going up at a rate of _________ and VCT Level is going down at a rate of ___________.

A. 44 gpm; 44 gpm B. 44 gpm; 40 gpm C. 40 gpm; 44 gpm D. 40 gpm; 40 gpm Answer:

C. 40 gpm; 44 gpm Notes:

The key is that RCP CBO (4 gpm) will be directed to the QT vs VCT and letdown will be isolated due to the CIAS actuation.

References:

2203.039 STM 2-04; 2.21.3 STM 2-04; 2.3 A2LP-RO-CVCS Objective: 6, 17 Historical Comments:

New 2006 Form ES-401-5 Written Exam Question Worksheet Page 29 of 100

Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam 28-Jun-06 QID: 0558 Rev: 0 Rev Date: 03-May-06 Lic Level: R RO SRO Sample Plan Q# Source: New 2006 10CFR55.41.7 Tier # 2 30 10CFR55. Group # 1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 1 2 = Comprehension or Analysis Importance Rating 2.7*

System

Title:

RHR System Number 005 K/A: K2.03 Question:

The motive power for the inside containment SDC Suction Isolations 2CV-5084-1 and 2CV-5086-2 is from

____________________ and the outside isolation 2CV-5038-1 is from ______________.

A. Vital 480 VAC; Instrument Air B. Non-Vital 480 VAC; Instrument Air C. Non-Vital 480 VAC; Non-Vital 480 VAC D. Vital 480 VAC; Vital 480 VAC Answer:

D. Vital 480 VAC; Vital 480 VAC Notes:

Some penetration (outside) valves are air operated but none of these.

2CV-5038 does not have any interlocks or actuations but is still vital powered.

References:

2107.002 Attachments C & D Historical Comments:

Form ES-401-5 Written Exam Question Worksheet Page 30 of 100

Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam 28-Jun-06 QID: 0570 Rev: 0 Rev Date: 03-May-06 Lic Level: R RO SRO Sample Plan Q# Source: New 2006 10CFR55.41.10 Tier # 2 31 10CFR55. Group # 1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 1 2 = Comprehension or Analysis Importance Rating 2.8*

System

Title:

RHR System Number 005 K/A: A4.03 Question:

Consider the following:

  • Mode 4, 220°F
  • Cooldown to Mode 5 in progress
  • SDC system (red train) is in service
  • RCPs are secured In this condition, ___________ is used for determining RCS temperature to verify cooldown rates are within limits.

A. Wide range Tcold B. SDC Return Temperature C. Average CET from SPDS D. SDC Heat Exchanger Outlet Answer:

B. SDC Return Temperature Notes:

Wide range Tc is used when RCPs are running.

CETs can be used for trending and are also required for natural circ cooldowns (EOP/AOP).

SDC HX outlet is only a portion of the total SDC flow.

References:

2102.010 step 5.1 1015.016 step 5.1 form 1015.016I form 1015.016H Historical Comments:

Form ES-401-5 Written Exam Question Worksheet Page 31 of 100

Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam 28-Jun-06 QID: 0278 Rev: 001 Rev Date: 07-Feb-00 Lic Level: R RO SRO Sample Plan Q# Source: New 2000 10CFR55.41.7 Tier # 2 32 10CFR55. Group # 1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 1 2 = Comprehension or Analysis Importance Rating 4.2 System

Title:

Emergency Core Cooling System (ECCS) System Number 006 K/A: A3.08 Question:

Given the following plant conditions:

  • Large Break LOCA in progress.
  • RAS actuates with the Refueling Water Tank (RWT) level at 6%.

Which of the following over-rides will be removed for the given conditions?

A. HPSI Injection Isolation 2CV-5015-1 over-ridden closed.

B. ACW Supply Isolation 2CV-1425-1 over-ridden open.

C. CAMS Supply Isolation 2SV-8263-2 over-ridden open.

D. CCW Supply Isolation 2CV-5255-1 over-ridden open.

Answer:

B. ACW Supply Isolation 2CV-1425-1 over-ridden open Notes:

RAS actuation blocks the overrides for SW valves to ensure adequate SW pressure available to the SDC HX (Spray). All other choices are non-SW components

References:

STM 2-70, RAS Actuation Table STM 2-42, Service Water and Auxiliary Cooling Water Systems, Rev 11 Chg 1, Section 4.0.

Historical Comments:

Added notes and added RAS actuation to stem. 5-18-06 ClayS Form ES-401-5 Written Exam Question Worksheet Page 32 of 100

Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam 28-Jun-06 QID: 0559 Rev: 0 Rev Date: 03-May-06 Lic Level: R RO SRO Sample Plan Q# Source: New 2006 10CFR55.41.10 Tier # 2 33 10CFR55. Group # 1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2 2 = Comprehension or Analysis Importance Rating 3.1 System

Title:

Pressurizer Relief/Quench Tank System Number 007 K/A: K5.02 Question:

When forming a pressurizer steam bubble, level is maintained 80-90% using a ___________ to raise level and

______________ to lower level.

A. LPSI pump; Letdown B. LPSI pump; LPSI mini-recirc C. Charging pump; LPSI mini-recirc D. Charging pump; Letdown Answer:

C. Charging pump; LPSI mini-recirc Notes:

A & D: With RCS at atmospheric (no bubble) there is not enough D/P across the letdown valves to reduce inventory in the RCS.

A & B: LPSI pump(s) will be aligned for SDC so suctions are not aligned to RWT for makeup to RCS.

References:

2103.002 step 9.12 Historical Comments:

Form ES-401-5 Written Exam Question Worksheet Page 33 of 100

Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam 28-Jun-06 QID: 0602 Rev: 0 Rev Date: 12-May-06 Lic Level: R RO SRO Sample Plan Q# Source: ANO-OPS2-6705 10CFR55.41.4 Tier # 2 34 10CFR55. Group # 1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 1 2 = Comprehension or Analysis Importance Rating 3.3*

System

Title:

Component Cooling Water System Number 008 K/A: A2.05 Question:

Which of the following would be the affect of a loss of Instrument Air on Component Cooling Water (CCW) components?

A. Surge Tank vent would be unable to be shifted to a monitored release path.

B. CCW containment isolation valves fail closed, reactor must be tripped if not restored.

C. Crossover valves will shift to align 2P-33B to supply Loop II CCW.

D. Letdown will isolate on high Letdown Heat Exchanger outlet temperature.

Answer:

A. Surge Tank vent would be unable to be shifted to a monitored release path.

Notes:

CCW containment isolations are MOVs.

Loop crossover valves fail as-is.

LD HX temperature control valve fails open on loss of air.

References:

2203.021 Attachment A table for CCW system Historical Comments:

New 2006 Form ES-401-5 Written Exam Question Worksheet Page 34 of 100

Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam 28-Jun-06 QID: 0159 Rev: 001 Rev Date: 11-Aug-98 Lic Level: R RO SRO Sample Plan Q# Source: New 1998 10CFR55.41.7 Tier # 2 35 10CFR55. NA Group # 1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 1 2 = Comprehension or Analysis Importance Rating 3.0 System

Title:

Pressurizer Pressure Control System System Number 010 K/A: K2.01 Question:

Which of the following pressurizer heater banks are powered by 480V Vital Power?

A. Proportional heaters banks #1 and #2, backup heaters #1 and #2.

B. Backup heaters banks #1, #2, #3, #4.

C. Proportional heater banks #1 and #2.

D. Backup heaters banks #1 and #2.

Answer:

C. Proportional heater banks #1 and #2.

Notes:

References:

2107.002, Attachment B, (ESF Electrical System Operation)

STM2-3-1, Section 2.4 Table (Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control)

ANO-2-LP-RO-RCS, Obj 10.0 Historical Comments:

Rev 001 - 08/11/98 - Added procedure 2107.002 to reference list per NRC review comment.

Form ES-401-5 Written Exam Question Worksheet Page 35 of 100

Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam 28-Jun-06 QID: 0597 Rev: 0 Rev Date: 11-May-06 Lic Level: R RO SRO Sample Plan Q# Source: New 2006 10CFR55.41.6 Tier # 2 36 10CFR55. Group # 1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2 2 = Comprehension or Analysis Importance Rating 3.1*

System

Title:

Reactor Protection System Number 012 K/A: K3.03 Question:

A Unit 2 startup after a refueling outage is in progress with plant power at 25%. The main turbine is manually tripped due to high vibes. No other manual actions have been taken.

Given these conditions, the SDBCS valves _________ have a quick open BLOCK signal because ____________________.

A. would; RCS Tave as calculated by the Reactor Reg system would be elevated B. would NOT; CEDMCS buses 2C70 and 2C71 are still energized C. would; the Main Turbine lockout relay would initiate a reactor trip D. would NOT; Turbine Power is <20% as calculated by the Reactor Reg system Answer:

B. would NOT; CEDMCS buses 2C70 and 2C71 are still energized Notes:

CEDMCS undervoltage relays provide the Reactor Trip input to SDBCS for the quick open block signal.

References:

2105.008 step 6.1 setpoints STM 2-02 section 5.8 Historical Comments:

Form ES-401-5 Written Exam Question Worksheet Page 36 of 100

Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam 28-Jun-06 QID: 0608 Rev: 0 Rev Date: 15-May-06 Lic Level: R RO SRO Sample Plan Q# Source: New 2006 10CFR55.41.7 Tier # 2 37 10CFR55. Group # 1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 1 2 = Comprehension or Analysis Importance Rating 3.7 System

Title:

Engineered Safety Features Actuation System Number 013 K/A: K1.18 Question:

The plant is in Mode 3 following a manual actuation of MSIS from full power due to a large steam leak.

Consider the following conditions:

  • The steam leak was determined to be in the turbine building
  • SG pressures have returned to normal post trip values
  • All four MSIV handswitches remain in the OPEN position
  • The MSIS signal in PPS is now reset Given these conditions, the MSIVs will _____________ because ____________.

A. open; SG pressure is above MSIS setpoint B. open; the anti-flyback relay is de-energized C. remain closed; SG pressure is below MSIS setpoint D. remain closed; the anti-flyback relay is energized Answer:

D. remain closed; the anti-flyback relay is energized Notes:

A. Pressure return to normal does not affect MSIV reset logic B. The anti-flyback relay prevents re-opening. The handswitches must be taken to closed after an actuation to allow re-opening.

C. SG pressures at normal post trip value (~950 psia) is above trip setpoint

References:

E-2160 sh 1 (interlock relay 94/10xx-x)

Historical Comments:

Form ES-401-5 Written Exam Question Worksheet Page 37 of 100

Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam 28-Jun-06 QID: 0610 Rev: 0 Rev Date: 15-May-06 Lic Level: R RO SRO Sample Plan Q# Source: New 2006 10CFR55.41.10 Tier # 2 38 10CFR55. Group # 1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2 2 = Comprehension or Analysis Importance Rating 2.8 System

Title:

Engineered Safety Features Actuation System Number 013 K/A: 2.1.25 Question:

Recovery actions for a large break LOCA on Unit 2 are in progress using 2202.003 Unisolated LOCA section with the following conditions:

  • RCS pressure steady at 240 psia
  • RVLMS level 03 indicates WET
  • SIAS components actuated one hour ago
  • RAS actuates with RWT level at 6%
  • CET temperature indication starts to slowly rise after the RAS Given these conditions, adequate core heat removal could be verified using _______________ .

A. EOP Attachment 16, RAS Verification B. EOP Exhibit 2, HPSI Flow Curve C. EOP Attachment 2, SIAS Verification D. EOP Exhibit 3, LPSI Flow Curve Answer:

B. EOP Exhibit 2, HPSI Flow Curve Notes:

LPSI pumps trip with a RAS therefore LPSI flow should be zero. The RAS and SIAS verification attachments only check valve/component positions. Only Exhibit 2 & 3 shows the expected flow for given RCS pressure that is required for Inventory/Heat Removal.

References:

EOP Exh 2 Historical Comments:

Form ES-401-5 Written Exam Question Worksheet Page 38 of 100

Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam 28-Jun-06 QID: 0577 Rev: 0 Rev Date: 04-May-06 Lic Level: R RO SRO Sample Plan Q# Source: New 2006 10CFR55.41.7 Tier # 2 39 10CFR55. Group # 1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 1 2 = Comprehension or Analysis Importance Rating 3.2*

System

Title:

Containment Cooling System Number 022 K/A: A4.02 Question:

Which of the following control room indications represents the CORRECT response of the Main Chill Water System to an SIAS actuation?

A. Both Main Chiller breakers, 2A-108 and 2A-208, indicate OPEN on 2C22.

B. Both Main Chill Water Pumps indicate idle on 2C22.

C. SW to chiller supply valves on 2C16 and 2C17 indicate OPEN.

D. Chill Water to Containment isolations on 2C16 and 2C17 indicate CLOSED.

Answer:

A. Both Main Chiller breakers, 2A-108 and 2A-208, indicate OPEN on 2C22.

Notes:

SIAS causes SW supply valves to CLOSE and the chiller breakers to OPEN. SIAS does NOT impact chill water pumps or containment isolations.

References:

STM 2-45, section 2.1 E-2371 Historical Comments:

Form ES-401-5 Written Exam Question Worksheet Page 39 of 100

Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam 28-Jun-06 QID: 0561 Rev: 0 Rev Date: 03-May-06 Lic Level: R RO SRO Sample Plan Q# Source: New 2006 10CFR55.41.10 Tier # 2 40 10CFR55. Group # 1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 1 2 = Comprehension or Analysis Importance Rating 3.1*

System

Title:

Containment Cooling System Number 022 K/A: A4.04 Question:

The Containment Cooler 14 Day Test is in progress.

Which of the following describes the sequence for aligning Service Water to the coolers for this test?

A. Open the inlet bypass solenoid valve to fill cooler, open the cooler outlet, then open the cooler inlet.

B. Open cooler inlet valve, open the cooler outlet valve, cycle the inlet bypass valve to verify operation.

C. Open the inlet bypass solenoid valve to fill cooler, open the cooler inlet valve, open the cooler outlet valve.

D. Open the cooler outlet valve, open the cooler inlet valve, then cycle the inlet bypass valve to verify operation.

Answer:

B. Open cooler inlet valve, open the cooler outlet valve, cycle the inlet bypass valve to verify operation.

Notes:

References:

2104.033 Suplement 3 Historical Comments:

Form ES-401-5 Written Exam Question Worksheet Page 40 of 100

Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam 28-Jun-06 QID: 0562 Rev: 0 Rev Date: 03-May-06 Lic Level: R RO SRO Sample Plan Q# Source: New 2006 10CFR55.41.14 Tier # 2 41 10CFR55. Group # 1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2 2 = Comprehension or Analysis Importance Rating 3.9*

System

Title:

Containment Spray System Number 026 K/A: A3.02 Question:

A Recirc Actuation (RAS) will cause Service Water header pressure to ______________________ due to A. rise; aligning Service Water returns to the ECP B. rise; aligning Service Water to the Shutdown Cooling Heat Exchanger C. lower; aligning Service Water returns to the ECP D. lower; aligning Service Water to the Shutdown Cooling Heat Exchanger Answer:

D. lower; aligning Service Water to the Shutdown Cooling Heat Exchanger Notes:

Service water returns are aligned to the ECP by SIAS or MSIS. RAS aligns SW to SDC (spray) HX which will lower SW header pressure due to the increased load.

References:

STM 2-70 RAS actuation table (page 58/59)

Historical Comments:

Form ES-401-5 Written Exam Question Worksheet Page 41 of 100

Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam 28-Jun-06 QID: 0563 Rev: 0 Rev Date: 03-May-06 Lic Level: R RO SRO Sample Plan Q# Source: New 2006 10CFR55.41.4 Tier # 2 42 10CFR55. Group # 1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 1 2 = Comprehension or Analysis Importance Rating 2.5*

System

Title:

Main and Reheat Steam System Number 039 K/A: K3.04 Question:

Consider the following:

  • 100% power
  • 2HS-0352 Pump Turbine Pref Trip Sel switch is selected to "2K2A"

Considering the status of BOTH MFPs following the trip, the 'A' MFPT Low Pressure STOP valve will be _____________ and the 'B' MFPT High Pressure CONTROL valve will be ______________.

A. open; open B. open; closed C. closed; open D. closed; closed Answer:

C. closed; open Notes:

A MFP will trip causing both HP & LP stop valves to close.

B MFP stays on line, however, since the turbine has tripped there is no low pressure steam available from the MSR so the HP control valve has to open to apply main steam to the turbine.

References:

STM 2-19-1 sections 1.5.1 through 1.5.4 Historical Comments:

Form ES-401-5 Written Exam Question Worksheet Page 42 of 100

Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam 28-Jun-06 QID: 0615 Rev: 0 Rev Date: 16-May-06 Lic Level: R RO SRO Sample Plan Q# Source: New 2006 10CFR55.41.4, 10 Tier # 2 43 10CFR55. Group # 1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2 2 = Comprehension or Analysis Importance Rating 3.6 System

Title:

Main Feedwater System Number 059 K/A: K3.02 Question:

Unit 2 tripped from 100% due to a main turbine malfunction. While performing SPTAs the following occur:

  • CBOT reports indications of a break on the feedwater line to 'A' SG inside containment
  • Both MFW pumps are tripped and all MFW block valves are closed by the CBOT Given these conditions, 'A' EFW pump ____________ capable of feeding 'A' SG and ________________ capable of feeding 'B' SG.

A. is; is B. is; is NOT C. is NOT; is D. is NOT; is NOT Answer:

C. is NOT; is Notes:

Leak location downstream of the check valve will preclude any FW (main or EFW) from getting to 'A' SG, however, due to block valve redundancy on the EFW header, 'B' SG can still be fed from either EFW pump.

References:

2202.001 SPTA Tech Guide for step 8.C Historical Comments:

Form ES-401-5 Written Exam Question Worksheet Page 43 of 100

Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam 28-Jun-06 QID: 0640 Rev: 0 Rev Date: 28-Jun-06 Lic Level: R RO SRO Sample Plan Q# Source: New 2006 10CFR55.8, 10 Tier # 2 44 10CFR55. Group # 1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 1 2 = Comprehension or Analysis Importance Rating 3.0 System

Title:

Main Feedwater System Number 059 K/A: 2.4.14 Question:

The RCS Heat Removal Safety Function is being verified using 2202.001 Standard Post Trip Actions (SPTAs) following a trip from full power. Verifying both MFPs tripped will satisfy the safety function criteria for which of the following conditions?

(reference provided)

A. 'B' SG level is 95%.

B. MFW system is NOT in RTO.

C. MFW line indicates ruptured.

D. RCS Tc is 538 °F.

Answer:

B. MFW system is NOT in RTO.

Notes:

SPTA step 8 will be provided.

Usage of the 2 column format for SPTAs provides a contingency action for abnrmal conditions that need to be addressed during SPTA. Additionally, guidance in the EOP/AOP users guide describes the use of the check-off lines next to selected actions. These check-offs are the minimum requirement to satisfy the applicable safety function.

Each of the above distractors could lead to the given condition of BOTH MFPs tripped in the contingency action, however, only the RTO contingency has a check-off line next to it.

References:

1015.021 EOP/AOP User Guide, step 6.16.1.A 2202.001 SPTA, step 8 Historical Comments:

Form ES-401-5 Written Exam Question Worksheet Page 44 of 100

Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam 28-Jun-06 QID: 0686 Rev: 0 Rev Date: 15-May-06 Lic Level: R RO SRO Sample Plan Q# Source: New 2006 10CFR55.41.8 Tier # 2 45 10CFR55. Group # 1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 1 2 = Comprehension or Analysis Importance Rating 3.6 System

Title:

Auxiliary/Emergency Feedwater System Number 061 K/A: K1.07 Question:

Unit 2 is in Mode 3 performing a plant cooldown to Mode 5 for a turbine generator maintenance outage with the following plant lineup:

  • EFW Pump, 2P-7B is being used to maintain SG levels
  • 'A' Condensate Storage Tank is aligned to EFW
  • All ESF actuations are reset Given this lineup, if the suction pressure instrument for 2P-7B were to fail low, what would be the suction source for 2P-7B.

A. SU/BD DI Effluent B. Loop One SW C. Loop Two SW D. 'A' CST Answer:

A. SU/BD DI Effluent Notes:

B & C. Since all ESF actuations, which includes EFAS, are reset the suction valves will not align to service water automatically. If EFAS was actuated, then Loop one SW would be supplying 2P-7B.

D. The pressure switch failure would not affect operation of the SU/BD DI. DI effluent pressure seats a check valve in the CST to EFW line.

References:

2106.006 section 6.4 Historical Comments:

Form ES-401-5 Written Exam Question Worksheet Page 45 of 100

Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam 28-Jun-06 QID: 0380 Rev: 001 Rev Date: 25-Oct-01 Lic Level: R RO SRO Sample Plan Q# Source: New 2002 10CFR55.41.5 Tier # 2 46 10CFR55. Group # 1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2 2 = Comprehension or Analysis Importance Rating 2.5 System

Title:

AC Electrical Distribution System System Number 062 K/A: A1.03 Question:

Given the following plant conditions:

  • The Plant trips from 100% Power.
  • After completion of SPTAs, Non-Vital 4160 VAC bus 2A1 Locks Out.
  • All other systems respond as designed.

From the Control Room, what would be the method of controlling Steam Generator pressure using the Steam Dump and Bypass Control System (SDBCS)?

A. All SDBCS valves downstream of the MSIVs would be available for Manual control.

B. Only the green powered SDBCS Valves downstream of the MSIVs would be available for Manual control.

C. All SDBCS Valves downstream of the MSIVs would be available for Automatic control.

D. Only the green powered SDBCS Valves downstream of the MSIVs would be available for Automatic control.

Answer:

B. Only the green powered SDBCS Valves downstream of the MSIVs would be available for Manual control.

Notes:

With the loss of the Red Train vital buses, we also loose 2Y1 which supplies power to the SDBCS Master Controller and the Red Train Powered SDBCS Controllers 2HIC-0301 and 2HIC-0302 controllers. Therefore the Red Powered SDBCS valves are not available for pressure control and since the Master Controller has lost power, the Green train Powered SDBCS Valves are only available in manual control.

References:

ANO-2-LP-RO-SDBCS, Revision 9, Objectives 14,15,16, and 17 STM 2-23, SDBCS, Revision 6, Section 2.11.2 and 2.12 STM 2-15, Steam Generators and Main Steam, Revision 6, Section 3.2.8 and Figure on page 59.

Historical Comments:

Added "after the completion of SPTAs" to the stem because the loss of 2A1 at the trip would result in 2CV-0400/0460 deenergized open requiring MSIVs to be closed which invalidates all of the answers. Having the bus lockout after SPTAs will give these valves plenty of time to go closed.

Truncated the distractors. ClayS 5-18-06 Form ES-401-5 Written Exam Question Worksheet Page 46 of 100

Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam 28-Jun-06 QID: 0564 Rev: 0 Rev Date: 03-May-06 Lic Level: R RO SRO Sample Plan Q# Source: New 2006 10CFR55.41.7 Tier # 2 47 10CFR55. Group # 1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2 2 = Comprehension or Analysis Importance Rating 2.5 System

Title:

DC Electrical Distribution System Number 063 K/A: A2.01 Question:

Annunciator 2K01 H-11 "Battery 2D12 Ground" is received in the control room.

Priority should be given to locating the ground because ____________________ and the severity of the ground can be determined by __________________ .

A. a second ground could result in spurious tripping of equipment; observing the voltages on the ground reference voltmeters on the ground detection panel B. a low resistance ground causes 2D02 to be inoperable; observing the positive and negative polarity light bulb intensity on the ground detection panel C. a ground causes the current limiter to activate on the charger; comparing 2D02 bus voltage to 2D01 bus voltage D. a ground causes elevated hydrogen production in the battery; calling out electrical maintenance to perform testing using maintenance procedures Answer:

A. a second ground could result in spurious tripping of equipment; observing the voltages on the ground reference voltmeters on the ground detection panel Notes:

B. The light bulbs have been replaced by meters C. Difference in voltage between 2D01 and 2D02 is not a positive indicator for degree of ground. Procedure directs proper method.

D. Electrical Maintenance call-out is based on severity of ground and they are called to locate the ground not determine severity.

References:

2107.004 Section 7 Historical Comments:

Form ES-401-5 Written Exam Question Worksheet Page 47 of 100

Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam 28-Jun-06 QID: 0603 Rev: 0 Rev Date: 12-May-06 Lic Level: R RO SRO Sample Plan Q# Source: New 2006 10CFR55.41.8 Tier # 2 48 10CFR55. Group # 1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2 2 = Comprehension or Analysis Importance Rating 3.2 System

Title:

Emergency Diesel Generator System Number 064 K/A: K6.08 Question:

Consider the following:

  • 2DG1 is in the 8th hour of a 24 hour2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> full load run after maintenance
  • 2DG2 is in standby
  • A Unit 1 AO has just completed a fuel oil tanker truck off-load
  • Sediment from the tanker entered the Fuel Oil Bulk tank T-25 and caused the outlet filter F-27 to clog What would be the result of this condition on the Unit 2 Fuel Oil system?

A. Fuel Oil Day Tank 2T-30A level low alarm.

B. Fuel Oil Storage Tank 2T-57A implosion.

C. Fuel Oil Storage Tank 2T-57A level low alarm.

D. Fuel Transfer Pump 2P-16A D/P Hi alarm.

Answer:

C. Fuel Oil Storage Tank 2T-57A level low alarm.

Notes:

With 2DG1 running fully loaded, 2T-57A would be starved for makeup and level would lower. 2T-57A is vented to atmosphere to prevent collapse. Components downstream of the storage tank would operate normally.

References:

2203.012U 2K128 1 Historical Comments:

Form ES-401-5 Written Exam Question Worksheet Page 48 of 100

Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam 28-Jun-06 QID: 0590 Rev: 0 Rev Date: 09-May-06 Lic Level: R RO SRO Sample Plan Q# Source: New 2006 10CFR55.41.8 Tier # 2 49 10CFR55. Group # 1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2 2 = Comprehension or Analysis Importance Rating 2.7 System

Title:

EDGs System Number 064 K/A: K6.07 Question:

Consider the following:

  • 2DG1 Starting Air Tank 2T-31A is depressurized for compressor 2C-4A maintenance
  • Due to a human error, the drive belts are removed from the 2C-4B air compressor
  • A loss of offsite power now occurs Given these conditions, 2DG1:

A. is NOT capable of starting without a compressor available.

B. is capable of only one start without a compressor available.

C. is capable of more than one start but without governor air boost.

D. is capable of more than one start including one start failure.

Answer:

D. is capable of more than one start including one start failure.

Notes:

Each starting air reciever is sized for 5 starts without a compressor OR one start failure (10 sec) plus 2 additional normal starts.

References:

STM 2-31 section 2.2.1 Historical Comments:

Form ES-401-5 Written Exam Question Worksheet Page 49 of 100

Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam 28-Jun-06 QID: 0383 Rev: 000 Rev Date: 25-Oct-01 Lic Level: R RO SRO Sample Plan Q# Source: New 10CFR55.41.5 Tier # 2 50 10CFR55. Group # 1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2 2 = Comprehension or Analysis Importance Rating 2.5 System

Title:

Process Radiation Monitoring System System Number 073 K/A: K5.01 Question:

Given the following plant conditions:

  • Plant has returned to 100% power from 70% power.
  • CBOT is directed to monitor RCS Gross and Iodine activities on Letdown Radmonitor Recorder, 2RR-4806, on 2C-22.

If RCS Iodine 131 Activity has caused the alarm, then ___________________ should be suspected but if RCS Gross Activity has caused the alarm, then __________________ should be suspected.

A. RCS crud burst; Letdown filter damage B. Fuel cladding damage; RCS crud burst C. Letdown filter damage; Fuel cladding damage D. RCS crud burst; Fuel cladding damage Answer:

B. Fuel cladding damage; RCS crud burst Notes:

The differential pressure across the Letdown radiation monitors is driven by the pressure drop across the Letdown filter. The only way Letdown filter damage could cause a rise in RCS activity is if it as located upstream of the radiation monitor. As such they are in parallel to the radiation monitors thus answers A and C are wrong. D is wrong because it is the reverse of the correct answer B.

References:

ANO-2-LP-RO-RMON, Revision 10, Objective 19 STM 2-04, CVCS, Revision 12, Section 2.1.3 and the figure on page 62 STM 2-62, Radiation Monitoring System, Revision 6, Section 2.2.1 OP-2203.012L, ACA for Letdown Radiation HI/LO, Revision 030-01-0 Window A-1 OP-2203.020, High RCS Activity, Revision 007-05-0, Step 7 and its associated Technical Guide Step Historical Comments:

Form ES-401-5 Written Exam Question Worksheet Page 50 of 100

Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam 28-Jun-06 QID: 0565 Rev: 0 Rev Date: 03-May-06 Lic Level: R RO SRO Sample Plan Q# Source: New 2006 10CFR55.41.11 Tier # 2 51 10CFR55. Group # 1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2 2 = Comprehension or Analysis Importance Rating 2.5 System

Title:

Process Radiation Monitoring System Number 073 K/A: K5.02 Question:

While operating at 100% power, S/G Tube Leak Alarm 2K11 J-8 "Trouble/LKRT HI" annunciates in the control room. 10 minutes after the alarm, the following trends on PMS are observed:

  • 'A' SG N-16 (R0200) indicates 51.0 gpd and stable
  • 'B' SG N-16 (R0201) indicates 4.8 gpd and stable
  • Condenser Off-Gas radiation (R0645) indicates 875 counts and stable The N-16 value for 'B' SG is ___________________________________________________.

A. the normal background value for 'B' SG B. the expected "shine" effect due to the leak on 'A' SG C. due to cross-contamination from 'A' SG to 'B' SG D. due to a leak developing on 'B' SG Answer:

B. the expected "shine" effect due to the leak on 'A' SG Notes:

The stable countrate on B N-16 and off gas are indicators that there is no change from the initiating leak on A SG (no new leak on B).

N-16 half life is too short for cross contamination effects between SGs.

The proximity of the A & B N-16 detectors causes a 'shine' effect on the unaffected SG detector. The thumbrule is ~ 10%.

Normal background readings for either detector is <1 gpd.

References:

Historical Comments:

Form ES-401-5 Written Exam Question Worksheet Page 51 of 100

Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam 28-Jun-06 QID: 0579 Rev: 0 Rev Date: 05-May-06 Lic Level: R RO SRO Sample Plan Q# Source: ANO-OPS2-12609 10CFR55.41.7 Tier # 2 52 10CFR55. Group # 1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2 2 = Comprehension or Analysis Importance Rating 2.9 System

Title:

Service Water System Number 076 K/A: K4.02 Question:

The following conditions exists:

  • Coincident with the trip is a loss of off-site power.
  • Both DGs are now supplying their respective bus.

Given these conditions, SW pump 2P-4C would be ______________ and 2P-4B would be ______________ .

A. secured; running B. secured; secured C. running; secured D. running; running Answer:

C. running; secured Notes:

References:

STM 2-42 section 3.1 Historical Comments:

Form ES-401-5 Written Exam Question Worksheet Page 52 of 100

Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam 28-Jun-06 QID: 0580 Rev: 0 Rev Date: 05-May-06 Lic Level: R RO SRO Sample Plan Q# Source: New 2006 10CFR55.41.4 Tier # 2 53 10CFR55. Group # 1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 1 2 = Comprehension or Analysis Importance Rating 3.2 System

Title:

Instrument Air System Number 078 K/A: K4.02 Question:

Unit 1/Unit 2 Instrument Air Cross-connect 2CV-3004 connects the Unit 1 and Unit 2 systems

__________________________________ and fails __________ on a loss of Instrument AC 2Y1.

A. through the breathing air compressor discharge header; CLOSED B. at the instrument air compressors discharge headers; CLOSED C. through the breathing air compressor discharge header; OPEN D. at the instrument air compressors discharge headers; OPEN Answer:

D. OPEN; at the instrument air compressors discharge headers Notes:

A & B. 2CV-3004 is air operated and the operating solenoids will align air to OPEN the valve if 2Y1 is deenergized C. 2CV-3015 connects unit 2 IAS to the breathing air header, which is normally supplied from Unit 1 IAS.

2CV-3004 connects the air compressor discharges for the units.

References:

STM 2-48 section 2.14 P&ID M-2218 Historical Comments:

Form ES-401-5 Written Exam Question Worksheet Page 53 of 100

Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam 28-Jun-06 QID: 0687 Rev: 0 Rev Date: 12-Jun-06 Lic Level: R RO SRO Sample Plan Q# Source: New 2006 10CFR55.41.10 Tier # 2 54 10CFR55. Group # 1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 1 2 = Comprehension or Analysis Importance Rating 3.6 System

Title:

Instrument Air System Number 078 K/A: 2.2.13 Question:

A tagout has been prepared to perform electrical preventive mainenance on the motor for Instrument Air Compressor 2C-27A and the restoration positions are being determined.

Which of the following is the correct restoration position for 2C-27A supply breaker 2B-133?

A. Breaker Closed B. Breaker Racked Up C. Breaker Racked In D. Breaker Open Answer:

A. Breaker Closed Notes:

B. Incorrect because 2B-133 is a load center breaker that racks in and out C. Racked In is not complete. The breaker must be closed because the compressor control circuit has a starter contactor that closes when the compressor gets a start demand.

D. Breaker open is not correct

References:

2107.001 Attachment C, breaker positions for Load Center 2B-1 Historical Comments:

Form ES-401-5 Written Exam Question Worksheet Page 54 of 100

Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam 28-Jun-06 QID: 0688 Rev: 0 Rev Date: 12-Jun-06 Lic Level: R RO SRO Sample Plan Q# Source: New 2006 10CFR55.41.7 Tier # 2 55 10CFR55. Group # 1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2 2 = Comprehension or Analysis Importance Rating 3.9 System

Title:

Containment System System Number 103 K/A: A3.01 Question:

A valid CIAS is actuated and the following is observed:

A. Verify > 2000 SCFM on panel 2C-33 for BOTH exhaust fan filter units.

B. Verify Filter Cooling valves on BOTH exhaust fan filter units are OPEN.

C. Place one Penetration Exhaust Fan in Pull-to-Lock.

D. Place one Filter Cooling valve handswitch in CLOSED.

Answer:

C. Place one Penetration Exhaust Fan in Pull-to-Lock.

Notes:

Both fans running simultaneously will cause inaccuracies with the monitoring system.

A. Only one fan should be running, not BOTH B. Only ONE filter cooling valve will be opened manually if conditions are met (hi temperature)

D. Manipulation of filter valves are not directed at the onset of CIAS for system operation.

References:

2202.010 Att 5, CIAS verification Note 2.

Historical Comments:

Form ES-401-5 Written Exam Question Worksheet Page 55 of 100

Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam 28-Jun-06 QID: 0581 Rev: 0 Rev Date: 05-May-06 Lic Level: R RO SRO Sample Plan Q# Source: New 2006 10CFR55.41.4 Tier # 2 56 10CFR55. Group # 2 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2 2 = Comprehension or Analysis Importance Rating 3.5*

System

Title:

Reactor Coolant System Number 002 K/A: A4.01 Question:

An RCS leakrate calculation has just been performed using the Auto Leakrate program on the plant computer and the "unidentified" leakrate results were notably lower than the previous day's value.

Which of the following would result in this reduction in the Auto Leakrate final calculation?

A. Quench tank inleakage lower than the previous day.

B. Charging pump low pressure packing leakage lower than the previous day.

C. RMW Flow Control Valve 2CV-4927 leakby greater than the previous day.

D. Letdown Divert Valve 2CV-4826 leakby greater than the previous day.

Answer:

C. RMW Flow Control Valve 2CV-4927 leakby greater than the previous day.

Notes:

Quench tank in-leakage represents the 'known' leakage value input into the calculation. The total would go down but the unknown would not change.

Charging pump low pressure packing leakage is not an RCS leak.

More leakby on the divert valve would cause the calculated leak to increase.

References:

2305.002 Limits & Precautions Historical Comments:

Form ES-401-5 Written Exam Question Worksheet Page 56 of 100

Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam 28-Jun-06 QID: 0582 Rev: 0 Rev Date: 05-May-06 Lic Level: R RO SRO Sample Plan Q# Source: ANO-OPS2-9002 10CFR55.41.7 Tier # 2 57 10CFR55. Group # 2 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2 2 = Comprehension or Analysis Importance Rating 3.2 System

Title:

Pressurizer Level Control System Number 011 K/A: K3.03 Question:

The plant is at normal full power operation with an instrument failure and the following conditions:

  • All backup heaters are in automatic and their load center breakers are closed
  • One charging pump is running
  • The Channel Selector for pressurizer pressure is selected to 'A'.
  • The Channel Selector for pressurizer level is selected to 'A'.
  • The Low Level Cutout Switch is selected to 'A&B'
  • Pressurizer Pressure is at setpoint Which of the following alarms would also be in as a result of the instrument failure?.

A. Control Channel 1 Level Lo B. Control Channel 2 Level Lo C. Control Channel 1 Level Hi D. Control Channel 2 Level Hi Answer:

C. Control Channel 1 Level Hi Notes:

Results of 2LT4627-1 failing high.

Backup heater breakers closed indicates that it is a high level signal from the controller which is selected to channel A (1).

References:

2203.012J STM 2-3-1 A2LP-RO-PZR Obj 12 Historical Comments:

New 2006 Form ES-401-5 Written Exam Question Worksheet Page 57 of 100

Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam 28-Jun-06 QID: 0353 Rev: 000 Rev Date: 08-Dec-01 Lic Level: R RO SRO Sample Plan Q# Source: New 2002 10CFR55.41.7 Tier # 2 58 10CFR55. Group # 2 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 1 2 = Comprehension or Analysis Importance Rating 3.3 System

Title:

Nuclear Instrumentation System System Number 015 K/A: K2.01 Question:

Given the following plant conditions:

  • Plant is in Mode 3 coming out of a refueling outage.
  • 120 VAC Electrical Bus 2RS2 is inadvertently de-energized.

Which ONE of the following instruments would be de-energized?

A. Startup Channel Number 1 indications.

B. Startup Channel Number 2 indications.

C. Channel A Excore Log Safety Channel indications.

D. Channel D Excore Log Safety Channel indications.

Answer:

B. Startup Channel Number 2 indications Notes:

Channel A Log Safety Power indications and Startup Channel Number 1 indications are powered from 2RS1.

Channel D Log Safety Channel indications are powered from 2RS4.

References:

ANO-2-LP-RO-NI, Rev 9, Excore Nuclear Instrumentation, Objective 4 STM 2-67-1, Rev 3, Excore Nuclear Instrumentation, Section 2.3.1 2203.012J, Rev 028-03-0, Annunciator 2K10 Corrective Actions for 2K10-K5.

Electrical Print E-2456, Rev 28, Sheet 4 Electrical Print E-2727, Rev 6, Sheet 8 Historical Comments:

Form ES-401-5 Written Exam Question Worksheet Page 58 of 100

Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam 28-Jun-06 QID: 0583 Rev: 0 Rev Date: 05-May-06 Lic Level: R RO SRO Sample Plan Q# Source: ANO-OPS2-4627 10CFR55.41.2 Tier # 2 59 10CFR55. Group # 2 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2 2 = Comprehension or Analysis Importance Rating 3.6*

System

Title:

In-Core Temperature Monitor System Number 017 K/A: A3.01 Question:

Recovery actions for a trip from full power due to a Loss of Offsite Power are in progress with the following conditions:

  • RCS Pressure is 1500 psia
  • RCS Thot is 543°F and steady
  • RCS Tcold is 540°F and steady
  • Avg CET temperature is 545°F and steady
  • Upper Head Temp is 600°F and steady
  • RVLMS Level 02 indicates WET Natural Circulation __________ established and the RCS __________ void free.

A. is; is B. is; is NOT C. is NOT; is D. is NOT; is NOT Answer:

B. is; is NOT Notes:

Steam Table may be used for determining MTS based on CET value.

CET temperature within 10 F of Th and greater than 30 (50) degrees from MTS confirms natural circulation.

Upper head temperature (which is also an incore temperature monitor from RVLMS) indicating superheat (4 F) and RVLMS level 02 wet are indications that the head is voided.

References:

2202.007 A2LP-RO-ELOOP Obj 5 Historical Comments:

New 2006 Form ES-401-5 Written Exam Question Worksheet Page 59 of 100

Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam 28-Jun-06 QID: 0689 Rev: 0 Rev Date: 28-Jun-06 Lic Level: R RO SRO Sample Plan Q# Source: New 2006 10CFR55.41.4 Tier # 2 60 10CFR55. Group # 2 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 1 2 = Comprehension or Analysis Importance Rating 2.7*

System

Title:

Spent Fuel Pool Cooling System Number 033 K/A: K1.05 Question:

Makeup to the Spent Fuel Pool from the Refueling Water Tank (RWT) is aligned through the ______________

with ______________ providing the motive force for flow.

A. Letdown Demineralizer 2T-36A; Reactor Makeup Water Pump (2P-109A/B)

B. SFP Demineralizer 2T-5; SFP Purification Pump (2P-66)

C. SFP Heat Exchanger 2E-27; SFP Cooling Pump (2P-40A/B)

D. Loop II SW Emergency Makeup line; RWT head due to gravity Answer:

B. SFP Demineralizer 2T-5; SFP Purification Pump (2P-66)

Notes:

A. 2P-109s makeup to the pool is from the blending tee through the SFP purification system (2T-5)

C. SFP makeup is part of the purification loop and is independent of the cooling loop D. RWT head is approximately equal to the SFP level and would therefore provide no d/p

References:

2104.006 Section 11.0 P&ID M-2235 Historical Comments:

Form ES-401-5 Written Exam Question Worksheet Page 60 of 100

Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam 28-Jun-06 QID: 0599 Rev: 0 Rev Date: 11-May-06 Lic Level: R RO SRO Sample Plan Q# Source: New 2006 10CFR55.41.5 Tier # 2 61 10CFR55. Group # 2 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2 2 = Comprehension or Analysis Importance Rating 3.2 System

Title:

Steam Generator System Number 035 K/A: K6.01 Question:

Unit 2 is at 100% power. The Quarterly MSIV Partial Stroke Test is in progress. Due to an operator error, the

'B' MSIV is fully closed.

Given this condition AND before manual or automatic operation of any other system,

'A' SG steam FLOW would rapidly _____________ and

'B' SG LEVEL initially would rapidly ____________.

A. rise; lower B. rise; rise C. lower; rise D. lower; lower Answer:

A. rise; lower Notes:

This condition would cause an ASGT CPC trip due to the mismatch in SG power. With B MSIV closed, and turbine power stays at 100%, SG A would supply 100% of total steam flow. SG A steam flow would effectively double. The sudden stop in steaming of the B MSIV would initially cause the level to 'shrink'.

References:

Historical Comments:

Form ES-401-5 Written Exam Question Worksheet Page 61 of 100

Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam 28-Jun-06 QID: 0690 Rev: 0 Rev Date: 14-Jun-06 Lic Level: R RO SRO Sample Plan Q# Source: New 2006 10CFR55.41.10 Tier # 2 62 10CFR55. Group # 2 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2 2 = Comprehension or Analysis Importance Rating 2.7*

System

Title:

Main Turbine Generator System Number 045 K/A: A2.17 Question:

A startup after refueling is in progress. Plant power is 25% with the following conditions:

  • SDBCS in Automatic with all valves closed
  • Turbine Trip signal is actuated due to high vibes on bearing #3
  • Loss of Turbine Load AOP, 2203.024 is entered
  • CBOT checks status of the MTG at 2C01and observes the following:

- Generator output breakers are closed

- Control Valve #2 indicates full open

- Main Stop Valve #3 indicates 25% open The response for this condition should be to ________________________________________.

A. trip the reactor and open the MTG output breakers to prevent RCS overcooling B. close MSIVs and open upstream ADVs to prevent a reactor trip on high RCS pressure C. trip the reactor and close MSIVs to prevent a turbine overspeed D. open the MTG output breakers and exciter field breaker to prevent generator reverse power Answer:

C. trip the reactor and close MSIVs to prevent a turbine overspeed Notes:

The generator output breakers will not open on a turbine trip unless all 4 main stop valves are fully closed to prevent an unprotected overspeed condition.

A. MSIVs must be closed or the turbine will overspeed when the output breakers are opened B. Upstream ADV capacity is not enough and would be too slow to set up since they are normally isolated by MOVs. AOP directs to trip the Rx D. This would allow a turbine overspeed condition

References:

2203.024 Floating step 12 contingencies.

Historical Comments:

Form ES-401-5 Written Exam Question Worksheet Page 62 of 100

Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam 28-Jun-06 QID: 0612 Rev: 0 Rev Date: 15-May-06 Lic Level: R RO SRO Sample Plan Q# Source: New 2006 10CFR55.41.12 Tier # 2 63 10CFR55. Group # 2 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 1 2 = Comprehension or Analysis Importance Rating 2.6 System

Title:

Condensate System Number 056 K/A: 2.3.1 Question:

Unit 2 is in Mode 4 following a SGTR event and cooldown to Mode 5 for repair is in progress. Per the actions of 9, Control of Secondary Contamination, an RP Technician surveying the Turbine Building measures 3 mrem/hr at 30 cm on the south end of Condensate Inlet Filter 2F-807.

Which of the following postings, if any, are required for this dose rate at this location?

A. High Radiation Area B. Radiation Area C. Hot Particle Area D. Unrestricted Area Answer:

B. Radiation Area Notes:

Radiation areas Outside Controlled Access starts at 2.0 mRem/hr.

2F-807 is located in the turbine building basement.

Hot particle info not relevent to the given survey data.

References:

1012.017 section 4 definitions Historical Comments:

Form ES-401-5 Written Exam Question Worksheet Page 63 of 100

Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam 28-Jun-06 QID: 0624 Rev: 0 Rev Date: 17-May-06 Lic Level: R RO SRO Sample Plan Q# Source: New 2006 10CFR55.41.11 Tier # 2 64 10CFR55. Group # 2 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 1 2 = Comprehension or Analysis Importance Rating 2.7 System

Title:

Area Radiation Monitoring System Number 072 K/A: K5.01 Question:

Area Radiation Monitors throughout the plant use _________________ type detectors which have characteristics suitable for _________________.

A. Geiger-Mueller tube; general area trending B. Ion chamber tube; general area trending C. Ion chamber tube; remote dose rate surveys D. Geiger-Mueller tube; remote dose rate surveys Answer:

A. Geiger-Mueller tube; general area trending Notes:

Ion chamber tube detectors are typical to hand held detectors used by operators but are not applicable to the ARM system in the plant.

G-M detectors are not good for dose assessment due to their operating characteristics and by ARM system design are used for general area radiation trending.

References:

STM 2-62 section 1.3 2105.016 section 3.0 Description Historical Comments:

Form ES-401-5 Written Exam Question Worksheet Page 64 of 100

Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam 28-Jun-06 QID: 0584 Rev: 0 Rev Date: 08-May-06 Lic Level: R RO SRO Sample Plan Q# Source: New 2006 10CFR55.41.8 Tier # 2 65 10CFR55. Group # 2 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2 2 = Comprehension or Analysis Importance Rating 2.9 System

Title:

Fire Protection System Number 086 K/A: A1.05 Question:

Annunciator 2K11 A9 FIRE ALARM is recieved in the control room. Investigation at 2C-343 fire panel reveals module 2-4-1 (T) 'B' HPSI Pump Area RED alarm is in.

Initially, ponding would NOT be a concern because:

A. The room sprinkler valve has to be manually actuated at Panel 2C-343.

B. There are NO sprinklers in this room.

C. The room floor drains would keep up with sprinkler system flow.

D. The room sprinkler valve is normally isolated.

Answer:

D. The room sprinkler valve is normally isolated.

Notes:

The sprinkler system for this room is normally isolated to prevent room flooding (2FS-161). The floor drains are normally isolated for train separation. The 'A' ESF room does not have sprinklers.

References:

2203.009 Attachment A ANO Pre-Fire Plan for fire zone 2007-LL FP-2106 sheet 1 M-2219 sheet 2 Historical Comments:

Form ES-401-5 Written Exam Question Worksheet Page 65 of 100

Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam 28-Jun-06 QID: 0698 Rev: 0 Rev Date: 28-Jun-06 Lic Level: R RO SRO Sample Plan Q# Source: New 2006 10CFR55.41.10 Tier # 3 66 10CFR55. Group #

1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2 2 = Comprehension or Analysis Importance Rating 3.7 System

Title:

Generic System Number G K/A: 2.1.7 Question:

The CBOT is taking shift logs during 100% power operation and notes the following:

  • Grid voltage is 505 KV and slowly lowering
  • Generator reactive load is 300 KVARs OUT and slowly rising
  • ESF Load Centers 2B5 and 2B6 bus voltages are 450 V and lowering
  • ESF Buses 2A3 and 2A4 voltages are 4100 V and lowering If Grid voltage continues to lower, which of the following actions will be required?

A. Reduce load on the Unit Aux transformer by shifting loads to SU3 transformer to raise 2A3 and 2A4 bus voltage.

B. Place 2A3 and 2A4 on their respective DGs to prevent damage to safety related components due to elevated amps.

C. Lower Main Generator reactive load using the voltage regulator volts adjust handswitch to prevent damage to the generator field windings.

D. Start the Alternate AC Diesel Generator and parallel to the grid through non-vital 4160 V bus 2A1 to stabilize grid voltage.

Answer:

B. Place 2A3 and 2A4 on their respective DGs to prevent damage safety related components due to elevated amps.

Notes:

A. SU3 is power from the same grid. Shifting loads will not help and may even compound the problem with 2B5/6 bus voltage.

C. Lowering reactive load from an OUT condition will cause the grid voltage to lower.

D. The AACG is only 4.4 MW and would not be enough to help with the grid. Keeping the AACG tied to a degraded grid could also damage the generator

References:

2107.001 section 15 Historical Comments:

Form ES-401-5 Written Exam Question Worksheet Page 66 of 100

Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam 28-Jun-06 QID: 0396 Rev: 001 Rev Date: 06-Dec-01 Lic Level: R RO SRO Sample Plan Q# Source: New 2002 10CFR55. Tier # 3 67 10CFR55. 43.5 Group # 2.1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 1 2 = Comprehension or Analysis Importance Rating 3.3 System

Title:

Conduct of Operations System Number K/A: 2.1.22 Question:

In accordance with OP 2102.016, Reactor Startup, when will the Shift Manager log into the Station Log that the Unit has entered into Mode 2?

A. When all Shutdown Bank CEAs have been fully withdrawn.

B. When commencing withdrawal of Regulating Group 1 CEAs.

C. When Regulating Group 2 CEAs have been fully withdrawn.

D. When the ATCO calls the reactor critical.

Answer:

C. When Regulating Group 2 CEAs have been fully withdrawn Notes:

Per the Reactor Startup procedure, OP 2102.016, step 8.5, Mode 2 is entered when the Regulating Group 2 CEAs are fully withdrawn.

References:

ANO-2-LP-RO-TS, Revision 7, Objective 1 OP 2102.016, Reactor Startup, Revision 007-02-0, Step 8.5 Technical Specifications Table 1.1 Historical Comments:

Changed CBOR to ATCO (At the Controls Operator)

Form ES-401-5 Written Exam Question Worksheet Page 67 of 100

Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam 28-Jun-06 QID: 0691 Rev: 0 Rev Date: 28-Jun-06 Lic Level: R RO SRO Sample Plan Q# Source: New 2006 10CFR55.41.7 Tier # 3 68 10CFR55. Group #

1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 1 2 = Comprehension or Analysis Importance Rating 2.8 System

Title:

Generic System Number G K/A: 2.1.27 Question:

The function of the trisodium phosphate (TSP) stored in contaiment is to raise the pH of borated water in the reactor building post-LOCA which will __________________________________.

A. dissolve small debris to minimize clogging of the sump screens B. keep iodine in solution to minimize radioactive gas release C. minimize boron buildup to limit precipitation in the core D. prevent spray nozzle clogging to maximize spray flow Answer:

B. keep iodine in solution to minimize radioactive gas release Notes:

A. TSP minimizes corrosion but does not provide the function of dissolving material C. Boron precip is a function of boiling in the core at the water line and is not impacted by TSP D. Spray nozzle clogging is minimized by the mesh size of the containment sump screens

References:

TS 3.6.2.2 Bases Historical Comments:

Form ES-401-5 Written Exam Question Worksheet Page 68 of 100

Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam 28-Jun-06 QID: 0241 Rev: 002 Rev Date: 06-Mar-00 Lic Level: R RO SRO Sample Plan Q# Source: New 10CFR55. Tier # 3 69 10CFR55. Group #

1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 1 2 = Comprehension or Analysis Importance Rating 3.7 3.6 System

Title:

Generic System Number G K/A: 2.2.1 Question:

Which of the following statements correctly describes the position of 4160 VAC ESF Bus cross-tie breakers 2A-310 and 2A-410 prior to going from Mode 5 operation to Mode 4 operation?

A. Racked down fully with control power energized.

B. Racked up fully with control power energized.

C. Racked down to approximately one (1) inch above the floor.

D. Racked up with racking handle locked to prevent charging closing springs.

Answer:

B. Racked up fully with control power energized.

Notes:

ESF bus x-tie breakers are racked up with springs charged to be available for emergency x-tie from the control room. Train seperation is maintained by keeping the handswitches in the control room in PTL.

References:

1. 2102.001, Plant Pre-heatup and Pre-critical Checklist, Rev 047-02-0, Step 7.8.8.
2. 2107.002, ESF Electrical System Operation, Rev 014-00-0, Step 5.7 and Att. A.
3. STM 2-32-2, High Voltage Electrical Distribution, Rev 3, Section 5.6 Historical Comments:

02/24/00 - NRC Comment - When would breakers be placed in these positions (C & D).

03/06/00 - Rev 001 - Added historical comments only. No changes to question after explaining to NRC examiner that C is a position used when taking ESF equipment out of service during power operations and D is not a position that is used at ANO-2. 5-18-06 changed D distractor to a more credible choice. This position is used on swing component breakers. ClayS Form ES-401-5 Written Exam Question Worksheet Page 69 of 100

Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam 28-Jun-06 QID: 0587 Rev: 0 Rev Date: 08-May-06 Lic Level: R RO SRO Sample Plan Q# Source: ANO-OPS2-881 10CFR55.41.10 Tier # 3 70 10CFR55. Group #

1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 1 2 = Comprehension or Analysis Importance Rating 2.5 System

Title:

Generic System Number G K/A: 2.2.26 Question:

Consider the following:

  • Unit 2 is in Mode 6
  • RCS level is 90" for vessel head installation Given these conditions, ________________ operable loop(s) of SDC is/are required because _____________.

A. two; there is <23 feet of water above the active fuel in the core B. two; local admin controls require two loops when in Mode 6 C. one; there is >23 feet of water above the active fuel in the core D. one; Tech Specs require only one loop when in Mode 6 Answer:

A. two; there is <23 feet of water above the active fuel in the core Notes:

References:

TS 3.9.8.2 1015.008 Historical Comments:

New 2006 Form ES-401-5 Written Exam Question Worksheet Page 70 of 100

Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam 28-Jun-06 QID: 0614 Rev: 0 Rev Date: 16-May-06 Lic Level: R RO SRO Sample Plan Q# Source: New 2006 10CFR55.41.13 Tier # 3 71 10CFR55. Group #

1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 1 2 = Comprehension or Analysis Importance Rating 2.5 System

Title:

Generic System Number G K/A: 2.3.9 Question:

Unit 2 is in Mode 5 and preparations for the initial Containment Purge Gaseous Release are in progress.

To test the interlock functions, the control room operator places Containment Purge radmonitor 2RITS-8233 in PULSE CAL and checks _________________________________.

A. Containment Purge Supply and Exhaust Isolations 2CV-8283-1 and 2CV-8285-1 auto close B. SPING 5 Stack Flow on RDACS goes to zero scfm C. Containment Purge Supply and Exhaust Fans 2VSF-2 and 2VEF-15 automatically stop D. Containment Purge Outside Exhaust Valves 2CV-8285-1and 2CV-8286-2 auto close Answer:

A. Containment Purge Supply and Exhaust Isolations 2CV-8283-1 and 2CV-8285-1 auto close Notes:

B. SPING 5 should already be at zero because no purge flow has been started yet.

C. The fans are not started until after this test.

D. Only one exhaust valve and one supply valve are interlocked with the radmonitor.

References:

2104.033 Sup 1 step 4.11 Historical Comments:

Form ES-401-5 Written Exam Question Worksheet Page 71 of 100

Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam 28-Jun-06 QID: 0552 Rev: 0 Rev Date: 02-May-06 Lic Level: R RO SRO Sample Plan Q# Source: New 2006 10CFR55.41.13 Tier # 3 72 10CFR55. Group #

1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2 2 = Comprehension or Analysis Importance Rating 2.7 System

Title:

Generic System Number G K/A: 2.3.11 Question:

Consider the following:

  • Unit 1 and Unit 2 are both at 100% Power
  • Unit 2 waste tank 2T-69A radioactive release is in progress
  • Excessive debris in the intake canal has caused Unit 1 to secure one circulating water pump and reduce power What action, if any, should be taken with regard to the 2T-69A release?

A. Reduce release flow to the value prescribed on the release preliminary report.

B. Discontinue the release and resubmit a permit for the new Unit 1 circulating water flow.

C. Suspend the release until radmonitor 2RE-2330 trip setpoint is adjusted for the new Unit 1 circulating water flow.

D. Continue the release until the desired termination level in 2T-69A is reached.

Answer:

B. Discontinue the release and resubmit a permit for the new Unit 1 circulating water flow.

Notes:

References:

2104.014 Supplement 1, continuous action step 3.2 Historical Comments:

Form ES-401-5 Written Exam Question Worksheet Page 72 of 100

Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam 28-Jun-06 QID: 0613 Rev: 0 Rev Date: 15-May-06 Lic Level: R RO SRO Sample Plan Q# Source: New 2006 10CFR55.41.10 Tier # 3 73 10CFR55. Group #

1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2 2 = Comprehension or Analysis Importance Rating 3.3 System

Title:

Generic System Number G K/A: 2.4.35 Question:

A fire on Unit Aux Transformer has resulted in a unit trip from 100% power. Consider the following:

  • Unit Aux and SU3 transformers lockout
  • The Fire Brigade is responding to the fire
  • Control Room operators implement SPTAs in conjunction with Fire and Explosion AOP
  • 2DG2 starts and aligns to 2A4

As directed by SPTAs, the _____________ will secure 2DG2 and the _____________ will locally open 2CV-1504-2.

A. CBOT; WCO B. CBOT; IAO or OAO C. IAO or OAO; WCO D. IAO or OAO; IAO or OAO Answer:

D. IAO or OAO; IAO or OAO Notes:

During a fire, the WCO on the affected unit will respond with the Fire Brigade.

SPTAs require local shutdown of a running DG with no SW which will be either of the AOs.

References:

1015.007 Section 6 2202.001 Step 4G contingency Historical Comments:

Form ES-401-5 Written Exam Question Worksheet Page 73 of 100

Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam 28-Jun-06 QID: 0592 Rev: 0 Rev Date: 09-May-06 Lic Level: R RO SRO Sample Plan Q# Source: New 2006 10CFR55.41.5 Tier # 3 74 10CFR55. Group #

1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2 2 = Comprehension or Analysis Importance Rating 3.4 System

Title:

Generic System Number G K/A: 2.4.47 Question:

Consider the following:

  • Reactor is then manually tripped and SPTAs entered
  • SDBCS has failed to respond
  • SG pressures are being maintained at ~ 1070 psia with the Main Steam Safeties
  • All other systems are responding normally for this condition The expected MFRV Bypass position for these conditions would be _________ for proper RTO response.

(Reference Provided)

A. 0%

B. 20%

C. 50%

D. 70%

Answer:

C. 50%

Notes:

Reference required for this question.(2106.007 Exhibit 7)

This is part of the CBOT expected actions for determining RTO status during SPTAs.

The student has to determine that Tave will be high in the band due to MSSVs controlling SG pressure.

References:

STM 2-69 section 3.3 2106.007 Exhibit 7 2202.010 Exhibit 7 Historical Comments:

Form ES-401-5 Written Exam Question Worksheet Page 74 of 100

Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam 28-Jun-06 QID: 0588 Rev: 0 Rev Date: 08-May-06 Lic Level: R RO SRO Sample Plan Q# Source: ANO-OPS2-4551 Mod 10CFR55.41.1 Tier # 3 75 10CFR55. Group #

1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2 2 = Comprehension or Analysis Importance Rating 4.0 System

Title:

Generic System Number G K/A: 2.4.49 Question:

A reactor startup is in progress with reactor power at 1E-3%. The operator performing the startup withdraws Group P CEAs for the approach to the point of adding heat. Power is rising steadily at a rate of 1.8 dpm.

What action is required?

A. Manually trip the reactor from 2C-03.

B. Insert Group P CEAs to obtain a startup rate < 1.0 dpm.

C. Allow power to continue to rise to the point of adding heat.

D. Initiate Emergency Boration using 2202.010 Exhibit 1.

Answer:

B. Insert Group P CEAs to obtain a startup rate < 1.0 dpm.

Notes:

References:

2102.016 step 5.10 Historical Comments:

New 2006 Form ES-401-5 Written Exam Question Worksheet Page 75 of 100

Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam 28-Jun-06 QID: 0625 Rev: 0 Rev Date: 18-May-06 Lic Level: S RO SRO Sample Plan Q# Source: New 2006 10CFR55. Tier # 1 76 10CFR55. 43.5 Group # 1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2 2 = Comprehension or Analysis Importance Rating 3.0 System

Title:

Reactor Trip Stabilization/Recovery System Number 007 K/A: 2.1.19 Question:

Consider the following:

  • Reactor Trip Recovery EOP, 2202.002 is being implemented following an unplanned trip from 100%
  • A plant cooldown is in progress
  • 2K10 E-2, CHANNEL 1 MARG TO SAT LO alarms
  • SPDS indication for margin to saturation on the SFD screen is 35 °F
  • Channel 1 Margin to Sat Calculator locally indicates a flashing 28 °F
  • Channel 2 Margin to Sat Calculator locally indicates a steady 40 °F Which of the following actions should be taken for these indications?

A. Secure RCPs and enter 2203.013 Natural Circulation Operation.

B. Continue the cooldown and refer to TS 3.3.3.6 Post-Accident Instrumentation.

C. Rediagnose using 2202.010 Exhibit 8 Diagnostic Actions.

D. Restore saturation margin until all indicators are above 30 °F.

Answer:

B. Continue the cooldown and refer to TS 3.3.3.6 Post-Accident Instrumentation.

Notes:

The flashing readout on the local indicator means the calculator is malfunctioning. Adequate MTS can be verified by using the SPDS computer point when in the EOP. 30 °F is required to maintain safety function.

Since >30 °F can be validated then no other actions are required.

References:

2203.012J ACA for 2K10 E-2 Historical Comments:

Form ES-401-5 Written Exam Question Worksheet Page 76 of 100

Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam 28-Jun-06 QID: 0224 Rev: 001 Rev Date: 22-Jun-06 Lic Level: S RO SRO Sample Plan Q# Source: New 2000 10CFR55. Tier # 1 77 10CFR55. 43.4 Group # 1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2 2 = Comprehension or Analysis Importance Rating 4.8 System

Title:

Steam Generator Tube Rupture System Number 038 K/A: EA2.02 Question:

After a Reactor Trip the following parameter values and trends are noted:

  • Pressurizer Level is 0%.
  • RCS Pressure is 1500 psia and lowering.
  • RCS Tcold is 530 °F and slowly trending down.
  • MSIS has automatically actuated.
  • Containment pressure is 14.3 psia and steady.
  • Containment Average Temperature is 105 °F and lowering.

Which of the following describes the events in progress and the impending consequences.

A. ESD outside Containment and LOCA inside Containment; Rapid cooldown and depressurization with inventory loss will cause core to be uncovered.

B. ESD inside Containment and isolated LOCA in Letdown; RCS Inventory will be challenged during cooldown with Letdown isolated.

C. SGTR and isolated LOCA in Letdown; Loss of ECCS suction during RAS because RWT inventory is not filling the containment sump.

D. ESD outside Containment and SGTR; Will need to steam the ruptured SG to atmosphere to control RCS post cooldown conditions.

Answer:

D. ESD outside Containment and SGTR; Will need to steam the ruptured SG to atmosphere to control RCS post cooldown conditions.

Notes:

A. & B. Containment parameters are not reflective of any event inside containment.

C. SG level trends and MSIS indicate that it is more than an RCS inventory loss event.

References:

2202.010 Exh 8, Diagnostic Actions Historical Comments:

Rev 1. reworded stem and distractors to better match the EA2.02 KA. ClayS 6-22-06 Form ES-401-5 Written Exam Question Worksheet Page 77 of 100

Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam 28-Jun-06 QID: 0578 Rev: 0 Rev Date: 04-May-06 Lic Level: S RO SRO Sample Plan Q# Source: New 2006 10CFR55. Tier # 1 78 10CFR55. 43.2, 5 Group # 1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2 2 = Comprehension or Analysis Importance Rating 4.2 System

Title:

SGTR System Number 038 K/A: EA2.12 Question:

SGTR in progress on 'B' SG with the following conditions:

  • RCS Thot is 540 °F with a cooldown in progress
  • 2K04 K9, MSIV Solenoid Trouble alarm actuates

challenged, and the MSIV _____________ be closed from the control room to isolate 'B' SG.

A. is; can B. is; can not C. is not; can D. is not; can not Answer:

A. is; can Notes:

Either of the redundant/independent SVs will close the MSIV. Operability is challenged because of the loss of redundancy to perform the safety function of closing the MSIV.

References:

ACA 2203.012D STM 2-15 E-2160 Historical Comments:

Form ES-401-5 Written Exam Question Worksheet Page 78 of 100

Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam 28-Jun-06 QID: 0626 Rev: 0 Rev Date: 18-May-06 Lic Level: S RO SRO Sample Plan Q# Source: New 2006 10CFR55. Tier # 1 79 10CFR55. 43.5 Group # 1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2 2 = Comprehension or Analysis Importance Rating 3.3 System

Title:

Station Blackout System Number 055 K/A: 2.2.20 Question:

Consider the following:

  • 2DG2 out of service for governor repairs
  • Severe weather causes loss of offsite power and plant trip from 100% power
  • 2K08-H3, 2A3 L.O. RELAY FAILURE alarm is in due to a bus fault
  • The AACG is unavailable due to wind damage to the radiator
  • Station Blackout EOP, 2202.008, is being implemented
  • SAE Emergency Class has been declared due to Blackout lasting more than 15 minutes
  • ERO is fully staffed and Emergency Direction and Control has been shifted to the EOF Electricians evaluating 2A3 to estimate recovery time are required to report status to the _________________ ,

while the Shift Manager is responsible for ________________________ .

A. Work Week Manager; developing the 2DG2 recovery plan using 2202.008 Station Blackout EOP B. EOF Director; assigning local operator support for recovery of 2A3 using 1903.033 Protective Action Guidelines for Rescue/Repair and Damage Control Teams C. TSC Director; developing an alternate cooling method for running the AACG 1903.033 Protective Action Guidelines for Rescue/Repair and Damage Control Teams D. OSC Director; ensuring safety functions are maintained using 2202.008 Station Blackout EOP Answer:

D. OSC Director; ensuring safety functions are maintained using 2202.008 Station Blackout EOP Notes:

A. OSC coordinates activities of the maintenance teams B. SM will provide support on request, but primary responsibility is to implement the EOP and maintain safety functions until vital power to at least one bus is restored C. The TSC has the responsibility to develop alternate success paths for restoring power

References:

1903.033 steps 4.1, 5.2, 5.4 and 5.8 Historical Comments:

Form ES-401-5 Written Exam Question Worksheet Page 79 of 100

Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam 28-Jun-06 QID: 0616 Rev: 0 Rev Date: 17-May-06 Lic Level: S RO SRO Sample Plan Q# Source: New 2006 10CFR55. Tier # 1 80 10CFR55. 43.5 Group # 1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2 2 = Comprehension or Analysis Importance Rating 2.6*

System

Title:

Loss of Instrument Air System Number 065 K/A: AA2.02 Question:

Given the following:

  • The plant is at full power.
  • Instrument Air Header pressure is 75 psig and steadily lowering.
  • The IAO reports the following local indications:

- Instrument Air Header flow is 450 SCFM.

- Instrument Air Reciever pressures are 80 psig.

Based on these indications, the actions of Loss of Instrument Air AOP, 2203.021 require which of the following?

A. Refer to 2104.024, Instrument Air System, to place the standby compressor in service due to failure of the running compressor.

B. Complete Attachment B, Valve Switch Safe Positions, to locate and isolate the system rupture.

C. Use Attachment F, IA Header Isolation Points, to locate and isolate the system rupture.

D. Refer to 2104.024, Instrument Air System, to place the standby filter in service due to evidence of clogging.

Answer:

C. Use Attachment F, IA Header Isolation Points, to locate and isolate the system rupture.

Notes:

450 scfm is positive identification that a system rupture exists. The note before step 6 in the AOP warns that with the cross-connect valves open that step 6 and 7 may not be valid indications.

A. Standby compressor would automatically start. With the flow >400 scfm, no indication of compressor problems are given.

B. Attachment B is directed to be completed for this condition, but not for isolating the rupture. It is performed to prepare IA system loads for restoration of air pressure without causing a transient.

D. The high D/P indicated is due to the rupture (as evidenced by air flow >400 scfm) not a filter problem.

Efforts should be concentrated on isolating the rupture.

References:

2203.021 Step 6, 7, and 8 with notes Historical Comments:

Form ES-401-5 Written Exam Question Worksheet Page 80 of 100

Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam 28-Jun-06 QID: 0617 Rev: 0 Rev Date: 17-May-06 Lic Level: S RO SRO Sample Plan Q# Source: New 2006 10CFR55. Tier # 1 81 10CFR55. 43.5 Group # 1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2 2 = Comprehension or Analysis Importance Rating 4.1 System

Title:

Loss of Instrument Air System Number 065 K/A: AA2.05 Question:

Given the following:

  • The plant is at full power.
  • Instrument Air Header pressure has lowered to 64 psig and dropping.
  • The Loss of Instrument Air AOP 2203.021 has been entered.
  • I&C has commenced monitoring CEA CEDM Coil Temperatures and reports that CEA #1 Coil Temperature indicates 461 °F and is slowly rising.
  • Restoration of Instrument Air is not imminent.

Which of the following actions should be taken based on these conditions?

A. Immediately trip the Reactor and Perform Standard Post Trip Actions (SPTAs).

B. Commence a Plant Shutdown with minimum use of CEA Group 'P' for ASI control.

C. Immediately trip the Reactor and align Service Water to the Containment Coolers.

D. Commence a Plant Shutdown with minimum use of CEA Group '5' for ASI control.

Answer:

B. Commence a Plant Shutdown with minimum use of CEA Group 'P' for ASI control.

Notes:

Distracter A and C are incorrect because tripping the Reactor is called for in the procedure only after Coil temperature rises above 500 °F.

Distracter D is incorrect because CEA Group 5 should not be used for ASI control during power operations.

References:

2203.021 Step 13 Contingency Step B.6 Historical Comments:

Form ES-401-5 Written Exam Question Worksheet Page 81 of 100

Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam 28-Jun-06 QID: 0618 Rev: 0 Rev Date: 17-May-06 Lic Level: S RO SRO Sample Plan Q# Source: New 2006 10CFR55. Tier # 1 82 10CFR55. 43.2 Group # 2 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2 2 = Comprehension or Analysis Importance Rating 3.8 System

Title:

Dropped Control Rod System Number 003 K/A: AA2.03 Question:

Given the following:

  • Plant is at full power.
  • PMS Pulse Counter CEA positions indicate all CEAs are 150 inches withdrawn.
  • CEAC #1 indicates CEA #17 at 133.25 inches withdrawn.
  • CEAC #2 indicates CEA # 17 at 134.00 inches withdrawn.
  • I&C has been called to investigate and are setting up their equipment.

Which of the following actions is correct?

A. Using OP 2105.001, CPC/CEAC Operations, Attachment F, decode CPC PIDs 415 through 418 to determine which sensors have failed.

B. Enter T.S 3.1.3.1, CEA Position, and commence withdrawing CEA #17 to within 7 inches of its group average in 15 minutes.

C. Using 2102.004, Power Operations, commence a plant shutdown within 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> of the CEA Deviation and be in Hot Standby in the next 7 hours8.101852e-5 days <br />0.00194 hours <br />1.157407e-5 weeks <br />2.6635e-6 months <br />.

D. Enter T.S. 3.1.3.1 CEA Position, and commence a power reduction within 15 minutes of the CEA deviation alarm.

Answer:

D. Enter T.S. 3.1.3.1 CEA Position, and commence a power reduction within 15 minutes of the deviation.

Notes:

Distracter A is incorrect because we do not have a sensor failure. The PMS CEA positions have to be manually reset to CEAC indications if the CEA does not drop all the way into the core.

Distracter B is incorrect because the CEA should not be moved until power is reduced IAW AOP 2203.003 Attachment A for power peaking concerns during recovery.

Distracter C is incorrect because this in an abnormal condition power reduction must commence in 15 minutes.

References:

T.S 3.1.3.1, AOP 2203.003, CEA Malfunction, Entry Conditions and Step 19.

Historical Comments:

Form ES-401-5 Written Exam Question Worksheet Page 82 of 100

Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam 28-Jun-06 QID: 0619 Rev: 0 Rev Date: 17-May-06 Lic Level: S RO SRO Sample Plan Q# Source: New 2006 10CFR55. Tier # 1 83 10CFR55. 43.2, 5 Group # 2 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2 2 = Comprehension or Analysis Importance Rating 4.4 System

Title:

Emergency Boration System Number 024 K/A: AA2.02 Question:

AOP 2203.038, Primary to Secondary Leakage has been entered due to a 5 gpm tube leak in 'B' SG. Consider the following:

  • A plant shutdown from 100% is in progress using 2102.004, Power Operations
  • The At the Controls Operator (ATCO) is using CEA group 'P' for ASI control
  • CEA Group 'P' has been inserted to 128 inches withdrawn
  • Plant Power is currently 78% and lowering Which of the following actions should be taken?

(Reference provided)

A. Commence tracking the time that CEA Group 'P' has been in the Long Term Steady State Insertion Limit using 2102.004A CEA Insertion Log.

B. Stop inserting Group 'P' CEAs and start using Group 6 CEAs for ASI control using 2102.004 Attachment A, Reactor Maneuvering Rates and ASI Control During Maneuvers.

C. Stop inserting Group 'P' CEAs and commence Emergency Boration using AOP 2203.032 Emergency Boration.

D. Enter TS LCO 3.1.3.6 and restore CEA Group 'P' to above 135 inches withdrawn in the next 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br />.

Answer:

C. Stop inserting Group 'P' CEAs and commence Emergency Boration using AOP 2203.032 Emergency Boration.

Notes:

Question will require a copy of the COLR Figure 3 as a reference.

Distracter A is incorrect because the transient insertion limit requires immediate boration if the Reactor is critical and the Long term Steady State insertion limit begins at 112.5 inches withdrawn only when less than 65% power.

Distracter B is incorrect because the transient insertion limit requires immediate boration if the Reactor is critical.

Distracter D is incorrect IAW the T.S. 3.1.3.6 Action a. which calls for CEA restoration in 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> along with the more restrictive requirement to emergency borate. Continuing the S/D would put group 'P' within limits without withdrawing the CEAs.

References:

T.S 3.1.3.6, COLR Figure 3 AOP 2203.032, Emergency Boration, Entry Conditions.

Historical Comments:

Form ES-401-5 Written Exam Question Worksheet Page 83 of 100

Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam 28-Jun-06 QID: 0631 Rev: 000 Rev Date: 19-May-06 Lic Level: S RO SRO Sample Plan Q# Source: New 2006 10CFR55. Tier # 1 84 10CFR55. 43.5, 6 Group # 2 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2 2 = Comprehension or Analysis Importance Rating 4.3 System

Title:

Loss of Containment Integrity System Number 069 K/A: AA2.01 Question:

Given the following conditions:

  • Core off load in progress.
  • The Steam Generator primary side manways are open with nozzle dams installed.
  • There have been NO Containment Closure Instruction forms, 1015.008 Att H, issued for any work currently in progress.

Which of the following items noted during a plant tour would require suspending core alterations and movement of irradiated fuel in Containment?

A. Containment Purge Exhaust valves open with 2VEF-15 running.

B. Equipment Hatch open.

C. Both Personnel Airlock doors open.

D. Main Steam Safety valve 2PSV-1056 removed for bench testing.

Answer:

D. Main Steam Safety valve 2PSV-1056 removed for bench testing.

Notes:

Att H referenced in the stem is the instruction sheet inserted in a WO package (by an SRO) for administrative control of the penetration during maintenance. D. is correct because this job should have an Att H issued for it.

A. This is the normal ventilation lineup during refuel and is specifically exempted by Att G B & C. These penetrations are controlled by Att I, emergency closure of equipment hatch and personnel lock.

References:

1015.008, Att G step 2, 11, 14, 20, Att H Tech Spec 3.9.4, (Refueling Operations, Containment Building Penetrations)

ANO-2-LP-RO-SDCC, Obj 5.0 ANO-2-LP-RO-EAOP, Rev 03, Obj 6.0 ANO-2-LP-SRO-AOP, Obj 8.0 Historical Comments:

Form ES-401-5 Written Exam Question Worksheet Page 84 of 100

Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam 28-Jun-06 QID: 0609 Rev: 000 Rev Date: 28-Jun-06 Lic Level: S RO SRO Sample Plan Q# Source: New 2006 10CFR55. Tier # 1 85 10CFR55. 43.4, 5 Group # 2 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2 2 = Comprehension or Analysis Importance Rating 3.3 System

Title:

Functional Recovery System Number E09 K/A: 2.3.10 Question:

Functional Recovery, 2202.009, Entry Section is in progress with the following plant conditions:

  • RCS Tcold is 530 °F.
  • 'A' SG WR level is 230" and lowering
  • 'B' SG WR level is 296" and stable
  • RCS pressure is 1500 psia.
  • Containment pressure is 16 psia.
  • Containment Hi Range Radiation Monitors read 1300 R/Hr.
  • Containment Low Range Radiation Monitors are in alarm and at maximum scale.
  • Systems/components actuate as designed.

Which of the following actions should be performed?

(Reference provided)

A. Maintain RCS post-cooldown conditions by steaming with SG 'B' Upstream ADV per Success Path HR-2, SG Heat Sink with SIAS.

B. Isolate ruptured SG Steam Supply to EFW by closing 2CV-1000-1 per Success Path HR-2, SG Heat Sink with SIAS.

C. Verify CIAS actuated on PPS inserts per Success Path CI-1 Automatic/Manual CIAS.

D. Manually actuate CSAS on PPS inserts per Success Path CTPC-3, CNTMT Spray.

Answer:

C. Verify CIAS actuated on PPS inserts per Success Path CI-1 Automatic/Manual CIAS.

Notes:

CRS has responsibility to pull up the floating step that is needed at the time including which step is applicable based on plant conditions. Isolation of containment with high radiation would have priority to prevent/minimize any release with the containment FP barrier challenged.

A. SG A will not have stopped removing heat from the RCS for the conditions given. (floating step 4)

B. SG A is AFFECTED not RUPTURED. (floating step 11)

D. CSAS would not be necessary unless containment pressure approached the 23 psia setpoint. If spray were actuated, then the RCPs would be secured limiting RCS press/temp control (floating step 21) 2202.009 Functional Recovery Floating Steps provided to the student.

References:

2202.009 Functional Recovery Floating Steps (#20)

Success Path CI-1 step 1 Historical Comments:

Form ES-401-5 Written Exam Question Worksheet Page 85 of 100

Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam 28-Jun-06 QID: 0695 Rev: 0 Rev Date: 21-Jun-06 Lic Level: S RO SRO Sample Plan Q# Source: New 2006 10CFR55. Tier # 2 86 10CFR55. 43.6, 7 Group # 1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 1 2 = Comprehension or Analysis Importance Rating 3.8 System

Title:

Reactor Coolant Pumps System Number 003 K/A: 2.2.29 Question:

Unit 2 is in Mode 6 with Core Alterations in progress with the following conditions:

  • Fuel reload is in progress
  • NO refueling activity is currently in progress in the west end of the refueling canal
  • SG Nozzle dams are installed
  • RCP 'C' seal replacement is in progress
  • Mechanics are moving the old seal package from 'C' RCP Cavity to a staging area on the south 424' elevation
  • The Polar Crane operator plans to move the seal package due south across the west deep end of the refueling canal This crane load path will be allowed ________________________________________________.

A. only by permission of the Refueling SRO since the load path is over the canal B. because the seal package weighs less than 2000 pounds C. because this is a pre-approved Polar Crane load path in 2402.079 Operation of the Containment Polar Crane 2L2 D. only by permission of the Reactor Building Coordinator since there are no personnel in the west deep end Answer:

A. only by permission of the Refueling SRO since the load path is over the canal Notes:

B. Weight is not the issue. The 2000# is only applicable to loads over the SFP.

C. There are no pre-approved load paths over the canal except for Rx Vessel disassembly paths D. Activities in the west end are irrelevant to the authority level. Refueling SRO specifically has authority for moves over the whole canal during fuel movement.

References:

2502.001 Refueling Shuffle 6.4 2402.079 Operation of the Containment Polar Crane Section 6 Limits and Precautions Historical Comments:

Form ES-401-5 Written Exam Question Worksheet Page 86 of 100

Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam 28-Jun-06 QID: 0627 Rev: 0 Rev Date: 18-May-06 Lic Level: S RO SRO Sample Plan Q# Source: New 2006 10CFR55. Tier # 2 87 10CFR55. 43.4 Group # 1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2 2 = Comprehension or Analysis Importance Rating 3.2*

System

Title:

Emergency Core Cooling System Number 006 K/A: A2.09 Question:

A large break LOCA event is in progress on Unit 2 with the following conditions:

  • Loss of Coolant Accident EOP, 2202.003 section 3 Unisolated LOCA is being implemented
  • RAS actuated 20 minutes ago with RWT level at 5.5%
  • RP reports that contact readings on the pipe downstream of ESF Header Recirc Isolation Valve, 2CV-5628-2, are 30 mrem/hr and rising Based on this report the proper action is to ________________________________.

A. have the RP post the area because this is an expected condition for a RAS actuation.

B. place all HPSI Pump handswitches in Pull-to-Lock to prevent a loss of containment sump inventory to the RWT.

C. unlock and close 2BS-26, Recirc/Test Line Inlet Isolation to prevent an unmonitored release through the RWT vent.

D. flush the line by cycling 2P-89A Recirc Isolation 2CV-5126-1 to minimize radiation exposure personnel in the Aux Bldg.

Answer:

C. unlock and close 2BS-26, Recirc/Test Line Inlet Isolation to prevent an unmonitored release through the RWT vent.

Notes:

A. This is NOT expected. The line is checked to verify no backleakage to RWT to prevent an unmonitored release through the RWT vent.

B. Stopping the HPSI pumps may stop the backleakage but will also interrupt core cooling.

D. This flush would only make the rad levels and release worse.

References:

2202.003 step 21.K.2) contingency step STM 2-08 section 2.1 Historical Comments:

Form ES-401-5 Written Exam Question Worksheet Page 87 of 100

Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam 28-Jun-06 QID: 0621 Rev: 0 Rev Date: 23-Jun-06 Lic Level: S RO SRO Sample Plan Q# Source: New 2006 10CFR55. Tier # 2 88 10CFR55. 43.5 Group # 1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2 2 = Comprehension or Analysis Importance Rating 3.8 System

Title:

Containment Spray System Number 026 K/A: 2.4.17 Question:

Which of the following defines the objective and conditions of EARLY CNTMT SPRAY TERMINATION and the method for determining criteria for implementation.

A. To delay the time before RAS actuation by securing ONE train of spray; Evaluate termination criteria using EOP 2202.003 Loss of Coolant Accident, Entry Section 1.

B. To prevent damage to spray system components when spray is NOT meeting its safety function by securing BOTH spray pumps; Evaluate pump performance using EOP Standard Attachment 43, ECCS/CSS Pump Monitoring.

C. To reduce the demand on the RWT inventory by securing BOTH spray pumps; Evaluate termination criteria using EOP 2202.003 Loss of Coolant Accident, Entry Section 1.

D. To reduce the pressure differential across the sump screens due to debris build up by securing ONE train of spray; Evaluate sump blockage using EOP Standard Attachment 43, ECCS/CSS Pump Monitoring.

Answer:

D. To reduce the pressure differential across the sump screens due to debris build up by securing ONE train of spray; Evaluate sump blockage using EOP Standard Attachment 43, ECCS/CSS Pump Monitoring.

Notes:

"Early Termination" term is used to define criteria when the spray system function, in part, is still needed. The CRS will evaluate when conditions may be met (typically after RAS) and use the appropriate Att 43 to confirm or by knowing the objective perform the step earlier.

A. Spray termination criteria in section 1 is a continuous action step for the complete system shutdown when spray is no longer needed. Termination at this point would secure both pumps and would NOT be termed "early".

B. Steps in the EOP provide for monitoring pump performance, however, termination for these conditions would not be termed as "early". Early termination would secure only one train.

C. Reducing RWT demand is an objective, but Att 43 is used to evaluate and would secure only one train.

References:

1015.021 EOP Users Guide definition 4.39.6 2202.003, LOCA EOP section 3, Step 22, 23, and preceding note.

2202.003, LOCA EOP section 1, step 18 spray termination Historical Comments:

Form ES-401-5 Written Exam Question Worksheet Page 88 of 100

Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam 28-Jun-06 QID: 0622 Rev: 0 Rev Date: 28-Jun-06 Lic Level: S RO SRO Sample Plan Q# Source: New 2006 10CFR55. Tier # 2 89 10CFR55. 43.5 Group # 1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2 2 = Comprehension or Analysis Importance Rating 3.4*

System

Title:

Emergency Feedwater System Number 061 K/A: A2.05 Question:

Consider the following:

  • 2DG1 is out of service for its 18 month PMs.
  • The plant trips from 100% due to a complete loss of Offsite Power.
  • Both SG levels are 20% and lowering.
  • WCO reports that the electrical connector (amphenol) to 2P-7A governor is broken and will not re-connect.

Which of the following describes the impact of this condition and the correct actions to take after completion of SPTAs?

A. 2P-7A Trip Throttle valve can be reset. Enter OP 2202.006, Loss of Feedwater EOP, and locally start 2P-7A using 2106.006 Exhibit 3, Manual Control of 2P-7A.

B. 2P-7A Trip Throttle valve can be reset. Enter OP 2202.007, Loss of Offsite Power, and locally start 2P-7A using 2106.006 Exhibit 3, Manual Control of 2P-7A.

C. 2P-7A Trip Throttle valve can NOT be reset. Enter OP 2202.006, Loss of Feedwater EOP, energize Vital 4160 Volt Bus 2A3 using 2104.037 Attachment E, AAC Generator Emergency Start, and manually start 2P-7B.

D 2P-7A Trip Throttle valve can NOT be reset. Enter OP 2202.007, Loss of Offsite Power, energize Vital 4160 Volt Bus 2A3 using 2104.037 Attachment E, AAC Generator Emergency Start, and manually start 2P-7B.

Answer:

A. 2P-7A Trip Throttle valve can be reset. Enter OP 2202.006, Loss of Feedwater EOP, and locally start 2P-7A using 2106.006 Exhibit 3, Manual Control of 2P-7A.

Notes:

Distracters B and D are incorrect because the Loss of Feedwater Entry Conditions are met and will also provide guidance for restoration of plant power if lost. The Diagnostic Flowchart Exhibit 8 will direct the SRO to the Loss of Feedwater EOP usage.

Distracter C is incorrect because loss of governor signal will cause an overspeed trip as indicated above, but the governor control valve will fail OPEN. Local Exhibit 3 was designed for this condition and manual control of 2P7A is available.

References:

2202.006, Loss of Feedwater EOP Entry Condition and Step 7.

2106.006, Exhibit 3, Manual Control of 2P-7A.

Historical Comments:

Form ES-401-5 Written Exam Question Worksheet Page 89 of 100

Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam 28-Jun-06 QID: 0604 Rev: 0 Rev Date: 15-May-06 Lic Level: S RO SRO Sample Plan Q# Source: New 2006 10CFR55. Tier # 2 90 10CFR55. 43.5, 7 Group # 1 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2 2 = Comprehension or Analysis Importance Rating 3.6*

System

Title:

Containment System Number 103 K/A: A2.04 Question:

The following plant conditions exist:

  • Mode 6 with core off load in progress.
  • The control room receives a report that as a spent fuel assembly was being inserted into the Containment Upender, the Upender inadvertently rotated to the horizontal position.
  • A lot of bubbles are rising around the fuel assembly in the Upender.
  • Containment Low Range Rad Monitors on the 404 elevation are indicating a large rise in radiation.

Which of the following actions should be directed for the given conditions?

A. Have the Containment Evacuation alarm on 2C14 actuated, direct a localized evacuation of the 404 elevation of Containment using 1903.030, Plant Evacuation, and direct Containment Equipment hatch to be set with at least 8 bolts within 30 minutes.

B. Have the Containment Evacuation alarm on 2C14 actuated, direct an evacuation of everyone in Containment except those performing Containment closure, and direct Containment Equipment hatch to be set with at least 8 bolts within 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br />.

C. Have the Containment Evacuation alarm on 2C22 actuated, direct an evacuation of everyone in Containment except those performing Containment closure, and direct Containment Equipment hatch to be set with at least 4 bolts within 30 minutes.

D. Have the Containment Evacuation alarm on 2C22 actuated, perform a localized evacuation of the 404 elevation of Containment using 1903.030, plant evacuation, and direct Containment Equipment hatch to be set with at least 4 bolts within 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br />.

Answer:

C. Have the Containment Evacuation alarm on 2C22 actuated, direct an evacuation of everyone in Containment except those performing Containment closure, and direct Containment Equipment hatch to be set with at least 4 bolts within 30 minutes.

Notes:

Distracter A is incorrect because the evacuation alarm is activated on the wrong panel, A localized evacuation is performed only if the accident is in the SFP and the equipment hatch only requires a minimum of 4 bolts Distracter B is incorrect because the evacuation alarm is activated on the wrong panel, the equipment hatch only requires a minimum of 4 bolts and must be secure within 30 minutes.

Distracter D is incorrect because a localized evacuation is performed only if the accident is in the SFP and the equipment hatch must be secured within 30 minutes.

References:

Form ES-401-5 Written Exam Question Worksheet Page 90 of 100

Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam 28-Jun-06 OP 2502.001 Attachment M Step 4.2, Refueling Accident Actions.

OP 1015.008, Attachment F, Containment Closure Checklist Note above step 4.0 A2LP-RO-FH Objective 4 Historical Comments:

QID: 0556 Rev: 0 Rev Date: 03-May-06 Lic Level: S RO SRO Sample Plan Q# Source: New 2006 10CFR55. Tier # 2 91 10CFR55. 43.5 Group # 2 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2 2 = Comprehension or Analysis Importance Rating 3.3*

System

Title:

Non-Nuclear Instrumentation System Number 016 K/A: A2.03 Question:

Consider the following:

  • Plant is manually tripped due to indications of a main steam line break in containment.
  • A bus lockout on 2B5 causes 2B5 and 2A3 to be deenergized.
  • 2DG1 fails to start.

Which of the following restoration actions would maximize monitoring and control capability in the control room?

A. Re-close 2A3 normal supply breaker 2A-309 using 2202.005 Excess Steam Demand EOP.

B. Cross tie 2Y1 and 2Y2 per EOP Standard Attachment 11, Degraded Power.

C. Energize 2A3 with the AACG using 2104.037 Attachment E, AACG Emergency Start.

D. Cross tie 2B5 and 2B6 per 2203.045 Loss of 480 Volt Vital Bus AOP.

Answer:

B. Cross tie 2Y1 and 2Y2 per EOP Standard Attachment 11, Degraded Power.

Notes:

2B5/6 cannot be xtied because of the lockout on 2B5 2A3 could be energized as suggested but this would still not energize 2Y1 because of the 2B5 lockout.

References:

2202.005 step 33 2202.010 Att 11 step 1.F Historical Comments:

Form ES-401-5 Written Exam Question Worksheet Page 91 of 100

Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam 28-Jun-06 QID: 0606 Rev: 0 Rev Date: 15-May-06 Lic Level: S RO SRO Sample Plan Q# Source: New 2006 10CFR55. Tier # 2 92 10CFR55. 43.4, 5 Group # 2 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2 2 = Comprehension or Analysis Importance Rating 4.1 System

Title:

Liquid Radwaste System Number 068 K/A: 2.4.41 Question:

Given the following:

  • The plant is at full power.
  • A Liquid Rad waste release of 2T-69A is in progress.
  • Chemistry calls the Control Room and informs them that their release calculations were in error and 2T-69A activity was too high to release.
  • The release is terminated.
  • Chemistry takes lake water samples at the site boundary and performs a dose assessment.
  • Chemistry determines that the release has exceeded the ODCM limits by a factor of 3.

Which of the following would be the required action to take? (Reference provided)

A. Declare an NUE and make the required notification within 15 minutes.

B. Declare an Alert and Make the required notifications within 15 minutes.

C. Declare an NUE and make the required notification within 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br />.

D. Declare an Alert and make the required notification within 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br />.

Answer:

A. Declare an NUE and make the required notification within 15 minutes.

Notes:

Question will require OP 1903.010 Attachment 2 to be provided as a reference.

Distracter B is incorrect because an alert requires ODCM limits to be exceeded by a factor of 10.

Distracter C and D are incorrect because notification are required to be made in 15 minutes.

References:

1903.010 Attachment 2 EAL 5.1 Historical Comments:

Form ES-401-5 Written Exam Question Worksheet Page 92 of 100

Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam 28-Jun-06 QID: 0623 Rev: 0 Rev Date: 17-May-06 Lic Level: S RO SRO Sample Plan Q# Source: New 2006 10CFR55. Tier # 2 93 10CFR55. 43.2 Group # 2 1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2 2 = Comprehension or Analysis Importance Rating 3.2 System

Title:

Waste Gas Disposal System Number 071 K/A: 2.3.8 Question:

Given the following:

  • The plant is at full power 40 days following a refueling outage
  • Preparation for a planned release of Gas Decay Tank 2T-18A is in progress
  • During the source check on the GRW Radiation Monitor, 2RITS-2429, the meter does NOT move up scale.

Which of the following statements is correct?

A. The release of 2T-18A can NOT be performed until 2RITS-2429 has been returned to service and declared operable.

B. The release can be performed with permission obtained from the Operations Manager and the Radiation Protection Manager.

C. The release can be performed if the Unit 2 Radwaste Area Exhaust (2VEF-8A/B)

SPING 6 is operable and monitored during the release.

D. The release can be performed if two gas samples are independently analyzed by chemistry and independent lineup verification of the release path are performed.

Answer:

D. The release can be performed if two gas samples are independently analyzed by chemistry and independent lineup verification of the release path are performed.

Notes:

Distracter A is incorrect because the procedure allows alternate method of release per Answer D.

Distracter B is incorrect because it would violate alternate release method requirements.

Distracter C is incorrect because the SPING provide no termination protection and would violate alternate release method requirements.

References:

2104.022 Supplement 1 Steps 2.6, 3.8, and 3.16.

Historical Comments:

Form ES-401-5 Written Exam Question Worksheet Page 93 of 100

Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam 28-Jun-06 QID: 0633 Rev: 0 Rev Date: 28-Jun-06 Lic Level: S RO SRO Sample Plan Q# Source: ANO-OPS2-3498 10CFR55. Tier # 3 94 10CFR55. 43.2 Group #

1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2 2 = Comprehension or Analysis Importance Rating 3.8 System

Title:

Generic System Number G K/A: 2.1.11 Question: DELETED Historical Comments:

Form ES-401-5 Written Exam Question Worksheet Page 94 of 100

Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam 28-Jun-06 QID: 0560 Rev: 0 Rev Date: 03-May-06 Lic Level: S RO SRO Sample Plan Q# Source: New 2006 10CFR55. Tier # 3 95 10CFR55. 43.7 Group #

1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2 2 = Comprehension or Analysis Importance Rating 3.4 System

Title:

Generic System Number G K/A: 2.1.30 Question:

The plant is shutdown for refueling with the following conditions:

  • Fuel off-load is complete
  • CEA shuffle in the SFP is in progress to prepare for fuel on-load
  • Tilt Pit Gate is installed
  • Refueling canal level has been lowered 6 inches for vessel inspection activities
  • A tagging error inadvertently isolates Instrument Air to the SFP gate supply Which of the following describes the expected indications due to the loss of air?

A. SFP gate Nitrogen bottle pressure slowly lowering.

B. SFP area radiation levels rising.

C. SFP Ventilation Exhaust SPING readings rising.

D. SFP local air pressure alarm.

Answer:

A. SFP gate Nitrogen bottle pressure slowly lowering.

Notes:

There is a local gage but not an alarm.

There will be no inventory loss from the pool because of the normal alignment of the backup N2 bottle for this evolution.

References:

2104.006 section 21 M-2218 sh 3 Historical Comments:

Form ES-401-5 Written Exam Question Worksheet Page 95 of 100

Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam 28-Jun-06 QID: 0630 Rev: 000 Rev Date: 18-May-06 Lic Level: S RO SRO Sample Plan Q# Source: Modified QID 422 10CFR55. Tier # 3 96 10CFR55. 43.3 Group #

1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2 2 = Comprehension or Analysis Importance Rating 3.3 System

Title:

Equipment Control System Number K/A: 2.2.10 Question:

As the responsible supervisor, you are performing an INTERIM approval for a permanent procedure change (PC) with the following noted with the change forms:

  • PC is required to continue a HPSI pump quarterly surveillance in progress (2104.039)
  • The 50.59 SCREENING for this PC indicates that a 50.59 EVALUATION must be completed
  • PC does NOT create an Intent Change Which of the following statements describes the correct action for processing this PC?

A. Interim approval can be granted as long as the 50.59 EVALUATION is completed within fourteen days.

B. Interim approval can NOT be used because a 50.59 EVALUATION is required.

C. Interim approval can be granted because there is NO Intent Change.

D. Interim approval can NOT be used unless a special OSRC, Onsite Safety Review Committee, meeting is called to review the change.

Answer:

B. Interim approval can NOT be used because a 50.59 EVALUATION is required.

Notes:

A SRO cannot approve an interim procedure change if the 50.59 screening requires a 50.59 evaluation since the change could affect a license bases document and therefore requires more scrutiny, additional reviews, prior to implementation. A standard procedure change process must be implemented.

References:

Form 1000.006B 1000.006, Procedure Control section 7.10 and Attachment 1 EN-LI-101, ATTACHMENT 9.1, 50.59 Review Form Historical Comments:

Modified QID 422 for use on 2006 exam. ClayS 5-18-06 Form ES-401-5 Written Exam Question Worksheet Page 96 of 100

Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam 28-Jun-06 QID: 0269 Rev: 001 Rev Date: 07-Feb-00 Lic Level: S RO SRO Sample Plan Q# Source: New 10CFR55. Tier # 3 97 10CFR55. 43.3 Group #

1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 1 2 = Comprehension or Analysis Importance Rating 3.4*

System

Title:

Equipment Control System Number G K/A: 2.2.11 Question:

An emergency Temporary Alteration is installed on Saturday at 0300.

What is the maximum time allowed before completion of a design package or an approved Temporary Alteration to support the 'emergency' alteration?

A. Next full working day.

B. Within seven (7) days.

C. Within fourteen (14) days.

D. Within thirty (30) days.

Answer:

C. Within fourteen (14) days.

Notes:

References:

1000.028, Control of Temporary Alterations, Step 6.1.1.B.

Historical Comments:

Updated to current policy of completing a design/Talt package vs PSC approval. Used on 2006 exam. ClayS 5-18-06 Form ES-401-5 Written Exam Question Worksheet Page 97 of 100

Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam 28-Jun-06 QID: 0632 Rev: 000 Rev Date: 19-May-06 Lic Level: S RO SRO Sample Plan Q# Source: New 2006 10CFR55. Tier # 3 98 10CFR55. 43.4 Group #

1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 1 2 = Comprehension or Analysis Importance Rating 3.1 System

Title:

Generic System Number K/A: 2.3.6 Question:

Waste Gas tanks (2T-18s) require to be isolated for 30 days prior to release.

Which of the following best describes how the SRO verifies the time requirement is met when authorizing a release?

A. Review eSoms for the date Danger Tags were hung and verify tags continuously installed on the tank valves for at least 30 days.

B. Observing Plant Computer or PDS trends of tank pressure and verifying no changes in past 30 days.

C. Checking the date recorded on the status board for isolation matches the date recorded on the release and verifying it is greater than 30 days.

D. Review the date in the Component Out of Position Log for the tank valves were closed and verifying it is greater than 30 days.

Answer:

A. Review eSoms for the date Danger Tags were hung and verify tags continuously installed on the tank valves for at least 30 days.

Notes:

eSoms tagging system computer is used for tracking including verifying no temporary releases in the 30 day time frame.

B. & C. These would be good info but not complete enough for verifying commitments D. COOP log is not used to control configuration when Danger Tags are installed.

References:

OP 2104.022, Gaseous Radwaste System Supplement 1 Commitment P-2244, 30-day hold up time on gaseous radioactive release.

Historical Comments:

Form ES-401-5 Written Exam Question Worksheet Page 98 of 100

Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam 28-Jun-06 QID: 0696 Rev: 0 Rev Date: 21-Jun-06 Lic Level: S RO SRO Sample Plan Q# Source: New 2006 10CFR55. Tier #

99 10CFR55. 43.4 Group #

1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 1 2 = Comprehension or Analysis Importance Rating 2.8 System

Title:

Generic System Number G K/A: 2.4.36 Question:

As directed by 2202.004 Steam Generator Tube Rupture, Chemistry will be instructed to perform which of the following?

A. Monitor key areas in the Turbine Building and establish radiological controlled areas as needed.

B. Sample both SGs for activity to confirm diagnosis of a SGTR.

C. Secure the Condenser Sample (Squirt) analyzers to control secondary contamination.

D. Sample the ruptured SG to calculate the Primary to Secondary leakrate.

Answer:

B. Sample both SGs for activity to confirm diagnosis of a SGTR.

Notes:

A. This is an action directed for RP to perform.

C. The IAO performs this action per Att 19 D. The Pri-Sec leakrate calc performed by chemist during normal ops measure GPD. A rupture is far beyond the scope of this calc. RCS leakrate is estimated by the control room operators to determine EAL criteria.

References:

2202.004 Step 1 Historical Comments:

Form ES-401-5 Written Exam Question Worksheet Page 99 of 100

Questions For 2006 RO/SRO Exam 28-Jun-06 QID: 0634 Rev: 000 Rev Date: 21-Jun-06 Lic Level: S RO SRO Sample Plan Q# Source: New 2006 10CFR55. Tier # 3 100 10CFR55. 43.5 Group #

1 = Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Taxonomy: 2 2 = Comprehension or Analysis Importance Rating 3.8 System

Title:

Generic System Number 022 K/A: 2.4.48 Question:

Consider the following:

  • VCT level on 2LIS-4857 on 2C09 indicates 40% and is lowering rapidly
  • VCT level trend on SPDS point L4856 is also lowering rapidly
  • Charging header flow indication on 2C09 is very erratic
  • 2K12-G5 "VCT 2T4 LEVEL LO LO" alarm now annunciates Which of the following describes the cause of these indications and the actions required to mitigate?

A. Rupture on the VCT outlet line; Enter 2203.036 Loss of Charging AOP and Isolate Letdown and secure all charging pumps.

B. VCT level instrument reference leg failure; Enter 2203.036 Loss of Charging AOP and verify charging pump suction swaps to the RWT .

C. Rupture on the VCT outlet line; Verify charging pump suction swaps to the RWT using ACA 2203.012L, "VCT 2T4 LEVEL LO LO" 2K12-G5.

D. VCT level instrument reference leg failure; Isolate Letdown and secure all charging pumps using ACA 2203.012L, "VCT 2T4 LEVEL LO LO" 2K12-G5.

Answer:

A. Rupture on the VCT outlet line; Isolate Letdown and secure all charging pumps using 2203.036 Loss of Charging AOP.

Notes:

There are 2 separate level instruments that have independent reference legs. Similar trends on both instruments indicates an actual level condition.

B. & D. Reference leg failure will cause indicated level to go up (wet leg).

C. This is an action listed in the ACA for Lo level, however, to mitigate the event the AOP must be entered for more detailed actions.

References:

2203.012L ACA for 2K12 G5 and H5.

2203.036 Loss of Charging AOP Entry Conditions and step 3 contingency actions Historical Comments:

Form ES-401-5 Written Exam Question Worksheet Page 100 of 100